[opensuse-translation-commit] r89756 - trunk/yast/da/po

Author: keichwa Date: 2014-10-07 17:32:54 +0200 (Tue, 07 Oct 2014) New Revision: 89756 Added: trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po Log: merged Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/add-on-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:55+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/add-on.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: add-on\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ #. this is a heading #. Cleanup UI - Prepare it for progress callbacks #: src/clients/add-on.rb:105 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:76 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1871 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1877 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Tillægsprodukter" @@ -74,14 +74,14 @@ #. busy message (dialog) #. TRANSLATORS: dialog content - a very simple label #: src/clients/add-on.rb:107 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:155 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1872 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1878 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer ..." #. help #. TRANSLATORS: help text #: src/clients/add-on.rb:109 src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:157 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1873 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1879 msgid "<p>Initializing add-on products...</p>" msgstr "<p>Initialiserer tillægsprodukt...</p>" @@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ #. placeholder for unknown path #. placeholder for unknown URL #: src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:35 src/clients/add-on_proposal.rb:41 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:374 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:384 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:940 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:949 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:371 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:381 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:937 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:946 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ #. main screen heading #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:153 #: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:212 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:909 msgid "Add-On Product Installation" msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt" @@ -249,33 +249,33 @@ #. ... #. ] #: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:163 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:585 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1586 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1598 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:582 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1592 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1604 msgid "No product found in the repository." msgstr "Intet produkt fundet på softwarekilden." #. error report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:319 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:316 msgid "No software repository found on medium." msgstr "Ingen softwarekilde fundet på mediet." #. busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:338 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:335 msgid "Initializing new source..." msgstr "Initialiserer ny kilde..." -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:379 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:376 msgid "URL: %1, Directory: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, mappe: %2" #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:392 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:389 msgid "Software Repository Selection" msgstr "Udvalg af softwarekilder" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:394 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:391 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Software Repository Selection</b></big><br>\n" "Multiple repositories were found on the selected medium.\n" @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ "Der er flere softwarekilder på det valgte medium.\n" "Vælg den softwarekilde der skal bruges.</p>\n" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:404 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:401 msgid "Repositories &Found" msgstr "Softwarekilder &fundet" @@ -297,34 +297,34 @@ #. else #. { #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:416 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:743 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:413 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:740 msgid "Really abort add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde instalationen af tillægsproduktet?" #. popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:427 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:424 msgid "Select a repository." msgstr "Vælg en softwarekilde." #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:632 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:629 msgid "Dependencies of the add-on product cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "Tillægsproduktets afhængigheder kunne ikke tilfredsstilles." # dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:713 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:710 msgid "Product Selection" msgstr "Produktvalg" #. multi selection list -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:719 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:716 msgid "Available Products" msgstr "Tilgængelige produkter" #. help text -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:725 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:722 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Product Selection</big></b><br/>\n" "Multiple products were found in the repository. Select the products\n" @@ -335,12 +335,12 @@ "vil installere.</p>\n" #. message popup -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:793 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:790 msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled." msgstr "De valgte tillægsprodukters afhængigheder kunne ikke tilfredsstilles." #. Help for add-on products -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:915 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:912 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Add-On Product Installation</b></big><br/>\n" "Here see all add-on products that are selected for installation.\n" @@ -353,102 +353,102 @@ "skal du markere det og vælge <b>Slet</b>.</p>" #. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:944 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:941 msgid "%1, Directory: %2" msgstr "%1, mappe: %2" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:970 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:967 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" #. table header -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:972 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:969 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medie" #. message report -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1127 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1124 msgid "Select a product to delete." msgstr "Vælg det produkt der skal slettes." #. TRANSLATORS: busy message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1135 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1132 msgid "Removing selected add-on..." msgstr "Fjerner valgt tillægsprodukt..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1253 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1259 msgid "Installed Add-on Products" msgstr "Installerede tillægsprodukter" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1260 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1266 msgid "Add-on Product" msgstr "Tillægsprodukt" #. TRANSLATORS: table header item -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1262 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1268 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: push button -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1276 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 msgid "Run &Software Manager..." msgstr "Kør &håndtering af software..." #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1280 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1286 msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alle tillægsprodukter som er installeret på dit system vises.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1288 msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje et nyt tillægsprodukt, eller <b>Slet</b> for at fjerne et tillæg, som er i brug.</p>" #. no items -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1335 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1341 msgid "<b>Vendor:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Leverandør:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1336 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1342 msgid "Unknown vendor" msgstr "Ukendt leverandør" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1339 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1345 msgid "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Version:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1340 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1346 msgid "Unknown version" msgstr "Ukendt version" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1343 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 msgid "<b>Repository URL:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>URL for softwarekilde:</b> %1<br>" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1349 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1355 msgid "Unknown repository URL" msgstr "Ukendt URL for softwarekilde" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1356 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1362 msgid "<b>Repository Alias:</b> %1<br>" msgstr "<b>Alias for softwarekilde:</b> %1<br>" #. Removes the currently selected Add-On #. #. @return [Boolean] whether something has changed its state -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1636 -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1689 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1642 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1639 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1645 msgid "Unknown URL" msgstr "Ukendt URL" -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1695 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1701 msgid "" "Deleting the add-on product %1 may result in removing all the packages\n" "installed from this add-on.\n" @@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig slette det?" #. TRANSLATORS: busy popup message -#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1712 +#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1718 msgid "Removing product dependencies..." msgstr "Fjerner produktafhængigheder..." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/audit-laf.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: audit-laf\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-28 20:50+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -891,36 +891,46 @@ msgid "Cannot read audit.rules." msgstr "Kan ikke læse audit.rules." -#. Error message +#. question shown in a popup about start of audit daemon +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:463 +msgid "Do you want to start it and enable start at boot\n" +msgstr "" + +#. question continues +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:467 +msgid "The daemon 'auditd' doesn't run.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. message about loaded kernel module #: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:471 -msgid "" -"The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" -"Do you want to start it now?" +msgid "The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" msgstr "" -"Audit-dæmonen kører ikke.\n" -"Vil du starte den nu?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:476 -msgid "" -" The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" -"The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" -"events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" -"Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#. Headline of a popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:480 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." +msgid "Start of Audit Daemon" +msgstr "Genstart af audit-dæmonen fejlede." + +#. label of three buttons belonging to the popup +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "Start and &Enable" msgstr "" -" Kernemodulet 'apparmor' indlæst\n" -"Kernen bruger en kørende audit-dæmon til at logge \n" -"audit-begivenheder til /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).\n" -"Vil du starte dæmonen nu?" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:484 -msgid "Audit daemon not running." -msgstr "Audit-dæmon kører ikke." +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Start" +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:489 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:482 +msgid "&Do not start" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:491 msgid "Cannot start the audit daemon." msgstr "Kan ikke starte audit-dæmonen." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:490 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:492 msgid "" "The rules may be locked.\n" "Continue to check the rules. You can change\n" @@ -933,36 +943,36 @@ "kræves en genstart bagefter.\n" #. Auditd read dialog caption -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:546 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:548 msgid "Saving Audit Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Audit" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:562 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:564 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:566 msgid "Write the rules" msgstr "Skriv reglerne" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:568 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:570 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:572 msgid "Writing the rules..." msgstr "Skriver reglerne..." #. check first whether rules are already locked -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:586 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:588 msgid "The rules are already locked." msgstr "Reglerne er allerede låst." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:587 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:589 msgid "" "Do you want to change the 'Enabled Flag'?\n" "If yes, the new rules will be written to /etc/audit/audit.rules.\n" @@ -973,31 +983,52 @@ "Genstart systemet bagefter før ændringerne får virkning.\n" #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:612 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:614 msgid "Restart of the audit daemon failed." msgstr "Genstart af audit-dæmonen fejlede." #. Error message -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:619 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:621 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.conf." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til auditd.conf." #. Error message, rules cannot be set -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:650 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:652 msgid "Start yast2-audit-laf again and check the rules." msgstr "Start yast2-audit-laf igen, og tjek reglerne." -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:656 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:658 msgid "Cannot write settings to auditd.rules." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til autitd.rules." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:705 +#: src/modules/AuditLaf.rb:707 msgid "Log file" msgstr "Log-fil" #~ msgid "" +#~ "The audit daemon doesn't run.\n" +#~ "Do you want to start it now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Audit-dæmonen kører ikke.\n" +#~ "Vil du starte den nu?" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ " The 'apparmor' kernel module is loaded.\n" +#~ "The kernel uses a running audit daemon to log audit\n" +#~ "events to /var/log/audit/audit.log (default). \n" +#~ "Do you want to start the daemon now?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ " Kernemodulet 'apparmor' indlæst\n" +#~ "Kernen bruger en kørende audit-dæmon til at logge \n" +#~ "audit-begivenheder til /var/log/audit/audit.log (standard).\n" +#~ "Vil du starte dæmonen nu?" + +#~ msgid "Audit daemon not running." +#~ msgstr "Audit-dæmon kører ikke." + +#~ msgid "" #~ "<p><b>Communication</b>: Controls the communication\n" #~ "between the daemon and the dispatcher program.</p>" #~ msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/auth-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -391,23 +391,23 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:263 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:268 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:273 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:278 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:283 -msgid "How many seconds nss_sss schould consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." +msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again." msgstr "" #: src/include/sssd-parameters.rb:288 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/auth-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -237,6 +237,10 @@ msgstr "" #. Start new config wizward +#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:134 +msgid "Migrate existing Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:135 msgid "" "Your system is currently configured to use the configuration file\n" @@ -656,20 +660,22 @@ #: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49 msgid "" -"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> and <b>bdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" +"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n" "variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n" "supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n" "<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n" -"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.</p>\n" +"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n" +"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n" +"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:56 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Base DN</b> option specifies the name of the root entry \n" "of the database being created.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:59 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n" "specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n" @@ -679,14 +685,14 @@ "of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:67 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69 msgid "" "<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n" "<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n" "entered earlier in the installation process.</p> " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p>To use this database as default for the OpenLDAP client tools \n" "(e.g. ldapsearch), check <b>Use this database as the default for OpenLDAP\n" @@ -696,13 +702,13 @@ "when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82 msgid "" "YaST currently does not support this database. You can not \n" "change any configuration settings here.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:83 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:85 msgid "" "<p>To enable or disable plaintext authentication (LDAP Simple Bind)\n" "for the configuration database, click the associated checkbox. Plaintext \n" @@ -710,7 +716,7 @@ "using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:89 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91 msgid "" "<p>To change the administration password for the configuration database, \n" "click <b>Change Password</b>. \n" @@ -720,28 +726,28 @@ "set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:97 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 msgid "<h3>Edit BDB Database</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:98 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:100 msgid "<p>Change basic settings of BDB and HDB Databases.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n" "with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:102 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n" "A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n" "The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n" "the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n" @@ -752,17 +758,17 @@ "thumbs).</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118 msgid "<h3>Password Policy Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>To make use of password policies for this database, enable \n" "<b>Enable Password Policies</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n" "should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n" @@ -771,7 +777,7 @@ "to manage passwords.</p> " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129 msgid "" "<p>If <b>Disclose \"Account Locked\" Status</b> is enabled, users trying to\n" "authenticate to a locked account are notified that their account is\n" @@ -780,30 +786,30 @@ "option.</p> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:134 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136 msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n" "be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n" "Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:142 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "<h3>Index Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:143 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:145 msgid "<p>Change the indexing options of a hdb of bdb-Database.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:144 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146 msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:147 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149 msgid "" "<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n" "types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n" @@ -811,34 +817,34 @@ "of indexes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:153 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155 msgid "" "<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n" "for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:158 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160 msgid "" "<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n" "(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n" "should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:163 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165 msgid "" "<p><b>Substring</b>: This index is used for searches with substring filters\n" "(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:166 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to define indexing options for a new attribute,\n" "<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n" "indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:171 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n" "indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n" @@ -846,30 +852,30 @@ "information for the database.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:179 msgid "<h3>Access Control Configuration</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:180 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:182 msgid "" "<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n" "currently configured for the selected database</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:183 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n" "detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n" "click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:188 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190 msgid "" "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n" "delete an access control rule.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n" "definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n" @@ -877,21 +883,21 @@ "the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:197 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199 msgid "<h3>Replication Provider Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:200 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n" "be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:203 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205 msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:204 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206 msgid "" "<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n" "in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n" @@ -903,11 +909,11 @@ "performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:214 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:216 msgid "<h4>Session log</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:215 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217 msgid "" "<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n" "made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n" @@ -915,21 +921,21 @@ "such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223 msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:224 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226 msgid "" "<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n" "database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:227 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229 msgid "<h4>Provider</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:228 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:230 msgid "" "Enter the connection details for the replication connection to the master\n" "server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n" @@ -939,15 +945,15 @@ "ldap ports.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:236 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 msgid "<h4>Replication Type</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:237 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:239 msgid "<p>OpenLDAP supports different modes of replication:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:238 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:240 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshOnly</b>: The slave server will periodically open a new\n" "connection, trigger a synchronization and close the connection again. The\n" @@ -955,28 +961,28 @@ "<b>Replication Interval</b> setting.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:244 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:246 msgid "" "<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: The slave server will open a persistent\n" "connection to the master server for synchronization. Updated entries on the\n" "master server are immediately sent to the slave via this connection.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:249 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251 msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:250 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n" "The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:253 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255 msgid "<h4>Update Referral</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:254 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:256 msgid "" "<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n" "operations with an LDAP referral. \n" @@ -986,22 +992,22 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:262 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:264 msgid "<p><b><big>Initializing LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:265 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:267 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:269 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271 msgid "<p><b><big>Saving LDAP Server Configuration</big></b></p> \n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:272 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:274 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>. An additional dialog\n" @@ -1009,11 +1015,11 @@ msgstr "" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:278 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:280 msgid "<h3>LDAP Server Configuration Summary</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:281 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:283 msgid "" "<p>This dialog provides a short summary about the configuration you have\n" "created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n" @@ -1021,78 +1027,78 @@ msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:287 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289 msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> " msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:290 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292 msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:293 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295 msgid "" "<p>If the Firewall is enabled, open the required network ports\n" "for OpenLDAP by checking the corresponding checkbox.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:297 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299 msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:300 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302 msgid "" "<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n" "no preparations for replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:303 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305 msgid "" "<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n" "prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:306 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308 msgid "" "<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n" "including configuration, from a master server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Configuration Wizard Step 3 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:310 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:312 msgid "<h3>TLS Settings</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:313 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "<h4>Basic Settings</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:314 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>To enable encryption via TLS/SSL, check the <b>Enabled TLS</b>\n" "checkbox. Additionally you need to configure a certificate for the Server \n" "to use.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:319 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n" "to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n" "support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:324 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326 msgid "" "<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n" "corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n" "the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:329 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:331 msgid "<h4>Import Certificate</h4>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:330 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332 msgid "" "<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n" "different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n" @@ -1100,19 +1106,19 @@ "textfields.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:336 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:338 msgid "" "<p>To create a new CA or certificate, launch the CA management module by\n" "clicking <b>Launch CA Management Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "global" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:340 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:342 msgid "<p>Below this item, configure some global parameters.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/ -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:344 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346 msgid "" "<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n" "a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n" @@ -1120,71 +1126,71 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:350 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352 msgid "" "<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n" "to syslog.</p>" msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:354 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356 msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:357 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359 msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:358 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360 msgid "" "<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n" "Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:361 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363 msgid "" "<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n" "credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:364 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n" "(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:367 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369 msgid "" "<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n" "(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n" "access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:372 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:374 msgid "<h3>Select Disallow Flags</h3>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:373 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:375 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests</b>: The Server will\n" "not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n" "prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:378 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n" "authentication</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:381 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n" "receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n" "to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:386 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388 msgid "" "<p><b>Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated</b>:\n" "The server will not allow the StartTLS operation on already authenticated\n" @@ -1192,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:392 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394 msgid "" "<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n" "\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n" @@ -1202,29 +1208,29 @@ msgstr "" #. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:400 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402 msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:401 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403 msgid "" "<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n" "You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:404 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406 msgid "" "<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n" "the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:407 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409 msgid "" "<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n" "checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:410 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412 msgid "" "<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n" "server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n" @@ -1233,231 +1239,231 @@ #. ########## kerberos #. Help text: basic settings 1/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:417 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419 msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>" msgstr "" #. Help text: basic settings 2/2 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:421 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423 msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: database_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:425 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: acl_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:429 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: admin_keytab -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:433 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:437 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439 msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13 -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:441 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443 msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:444 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 msgid "Allow postdated" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:449 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 msgid "Allow forwardable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:454 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 msgid "Allow renewable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:459 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 msgid "Allow proxiable" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:461 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:462 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:467 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 msgid "Requires preauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471 msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:472 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 msgid "Requires hwauth" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476 msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:477 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 msgid "Allow service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481 msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:482 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 msgid "Allow tgs request" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486 msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:487 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 msgid "Allow tickets" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491 msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:492 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 msgid "Need change" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496 msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal." msgstr "" -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:495 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 msgid "Password changing service" msgstr "" #. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499 msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication." msgstr "" #. advanced item help : dict_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:501 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503 msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kadmind_port #. advanced item help : kpasswd_port -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:505 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:509 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511 msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : key_stash_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:513 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515 msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_ports -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:517 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519 msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_name -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:521 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523 msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : master_key_type -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:525 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527 msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:529 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531 msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : max_renew_life -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:533 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535 msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:537 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539 msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:541 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543 msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:545 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547 msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:549 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551 msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:553 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555 msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:557 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559 msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_containerref -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:561 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563 msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:565 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" #. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife -#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:569 +#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571 msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>" msgstr "" @@ -1766,6 +1772,10 @@ #. Ralf Haferkamp #. #. $Id$ +#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:25 +msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:28 msgid "MirrorMode Node List" msgstr "" @@ -2691,8 +2701,8 @@ msgid "Kerberos Schema unknown by the LDAP server." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3479 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3526 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3572 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:975 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3482 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3529 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3575 msgid "Cannot execute kdb5_ldap_util." msgstr "" @@ -2955,7 +2965,7 @@ msgid "Could not create database directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4096 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2810 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4101 #: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:498 msgid "Could not adjust ownership of database directory." msgstr "" @@ -2968,101 +2978,101 @@ msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3373 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3386 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3399 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3412 -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3425 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3428 msgid "Cannot write krb5.conf." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3511 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3514 msgid "Creating Kerberos database failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3557 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3603 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3560 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3606 msgid "Writing to password file failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3969 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3979 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3972 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3982 msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3974 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3984 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3977 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3987 msgid "has multivalued RDNs." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4016 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4019 #, perl-format msgid "Invalid LDAP DN: \"%s\", cannot extract RDN values" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4024 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4027 msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code." msgstr "" #. parameter check failed -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4031 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4034 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373 msgid "First part of suffix must be c=, st=, l=, o=, ou= or dc=." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4043 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4046 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4048 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4051 #, perl-format msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4060 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" is not a valid LDAP DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4062 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4065 #, perl-format msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4069 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4072 msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4089 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4094 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:484 msgid "Could not create directory." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4863 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4871 #, perl-format msgid "CA Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4873 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4881 msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4874 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 #, perl-format msgid "" "Please make sure that \"%s\" contains the correct\n" "CA file to verify the remote Server Certificate." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4882 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4890 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4895 #, perl-format msgid "Certificate Key File: \"%s\" does not exist." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4968 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4978 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4976 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4986 msgid "Writing to krb5.conf failed." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5346 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5355 +#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5354 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:5363 msgid "Writing to kdc.conf failed." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/autoinst.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: autoinst\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ #. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file #: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148 #: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:374 -#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:422 +#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:423 #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001 msgid "" "Error while parsing the control file.\n" @@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ msgid "enable/disable all package handling" msgstr "aktivér/deaktivér al pakkehåndtering" -#. doClone(); -#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:84 +#: src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:87 src/clients/clone_system.rb:82 msgid "Empty parameter list" msgstr "Tom parameterliste" @@ -131,68 +130,52 @@ msgid "Path to AutoYaST profile must be set." msgstr "Sti til AutoYaST-profil skal angives." -#. encoding: utf-8 -#. File: clients/clone_system.ycp -#. Package: Auto-installation -#. Author: Uwe Gansert -#. Summary: This client is clones some settings of the -#. system. -#. -#. Changes: * initial - just do a simple clone -#. $Id$ -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:42 -msgid "" -"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" -msgstr "" -"Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende " -"system" +#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:47 +msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system" +msgstr "Klient til oprettelse af en AutoYaST-profil baseret på det aktuelt kørende system" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:52 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:57 msgid "known modules: %1" msgstr "kendte moduler: %1" -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:59 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:64 msgid "comma separated list of modules to clone" msgstr "kommaadskilt liste over moduler der skal klones" # -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:89 msgid "Cloning the system..." msgstr "Kloner systemet..." -#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:92 -msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s is path where profile can be found +#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:91 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in /root/autoinst.xml." +msgid "The resulting autoyast profile can be found in %s." msgstr "Den resulterende AutoYaST-profil kan findes i /root/autoinst.xml." #. help 1/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170 msgid "" "<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n" -"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified " -"location.</p>" +"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det " -"installerede\n" -"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne " -"placering.</p>" +"<p>Kopiér indholdet af filen og angiv den endelige søgesti på det installerede\n" +"system, med denne dialog. YaST vil kopiere denne fil til den angivne placering.</p>" # help 2/2 #. help 2/2 #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177 msgid "" "<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n" -"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a " -"symbolic\n" -"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit " -"pattern for the\n" +"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n" +"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n" "new permissions.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede " -"filer.\n" -"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen <i>bruger-id:gruppe-id</i>. Tilladelser kan " -"være en\n" -"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som " -"repræsenterer\n" +"<p>Sæt ejer og rettighederne for filerne, for at beskytte de kopierede filer.\n" +"Sæt ejeren ved brug af syntaksen <i>bruger-id:gruppe-id</i>. Tilladelser kan være en\n" +"symbolsk repræsentation af ændringer, der skal laves, eller et tal som repræsenterer\n" "bit-mønsteret for de nye tilladelser.</p>" #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:185 @@ -266,10 +249,8 @@ #: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n" -"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location " -"in the\n" -"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web " -"server\n" +"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n" +"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n" "and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>For mange programmer og tjenester har du måske forberedt en\n" @@ -319,21 +300,21 @@ msgid "Executing Post-Scripts" msgstr "Udfører efter-installationsscripter" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:268 msgid "Restarting all running services" msgstr "Genstarter alle kørende tjenester" -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:289 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:288 msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgstr "Aktiverer systemd's standardmål" #. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring... -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:302 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:301 msgid "Finishing Configuration" msgstr "Færdiggør konfiguration" #. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" ); -#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:405 +#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:404 msgid "Processing resource %1" msgstr "Behandler ressourcen %1" @@ -539,7 +520,6 @@ msgstr "Konfigurér bootloader" #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 -#| msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target" msgstr "Indstil standardmål for Systemd" @@ -568,7 +548,6 @@ msgstr "Konfigurerer bootloader..." #: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 -#| msgid "Activating systemd default target" msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..." msgstr "Indstilller standardmål for Systemd..." @@ -660,9 +639,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n" "installation messages.</p> \n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise " -"installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb).</p> \n" +msgstr "<p>Afhængig af din erfaring kan du springe over, logge og vise installationsbeskeder (med tidsudløb).</p> \n" #: src/clients/report_auto.rb:219 msgid "" @@ -685,14 +662,12 @@ #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> " -"to add\n" +"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n" "more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Markér en af følgende <b>basale</b> udvalg og tryk på <i>Detaljeret<i> for at " -"tilføje\n" +"Markér en af følgende <b>basale</b> udvalg og tryk på <i>Detaljeret<i> for at tilføje\n" "flere <b>tillægs</b>-valg og -pakker.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -704,11 +679,8 @@ msgstr "Placering af installationskilden (såsom http://minmaskine/11.3/DVD1/)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128 -msgid "" -"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" -msgstr "" -"Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du " -"vælger dette)" +msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)" +msgstr "Dette systems installationskilde (du kan ikke oprette imagefiler hvis du vælger dette)" #: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164 msgid "using that installation source failed" @@ -723,20 +695,15 @@ msgid "" "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n" "\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n" -"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system " -"to mount\n" -"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems " -"can be\n" -"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not " -"possible.\n" +"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n" +"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n" +"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n" "\t" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montér i /etc/fstab ved:</b>\n" "\tNormalt identificeres et filsystem til montering i /etc/fstab\n" -"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der " -"monteres,\n" -"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle " -"filsystemer kan\n" +"\tved enhedsnavnet. Denne identificering kan ændres, så filsystemet, der monteres,\n" +"\tfindes ved at søge efter et UUID eller delarkivetiket. Ikke alle filsystemer kan\n" "\tmonteres ved UUID eller delarkiv-etiket. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" "\ter det ikke muligt.\n" "\t" @@ -745,15 +712,13 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" "\t " msgstr "" "<p><b>Delarkiv-etiket:</b>\n" -"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver " -"normalt kun\n" +"\t Navnet, der angives i dette felt, bruges som delarkiv-etiket. Dette giver normalt kun\n" "\t mening, hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering efter delarkiv-etiket.\n" "\t En delarkivetiket kan ikke indeholde skråstreg \"/\" eller mellemrum.\n" "\t " @@ -924,11 +889,8 @@ #. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:589 -msgid "" -"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." -msgstr "" -"Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller " -"\"swap\" vælges." +msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected." +msgstr "Størrelsen \"auto\" er kun gyldig, hvis monteringspunktet \"/boot\" eller \"swap\" vælges." #: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:597 msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes." @@ -1113,8 +1075,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200 msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. </p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Anvend denne grænseflade, til at definere klasser af kontrolfiler. </p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206 msgid "" @@ -1412,12 +1373,8 @@ #. @param list menu items #. @return [Symbol] #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:565 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende " -"system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?" +msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra modulet '%1' på dit nuværende system?" #. opening/parsing the xml file failed #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:635 @@ -1431,11 +1388,8 @@ #. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:740 -msgid "" -"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current " -"system?" -msgstr "" -"Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?" +msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?" +msgstr "Vil du virkelig anvende indstillingerne fra profilen på dit nuværende system?" #. EXIT #: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:781 @@ -1577,8 +1531,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348 msgid "" "Kickstart file was imported.\n" -"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and " -"partitioning\n" +"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n" "were imported correctly." msgstr "" "Kickstart-filen blev importeret.\n" @@ -1713,29 +1666,25 @@ "The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n" "to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n" "during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n" -"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without " -"interruption.\n" +"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" "Indstillingen installationsbekræftelse er som standard valgt, for at\n" "undgå uønskede installationer. Det stopper systemet under installationen,\n" "og viser en oversigt over krævede operationer i den sædvanlige forslags-\n" -"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden " -"afbrydelser.\n" +"menu. Afmarkér denne indstilling for at installere automatisk uden afbrydelser.\n" "</P>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155 msgid "" "<P>\n" -"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in " -"manual mode\n" +"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n" "after the first reboot (after package installation).\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>\n" -"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel " -"tilstand\n" +"Hvis du lukker for trin 2 af AutoYaST, fortsætter installationen i manuel tilstand\n" "efter den første genstart (efter pakkeinstallation).\n" "</P>\n" @@ -1880,13 +1829,11 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17 msgid "" -"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD " -"and\n" +"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n" "it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n" "reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Dette værktøj anvender <em>xmllint</em> til at validere profilen mod DTD " -"og\n" +"<p>Dette værktøj anvender <em>xmllint</em> til at validere profilen mod DTD og\n" "tjekker for manglende data. Nogle manglende data kan være tilsigtede,\n" "og fejlene kan ignoreres, som f.eks. når klasser oprettes.</p>\n" @@ -1910,15 +1857,13 @@ msgstr "" "<p>For at importere en kickstart-fil, angiv stien til konfigurationsfilen. \n" "De importerede data indlæses i systemet for konfigurationshåndtering, for\n" -"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.<" -"/p>\n" +"at tilføje flere konfigurationsindstillinger, der er tilgængelige med SUSE.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31 msgid "" "<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n" "information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n" -"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package " -"selections.</p>\n" +"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Dette værktøj laver en referenceprofil, ved at læse information fra dette\n" "system. Vælg de ressourcer, der skal læses fra dette system i tillæg til\n" @@ -1930,8 +1875,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37 msgid "" -"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target " -"system.\n" +"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Tabellen til højre viser de partitioner, der oprettes på målsystemet.\n" @@ -1972,8 +1916,7 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53 msgid "" "If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n" -"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions " -"are\n" +"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n" "created automatically:" msgstr "" "Hvis ingen partitioner angives, og det valgte drev,\n" @@ -1993,18 +1936,8 @@ msgstr "<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b></p>" #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62 -msgid "" -"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new " -"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST " -"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended " -"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition " -"using sectors rather than size in MBytes." -msgstr "" -"Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye " -"partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at " -"oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere " -"er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for " -"størrelsen i MBytes." +msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes." +msgstr "Som standard opretter AutoYaST en udvidet partition, og tilføjer alle nye partitioner som logiske enheder. Det er dog muligt at få AutoYaST til at oprette en særlig partion som enten primær eller udvidet partition. Endvidere er det muligt at angive størrelsen på en partition med sektorer istedet for størrelsen i MBytes." #: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65 msgid "" @@ -2018,30 +1951,25 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n" -"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID " -"partitions as\n" +"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n" "a preparation.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "For LVM- og RAID-opsætning, kig i dokumentationen og tilføj konfigurationen\n" -"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og " -"RAID-partitioner\n" +"til en eksisterrende kontrolfil. Du kan kun lave ikke-formaterede LVM- og RAID-partitioner\n" "som en forberedelse.\n" "</p>\n" #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:122 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %" -"2." +msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via HTTP(S)-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." #. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:142 msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." +msgstr "Kan ikke finde URL '%1' via FTP-protokollen. Serveren returnerede koden %2." #. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early. #: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:158 @@ -2122,8 +2050,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Før-installation-scripter</h3>\n" -"<P>Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen " -"begynder. </P>\n" +"<P>Tilføj kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, før installationen begynder. </P>\n" # help 2/6 #. help 2/6 @@ -2137,8 +2064,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<h3>Efter-installation-scripter</h3>\n" -"<P>Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter " -"installationen\n" +"<P>Du kan også tilføje kommandoer, der skal udføres på systemet, efter installationen\n" "er færdiggjort. Disse scripter bliver kørt uden for 'chroot'-miljøet.\n" "</P>" @@ -2151,8 +2077,7 @@ "<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n" "environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n" "run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n" -"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed " -"\n" +"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n" "system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2171,15 +2096,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n" -"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n" "This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Det er muligt at køre 'chroot'-scripter i et senere trin, efter at\n" -"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke " -"\"chrooted\".\n" +"opstartsindlæseren er blevet konfigureret, med det specielle boolske mærke \"chrooted\".\n" "Dette kører scriptet i det installerede system. \n" "</p>\n" @@ -2201,8 +2124,7 @@ "<P>Disse scripter udføres i den indledende boot-proces og efter\n" "at YaST har færdigkonfigureret systemet. De afsluttende scripter udføres \n" "med et specielt <b>rc</b>-script, som kun udføres en enkelt gang. \n" -"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og " -"efter\n" +"De afsluttende scripter bliver udført i slutningen af boot-processen, og efter\n" "at netværket er blevet initialiseret.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -2212,15 +2134,13 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n" -"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> " -"or \n" +"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n" "<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Fortolker:</H3>\n" -"<P>Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke <i>Perl</i> " -"eller \n" +"<P>Før-installations-scripts kan kun være skal-scripts. Brug ikke <i>Perl</i> eller \n" "<i>Python</i> til før-installation-scripts.\n" "</P>\n" @@ -2230,12 +2150,9 @@ "<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n" "<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n" "requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n" -"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, " -"which\n" -"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an " -"installation\n" -"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, " -"too.\n" +"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n" +"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n" +"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" @@ -2252,18 +2169,14 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n" -"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box " -"as feedback.\n" -"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that " -"might help\n" +"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n" +"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n" "you to debug your script.</P>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<H3>Tilbagemelding og fejlretning:</H3>\n" -"<P>Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks " -"som tilbagemelding.\n" -"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, " -"der måske kan hjælpe\n" +"<P>Alle scripts undtagen init-scripts kan vise STDOUT+STDERR i en pop-op-boks som tilbagemelding.\n" +"Hvis du slår fejlretning til, får du mere output i tilbagemelding-dialogen, der måske kan hjælpe\n" "dig med at fejlrette dine scripts.</P>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155 @@ -2351,15 +2264,12 @@ #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation " -"for\n" +"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n" "your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses " -"installationen\n" -"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.<" -"/p>\n" +"Ved at tilføje scripts til autoinstallationsprocessen, tilpasses installationen\n" +"til dine behov, og tager kontrol over de forskellige trin af installationen.</p>\n" #: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "User Script Management" @@ -2386,12 +2296,8 @@ #. @return [Boolean] true on success #. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:722 -msgid "" -"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The " -"error message is:\n" -msgstr "" -"XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. " -"Fejlbeskeden er:\n" +msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n" +msgstr "XML-fortolkeren rapporterede en fejl under fortolkning af AutoYaST-profilen. Fejlbeskeden er:\n" #. backdoor for merging problems. #: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054 @@ -2470,28 +2376,22 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:450 msgid "" -"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to " -"those available\n" -"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the " -"data\n" +"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n" +"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n" "entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n" "install another system using AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske " -"med\n" -"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette " -"system,\n" -"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at " -"installere\n" +"<p>De fleste moduler, anvendt til oprettelse af konfigurationen, er identiske med\n" +"de tilgængelige i YaST kontrolcenter. I stedet for at konfigurere dette system,\n" +"samles og eksporteres data til kontrolfilen, som kan anvendes til at installere\n" "et andet system med AutoYaST.\n" "</p>\n" #: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457 msgid "" "<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n" -"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, " -"including\n" +"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n" "partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Udover de eksisterende og kendte moduler blev nye grænseflader\n" @@ -2506,12 +2406,12 @@ #. @param [Hash{String => Object}] drive to create node name for #. #. @return the newly created node name -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:128 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:129 msgid " - Drive" msgstr " - Drev" #. volume group -#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:132 +#: src/modules/AutoinstDrive.rb:133 msgid " - Volume group" msgstr " - Delarkivgruppe" @@ -2610,11 +2510,11 @@ #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog #. return Summary of configuration #. @return [String] configuration summary dialog -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:908 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:681 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 msgid "Drives" msgstr "Drev" -#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:912 +#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:685 src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:916 msgid "Total of %1 drive" msgstr "I alt af %1 drev" @@ -2685,24 +2585,16 @@ #. Install #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:360 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under mønsterinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:368 msgid "Creating Image - installing packages" msgstr "Opretter imagefil - installerer pakker" #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:378 -msgid "" -"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" -msgstr "" -"Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek " -"/tmp/ay_image.log" +msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" +msgstr "Oprettelse af imagefil mislykkedes under pakkeinstallation. Tjek /tmp/ay_image.log" #. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") ); #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:389 @@ -2714,12 +2606,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:418 msgid "" "You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n" -"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed " -"anymore." +"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore." msgstr "" "Du kan udføre ændringer på imagefilen i %1/ nu\n" -"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke " -"længere ændres." +"Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen, vil imagefilen blive komprimeret og kan ikke længere ændres." #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:432 msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log" @@ -2764,12 +2654,10 @@ #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:613 msgid "" -"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different " -"AutoYaST XML file.\n" +"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n" "If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created." msgstr "" -"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden " -"AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" +"Du kan udføre ændringer på ISO'en nu i %1, såsom at tilføje en helt anden AutoYaST-XML-fil.\n" "Hvis du trykker på O.k.-knappen vil ISO'en blive oprettet." #. create the actual ISO file @@ -2812,49 +2700,41 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:903 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the " -"autoyast profile." -msgstr "" -"Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile." +msgstr "Kørslen af pakkeløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." #. 1 cyl buffer per partition -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:491 -msgid "" -"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard " -"disk. %1MB missing" -msgstr "" -"Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. " -"Der mangler %1 MB" +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494 +msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing" +msgstr "Partitionsplanen, konfigureret i din XML-profil, kan ikke være på harddisken. Der mangler %1 MB" -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:918 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:922 msgid "No specific device configured" msgstr "Ingen specifik enhed er konfigureret" #. Handle /etc/fstab usage #. @return [Boolean] -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1013 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1017 msgid "Evaluating root partition. One moment please..." msgstr "Evaluerer rodpartition. Et øjeblik..." #. a popup -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1025 msgid "No Linux root partition found." msgstr "Ingen Linux rodpartition fundet." #. We must only change RootPart::selectedRootPartition if booting #. is inevitable. -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1034 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1038 msgid "" "Multiple root partitions found, but you did not configure\n" "which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n" msgstr "" "Flere rodpartitioner blev fundet, men du har ikke valgt\n" -"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke " -"muligt.\n" +"hvilken rodpartition, der skal anvendes. Automatisk installation er ikke muligt.\n" #. return list of available devices -#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1121 msgid "device '%1' not found by storage backend" msgstr "enheden \"%1\" blev ikke fundet af lagringsmotor" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/base.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: base\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-07 13:28+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -1299,7 +1299,7 @@ #. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed #. PushButton label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:877 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:887 #: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:127 msgid "&Skip" msgstr "&Spring over" @@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ #. TextEntry Label #. textentry label #: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2552 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2562 msgid "&Password" msgstr "Adgan&gskode" @@ -1524,6 +1524,28 @@ msgid "Failed to install required packages." msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede." +# +#. TRANSLATORS: Popup message +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:265 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Reading current configuration..." +msgid "Updating system configuration..." +msgstr "Læser nuværende konfiguration..." + +#: library/general/src/modules/Message.rb:269 +msgid "This may take a while." +msgstr "" + +#. Get information about the OS release +#. Throws exception Yast::OSReleaseFileMissingError if release file +#. is missing. +#. +#. @param [String] directory containing the installed system (/ in installed system) +#. @return [String] the release information +#: library/general/src/modules/OSRelease.rb:63 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + #. Confirm user request to abort installation #: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:833 msgid "Really abort the installation?" @@ -2169,16 +2191,16 @@ #. pppN must be tried before pN, modem before netcard #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:401 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:405 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:108 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:198 msgid "Modem" msgstr "Modem" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:406 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:410 msgid "Network Card" msgstr "Netværkskort" @@ -2187,28 +2209,28 @@ #. Device type label #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:411 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:415 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN" msgstr "ISDN" # #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:416 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:420 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL" msgstr "DSL" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:418 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:422 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:485 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:486 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:746 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:747 #: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:976 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:978 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" @@ -2218,337 +2240,337 @@ #. are represented as its sub-interfaces. #. And also we frequently confuse "device" and "interface" #. :-( -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1123 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1127 msgid "Additional Address" msgstr "Yderligere adresse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet" msgstr "ARCnet" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1128 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 msgid "ARCnet Network Card" msgstr "ARCnet netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1131 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1135 msgid "ATM" msgstr "ATM" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1132 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 msgid "Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ATM)" msgstr "Asynkron overførselstilstand (ATM)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1136 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 msgid "Bluetooth" msgstr "Bluetooth" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1137 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1141 msgid "Bluetooth Connection" msgstr "Bluetooth-tilslutning" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond" msgstr "Bond" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1140 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 msgid "Bond Network" msgstr "Bond-netværk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1143 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 msgid "CLAW" msgstr "CLAW" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1144 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1148 msgid "Common Link Access for Workstation (CLAW)" msgstr "Almindelig linkadgang for arbejdstation (CLAW)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1147 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 msgid "ISDN Card" msgstr "ISDN-kort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1150 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:223 msgid "CTC" msgstr "CTC" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1151 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1155 msgid "Channel to Channel Interface (CTC)" msgstr "Kanal til kanal grænseflade (CTC)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1154 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1158 msgid "DSL Connection" msgstr "DSL-forbindelse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy" msgstr "Dummy" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1156 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 msgid "Dummy Network Device" msgstr "Dummy netværksenhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1159 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1163 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:227 msgid "ESCON" msgstr "ESCON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1160 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 msgid "Enterprise System Connector (ESCON)" msgstr "Enterprise systemtilslutning (ESCON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1164 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:220 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1165 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1169 msgid "Ethernet Network Card" msgstr "Ethernet netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:222 msgid "FDDI" msgstr "FDDI" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1168 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 msgid "FDDI Network Card" msgstr "FDDI netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1171 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1175 msgid "FICON" msgstr "FICON" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1172 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 msgid "Fiberchannel System Connector (FICON)" msgstr "Fiberchannel system tilslutning (FICON)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1176 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1180 msgid "HIPPI" msgstr "HIPPI" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1177 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 msgid "HIgh Performance Parallel Interface (HIPPI)" msgstr "HIgh Performance parallel grænseflade (HIPPI)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1181 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 msgid "Hipersockets" msgstr "Hipersockets" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1182 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1186 msgid "Hipersockets Interface (HSI)" msgstr "Hipersockets grænseflade (HSI)" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1185 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1206 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 msgid "ISDN Connection" msgstr "ISDN tilslutning" #. Device type label #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "IrDA" msgstr "IrDA" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1187 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1191 msgid "Infrared Network Device" msgstr "Infrarød netværksenhed" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1189 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1193 msgid "Infrared Device" msgstr "Infrarød enhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1194 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:224 msgid "IUCV" msgstr "IUCV" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1195 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1199 msgid "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" msgstr "Inter User Communication Vehicle (IUCV)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS" msgstr "OSA LCS" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1198 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1202 msgid "OSA LCS Network Card" msgstr "OSA LCS netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:219 msgid "Loopback" msgstr "Loopback" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1200 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 msgid "Loopback Device" msgstr "Loopback-enhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:228 msgid "Myrinet" msgstr "Myrinet" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1204 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1208 msgid "Myrinet Network Card" msgstr "Myrinet netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1209 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1213 msgid "Parallel Line" msgstr "Parallel linje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1210 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1214 msgid "Parallel Line Connection" msgstr "Parallel linjetilslutning" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1216 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1220 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:226 msgid "QETH" msgstr "QETH" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1217 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 msgid "OSA-Express or QDIO Device (QETH)" msgstr "OSA-ekspres eller QDIO enhed (QETH)" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1221 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1225 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1222 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 msgid "IPv6-in-IPv4 Encapsulation Device" msgstr "IPv6-in-IPv4 indkapslingsenhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1226 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1230 msgid "Serial Line" msgstr "Seriel linje" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1227 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 msgid "Serial Line Connection" msgstr "Seriel linjeforbindelse" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1231 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Token ring" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1232 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1236 msgid "Token Ring Network Card" msgstr "Token ring netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB" msgstr "USB" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1235 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1239 msgid "USB Network Device" msgstr "USB netværksenhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare" msgstr "VMWare" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1237 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 msgid "VMWare Network Device" msgstr "VMWare netværksenhed" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1240 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 msgid "Wireless" msgstr "Trådløs" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1241 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1245 msgid "Wireless Network Card" msgstr "Trådløs netværkskort" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XPNET" msgstr "XPNET" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1244 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 msgid "XP Network" msgstr "XP netværk" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "VLAN" msgstr "VLAN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1246 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 msgid "Virtual LAN" msgstr "Virtuel LAN" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:89 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:101 msgid "Bridge" msgstr "Bro" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1248 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 msgid "Network Bridge" msgstr "Netværksbro" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "TUN" msgstr "TUN" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1250 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 msgid "Network TUNnel" msgstr "NetværksTUNnel" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "TAP" msgstr "TAP" # -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1252 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1256 msgid "Network TAP" msgstr "Netværk TAP" #. Device type label -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 #: library/system/src/include/hwinfo/classnames.rb:152 msgid "InfiniBand" msgstr "InfiniBand" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1254 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkInterfaces.rb:1258 msgid "InfiniBand Device" msgstr "InfiniBand-enhed" @@ -2612,7 +2634,7 @@ msgstr "&Eksporterede mapper" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up question when reading the service configuration -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:288 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:281 msgid "" "Your network interfaces are currently controlled by NetworkManager\n" "but the service to configure might not work well with it.\n" @@ -2625,28 +2647,31 @@ "Vil du virkelig fortsætte?" #. If there is network running, return true. -#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Mode and return false +#. Otherwise show error popup depending on Stage and return false #. @return true if network running -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:354 -msgid "No running network detected." -msgstr "Intet kørende netværk fundet." - -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:356 -msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:349 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc" +msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" +"Restart installation and configure network in Linuxrc\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "Genstart installation, og konfigurér netværk i Linuxrc" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:357 +#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:355 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" +#| "and start this module again" msgid "" +"No running network detected.\n" "Configure network with YaST or Network Manager plug-in\n" -"and start this module again" +"and start this module again\n" +"or continue without network." msgstr "" "Konfigurér netværk med YaST eller netværkshåndterings-plug-in\n" "og start dette modul igen" -#: library/network/src/modules/NetworkService.rb:360 -msgid "or continue without network." -msgstr "eller fortsæt uden netværk." - #. TRANSLATORS: popup informing message, allowed characters for port-names #: library/network/src/modules/PortAliases.rb:136 msgid "" @@ -2975,52 +3000,52 @@ msgstr "&Afinstallér" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:203 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1715 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:205 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1725 msgid "Package: " msgstr "Pakke: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:204 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:206 msgid "Size: " msgstr "Størrelse: " -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:227 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:229 msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1" msgstr "Tid indtil automatisk genforsøg: %1" #. at start of file providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:248 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:242 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:250 msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloader pakken %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:252 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:254 msgid "Downloading Package" msgstr "Downloader pakke" # #. check box -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:310 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:312 msgid "Show &details" msgstr "Vis &detaljer" #. error message, %1 is a package name -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:376 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:378 msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed." msgstr "Pakken %1 er i uorden - tjek af integritet fejlede." #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:389 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:598 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:391 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608 msgid "Retry installation of the package?" msgstr "Genforsøg installation af pakken?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:397 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:606 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:399 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:616 msgid "Abort the installation?" msgstr "Afbryd installationen?" @@ -3029,15 +3054,15 @@ #. detail string is appended to the end #. error message, %1 is code of the error, #. detail string is appended to the end -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:425 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:459 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2481 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:427 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:461 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2491 msgid "Error: %1:" msgstr "Fejl: %1" #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:482 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:484 msgid "" "Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n" "Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n" @@ -3046,35 +3071,35 @@ "Verificér systemet senere ved at køre modulet Håndtering af software.\n" #. At start of package install. -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:522 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:524 msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Afinstallerer pakken %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:523 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:525 msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Installerer pakken %1 (%2)..." -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Uninstalling Package" msgstr "Afinstallerer pakke" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:530 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:532 msgid "Installing Package" msgstr "Installerer pakke" #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:583 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593 msgid "Removal of package %1 failed." msgstr "Fjernelse af pakken %1 fejlede." #. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:585 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:595 msgid "Installation of package %1 failed." msgstr "Installation af pakken %1 fejlede." #. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox #. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:657 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:667 msgid "" "Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n" "The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module." @@ -3083,7 +3108,7 @@ "Systemet burde verificeres senere ved at køre modulet for softwarehåndtering." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:780 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:790 msgid "" "<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n" "If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n" @@ -3098,27 +3123,27 @@ #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media #. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>" #. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:795 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:805 msgid "Side A" msgstr "side A" #. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:798 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:808 msgid "Side B" msgstr "side B" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:822 msgid "%1 (Disc %2)" msgstr "%1 (disk %2)" #. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:814 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 msgid "%1 (Medium %2)" msgstr "%1 (medium %2)" #. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:819 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:829 msgid "" "Insert\n" "'%1'" @@ -3127,7 +3152,7 @@ "'%1'" #. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:824 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:834 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media\n" "%1\n" @@ -3140,7 +3165,7 @@ "Tjek om mappen er tilgængelig." #. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...") -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:836 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:846 msgid "" "Cannot access installation media \n" "%1\n" @@ -3153,89 +3178,89 @@ "Tjek om serveren er tilgængelig." #. currently unused -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:858 msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted." msgstr "Det rette softwarekilde-medie kunne ikke monteres." #. wrong media id, offer "Ignore" #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:869 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2158 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:879 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2168 msgid "Skip Autorefresh" msgstr "Spring automatisk genopfriskning over" #. menu button label - used for more then one device #. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:892 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:897 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:902 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:907 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Skub ud" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:909 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:919 msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium" msgstr "Skub a&utomatisk cd- eller dvd-mediet ud" #. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:977 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:987 msgid "Retry the installation?" msgstr "Genforsøg installationen?" #. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:985 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:995 msgid "Skip the medium?" msgstr "Spring mediet over?" #. otherwise ignore the medium -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:992 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1002 msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..." msgstr "Ignorerer det dårlige medie..." #. TextEntry label #. TextEntry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1013 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1074 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1023 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1084 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1321 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1331 msgid "Creating Repository %1" msgstr "Opretter softwarekilden %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1354 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under oprettelse af softwarekilden." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1358 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1489 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1601 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1368 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1499 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611 msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description." msgstr "Kunne ikke hente beskrivelsen af ekstern softwarekilde." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1361 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1492 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1604 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1371 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1614 msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata." msgstr "Fejl opstod under hentning af det nye metadata." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1364 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1374 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1505 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1617 msgid "The repository is not valid." msgstr "Softwarekilden er ikke gyldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1367 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1377 msgid "The repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Metadata i softwarekilden er ugyldig." @@ -3243,96 +3268,96 @@ #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried #. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1380 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1514 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1620 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2435 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1390 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1630 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2445 msgid "Retry?" msgstr "Forsøg igen?" #. popup label (%1 is repository URL) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1436 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1438 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1446 msgid "Probing Repository %1" msgstr "Undersøger softwarekilden %1" #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1485 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1495 msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository." msgstr "Fejl opstod under undersøgelse af softwarekilden." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1498 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508 msgid "Repository probing details." msgstr "Detaljer fra undersøgelse af softwarekilde." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1501 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1511 msgid "Repository metadata is invalid." msgstr "Softwarekildens metadata er ugyldig." #. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1597 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1607 msgid "Repository %1" msgstr "Softwarekilde %1" #. at start of delta providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1685 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1695 msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1693 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1703 msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package" msgstr "Downloader delta-RPM-pakke" #. at start of delta application -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1706 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1716 msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..." msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakken %1..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1713 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723 msgid "Applying delta RPM package" msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM-pakke" #. at start of patch providal -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1734 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1744 msgid "Downloading patch RPM package %1 (%2)..." msgstr "Downloader rettelses-RPM-pakken %1 (%2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1742 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1752 msgid "Downloading Patch RPM Package" msgstr "Downloader rettelses-RPM-pakke" #. close popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1812 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1822 msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..." msgstr "Starter script %1 (rettelse %2)..." #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1821 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1831 msgid "Running Script" msgstr "Kører script" #. label, patch name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1826 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1836 msgid "Patch: " msgstr "Rettelsen: " #. label, script name follows -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1843 msgid "Script: " msgstr "Scriptet: " #. label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1849 msgid "Output of the Script" msgstr "Output af scriptet" #. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1927 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1937 msgid "" "Patch: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3341,7 +3366,7 @@ "\n" #. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1954 msgid "" "The repositories are being refreshed.\n" "Continue with refreshing?\n" @@ -3356,44 +3381,44 @@ "nogle pakker mangle eller være for gamle." #. push button label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1959 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1969 msgid "&Skip Refresh" msgstr "&Skip genopfriskning" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1993 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2003 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2045 msgid "Downloading" msgstr "Downloader" #. message in a progress popup #. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2043 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2091 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2053 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2101 msgid "Downloading: %1" msgstr "Downloader: %1" #. heading of popup #. heading of popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2196 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2271 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2206 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2281 msgid "Checking Package Database" msgstr "Tjekker pakkedatabasen" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2199 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2209 msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Genopbygger pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid." #. progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2204 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2287 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2214 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2297 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2237 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2247 msgid "" "Rebuilding of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3402,12 +3427,12 @@ "%1" #. message in a progress popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2274 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2284 msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time." msgstr "Konverterer pakkedatabase. Denne proces kan tage noget tid." #. error message, %1 is the cause for the error -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2313 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2323 msgid "" "Conversion of package database failed:\n" "%1" @@ -3416,13 +3441,13 @@ "%1" #. progress message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2353 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 msgid "Reading RPM database..." msgstr "Læser RPM-database..." # #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2363 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2373 msgid "Reading Installed Packages" msgstr "Læser installerede pakker" @@ -3433,27 +3458,27 @@ #. `Label(""), #. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton()) #. ) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2369 -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2385 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2379 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2395 msgid "Scanning RPM database..." msgstr "Scanner RPM-database..." #. error message, could not read RPM database -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2424 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2434 msgid "Initialization of the target failed." msgstr "Initialisering af målet fejlede." #. status message (command line mode) -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2515 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2525 msgid "RPM database read" msgstr "RPM-databasen læst" #. heading in a popup window -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2534 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2544 msgid "User Authentication" msgstr "Brugerautentifikation" -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2550 msgid "" "URL: %1\n" "\n" @@ -3464,7 +3489,7 @@ "%2" #. textentry label -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2549 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2559 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "Br&ugernavn:" @@ -3532,39 +3557,8 @@ msgid "Do you accept this license agreement?" msgstr "Vil du acceptere denne licensaftale?" -#. display an error message and advice to manually fix the system -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:236 -msgid "" -"The current system is not consistent,\n" -"some packages have unresolved dependencies." -msgstr "" -"Det nuværende system er ikke konsistent,\n" -"nogle pakker har uløste afhængigheder." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:243 -msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." -msgstr "Automatisk løsning mislykkedes, manuel afhængighedsløsning er nødvendig." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:252 -msgid "" -"Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" -"check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" -"in the software manager." -msgstr "" -"YaST har automatisk tilføjet eller fjernet nogle pakker,\n" -"kontrollér de ændringer der er planlagt for at reparere systemet\n" -"i softwarehåndteringen." - -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:263 -msgid "" -"Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" -"or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" -msgstr "" -"Start håndtering af software og løs problemet\n" -"eller skip reparation og installér kun allerede bekræftede pakker?" - #. error message, after pressing [OK] the package manager is displayed -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:325 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:223 msgid "" "There are unresolved dependencies which need\n" "to be solved manually in the software manager." @@ -3573,12 +3567,12 @@ "løses manuelt i softwarehåndteringen." #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:520 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415 msgid "Installing required packages failed." msgstr "Installation af krævede pakker fejlede." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:524 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419 msgid "" "Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n" "without installing required packages,\n" @@ -3589,12 +3583,12 @@ "vil YaST måske ikke virke korrekt.\n" #. error report -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:535 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430 msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages." msgstr "Kan ikke forsætte uden at installere de krævede pakker." #. continue/cancel popup -#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:540 +#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435 msgid "" "If you continue without installing required \n" "packages, YaST may not work properly.\n" @@ -3741,7 +3735,7 @@ #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation #: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:552 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:548 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:545 msgid "Packages" msgstr "Pakker" @@ -4165,7 +4159,7 @@ "(%2):" #. popup message - label, part 2 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:981 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:982 msgid "" "You can choose to import it into your keyring of trusted\n" "public keys, meaning that you trust the owner of the key.\n" @@ -4178,23 +4172,23 @@ "at den virkelig tilhører ham, før du importerer den." #. warning label - the key to import is expired -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:993 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:994 msgid "WARNING: The key has expired!" msgstr "ADVARSEL: Nøglen er udløbet!" #. popup heading -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1019 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1020 msgid "Import Untrusted GnuPG Key" msgstr "Importér ikke-betroet GnuPG-nøgle" #. push button -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1035 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1036 msgid "&Trust" msgstr "&Betro" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected checksum #. %3 is the current checksum (e.g. "803a8ff00d00c9075a1bd223a480bcf92d2481c1") -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1112 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1113 msgid "" "The expected checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4217,12 +4211,12 @@ "Brug den alligevel?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1129 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1130 msgid "Wrong Digest" msgstr "Forkert digest" #. popup question, %1 stands for the filename, %2 is expected digest, %3 is the current digest -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1148 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1149 msgid "" "The checksum of file %1\n" "is %2,\n" @@ -4243,86 +4237,92 @@ "Brug den alligevel?\n" #. dialog heading - displayed in a big bold font -#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1162 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SignatureCheckDialogs.rb:1163 msgid "Unknown Digest" msgstr "Ukendt digest" #. we need to remember the values for tab switching +#. these are the initial values #. Return the description for the current stage. #. @return [String] localized string description #. translators: default global progress bar label -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:145 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:146 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:319 -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:340 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:326 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:347 msgid "Installing..." msgstr "Installerer..." #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:544 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:541 msgid "Media" msgstr "Medie" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible! -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:546 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:543 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Remaining Packages" msgid "Remaining" msgstr "Tilbageværende pakker" #. Table headings for CD statistics during installation -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:550 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:547 msgid "Time" msgstr "Tid" #. Construct widgets for the "details" page #. #. @return A term describing the widgets -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:566 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:563 msgid "Actions performed:" msgstr "Handlinger udført:" #. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases) -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:650 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:647 msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Pakkerne installeres.</p>" -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:651 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:648 msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>" msgstr "<P><B>Afbrydelse af installation</B> Pakkeinstallation kan afbrydes med knappen <B>Afbryd</B>. Systemet kan dog i så fald være i en inkonsistent eller ubrugelig tilstand, eller det vil måske ikke boote hvis en basal systemkomponent ikke er installeret.</P>" # #. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:669 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Release &Notes" msgid "%s Release Notes" msgstr "Udgivelses¬er" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:681 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:678 msgid "Slide Sho&w" msgstr "Dias-sho&w" #. tab -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:683 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:680 msgid "&Details" msgstr "&Detaljer" -#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:721 +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:719 +msgid "Performing Upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:722 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Perform Installation" msgid "Performing Installation" msgstr "Udfør installation" #. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:757 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:759 msgid "Package Installation" msgstr "Pakkeinstallation" #. popup yes-no -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:833 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:835 msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to quit the installation?" @@ -4331,17 +4331,17 @@ "installationen?" #. Mode::update (), Stage::cont () -#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:845 +#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:847 msgid "Aborted" msgstr "Afbrudt" #. read file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:185 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:187 msgid "File not found." msgstr "" #. Fill the LogView with file content -#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:191 +#: library/system/src/clients/view_anymsg.rb:199 msgid "System Log (%1)" msgstr "Systemlog (%1)" @@ -4953,7 +4953,7 @@ msgstr "En fejl opstod under oprettelse af initrd." #. inform the user that he/she has to reboot to activate new kernel -#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:648 +#: library/system/src/modules/Kernel.rb:659 msgid "" "Reboot your system\n" "to activate the new kernel.\n" @@ -5958,6 +5958,38 @@ "Der er ingen omvendt zone for %1 administreret af din DNS-server.\n" "Værtsnavnet %2 kan ikke tilføjes." +#~ msgid "No running network detected." +#~ msgstr "Intet kørende netværk fundet." + +#~ msgid "or continue without network." +#~ msgstr "eller fortsæt uden netværk." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The current system is not consistent,\n" +#~ "some packages have unresolved dependencies." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Det nuværende system er ikke konsistent,\n" +#~ "nogle pakker har uløste afhængigheder." + +#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed." +#~ msgstr "Automatisk løsning mislykkedes, manuel afhængighedsløsning er nødvendig." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n" +#~ "check the changes scheduled to fix the system\n" +#~ "in the software manager." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "YaST har automatisk tilføjet eller fjernet nogle pakker,\n" +#~ "kontrollér de ændringer der er planlagt for at reparere systemet\n" +#~ "i softwarehåndteringen." + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Start the software manager and fix the problems\n" +#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Start håndtering af software og løs problemet\n" +#~ "eller skip reparation og installér kun allerede bekræftede pakker?" + #~ msgid "Installed Size" #~ msgstr "Installeret størrelse" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/bootloader.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-30 10:10+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:30+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -141,22 +141,22 @@ msgstr "Systemet vil nu genstarte..." #. warning text in the summary richtext -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:108 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116 msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable." msgstr "Ingen bootloader er valgt til installation. Dit system kan måske ikke starte." #. error in the proposal -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:118 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126 msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly" msgstr "På grund at partitioneringen kan bootloaderen ikke installeres ordenligt" #. proposal part - bootloader label -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:217 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225 msgid "Booting" msgstr "Booter" #. menubutton entry -#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:219 +#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227 msgid "&Booting" msgstr "&Booter" @@ -165,13 +165,13 @@ #. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64 #. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 msgid "Disk Order" msgstr "Diskrækkefølge" # Boot dialog caption #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230 msgid "Disk order settings" msgstr "Indstilling af diskrækkefølge" @@ -183,10 +183,9 @@ msgstr "Boot-menu" #. `VSpacing(1), -#. Run dialog for loader installation details for Grub2 -#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer +#. Window title #: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:134 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143 msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader" @@ -304,11 +303,17 @@ " i <b>Tilvalg til bootloader</b>, for at opdatere MBR, hvis det er nødvendigt, eller konfigurér din anden boot-håndtering\n" " til at starte denne sektion.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n" +"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62 msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Brugervalgt boot-partition</b> lader dig vælge, hvilken partition der skal bootes fra.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65 msgid "" "<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n" "enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>" @@ -316,7 +321,7 @@ "<p>MD-array bygges af to diske. <b>Aktivér redundans for MD-array</b>\n" "aktivér skrivning af GRUB til MBR på begge diske.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:66 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n" "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code>) for details.</p>" @@ -324,7 +329,7 @@ "<p><b>Brug seriel konsol</b> lader dig definere parametre, til brug\n" "for en seriel konsol. Se efter detaljer i GRUB-dokumentationen (<code>info grub</code>).</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n" "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a serial console),\n" @@ -338,7 +343,7 @@ "kommandoen som <code>seriel konsol</code>. I det tilfælde vælges en terminal,\n" "i hvilken du trykker på en tast, som en GRUB-terminal.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n" "that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>" @@ -346,19 +351,19 @@ "<p><b>Fallback-sektioner hvis standard fejler</b> indeholder en liste over sektionsnumre,\n" "der bliver brugt til boot, hvis standardsektionen ikke kan bootes.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:79 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81 msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p>At vælge <b>Skjul menu under boot </b>, skjuler boot-menuen.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:82 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84 msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Grafisk menufil</b> definerer filen, der skal bruges til den grafiske boot-menu.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87 msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>" msgstr "<p><b>Aktivér akustiske signaler</b> slå akustiske signaler til/fra.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:88 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n" "Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will only accept the password if you repeat\n" @@ -369,7 +374,7 @@ "den i <b>Gentag adgangskode</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:95 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n" "To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n" @@ -383,72 +388,72 @@ "Tryk <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en disk.\n" "Tryk <b>Fjern</b> for at fjerne en disk.</p>" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108 msgid "Boot Loader Locations" msgstr "Bootloader-placeringer" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109 msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition" msgstr "Sæt &aktivt flag i partitionstabel for boot-partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29 msgid "&Timeout in Seconds" msgstr "&Tidsudløb i sekunder" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 msgid "&Default Boot Section" msgstr "Stan&dard boot-sektion" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR" msgstr "Skriv &generisk boot-kode til MBR" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 msgid "Use &Trusted Grub" msgstr "Brug be&troet GRUB" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 msgid "Custom Boot Partition" msgstr "Brugervalgt boot-partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record" msgstr "Boot fra Master Boot Record" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 msgid "Boot from Root Partition" msgstr "Boot fra rodpartition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 msgid "Boot from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boot fra boot-partitionen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 msgid "Boot from Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot fra udvidet partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters" msgstr "&Parametre for serieltilslutning" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails" msgstr "Fallback-sektioner, hvis standard fejler" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot" msgstr "S&kjul menu ved boot" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 msgid "Graphical &Menu File" msgstr "Grafisk &menufil" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125 msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface" msgstr "Adgang&skode på menubrugerfladen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126 msgid "Debugg&ing Flag" msgstr "Fejlf&indingsflag" @@ -500,118 +505,118 @@ #. Common widget of a console #. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295 msgid "Use &serial console" msgstr "Brug &seriel konsol" #: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302 msgid "&Console arguments" msgstr "&Konsolargumenter" #. textentry header -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:453 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455 msgid "&Device" msgstr "Enhe&d" #. disabling & enabling up/down -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:542 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:544 msgid "Device map must contain at least one device" msgstr "&Enhedsudlægning skal indeholde mindst én enhed" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:551 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:553 msgid "D&isks" msgstr "D&iske" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:563 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:565 msgid "&Up" msgstr "&Op" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:564 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:566 msgid "&Down" msgstr "&Ned" #. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location" #. #. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:768 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:803 -msgid "Boot Loader Location" -msgstr "Bootloaders placering" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:774 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:809 -msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" -msgstr "Boot fra &Master Boot Record" - -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:748 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:740 msgid "Boot from &Root Partition" msgstr "Boot fra &rodpartitionen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:741 msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition" msgstr "Boo&t fra boot-partitionen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:754 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:749 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:776 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:811 +msgid "Boot Loader Location" +msgstr "Bootloaders placering" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:755 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:782 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:817 +msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record" +msgstr "Boot fra &Master Boot Record" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:762 msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition" msgstr "Boot fra &udvidet partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:780 -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:821 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:788 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:829 msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition" msgstr "Br&ugervalgt boot-partition" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:814 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:822 msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array" msgstr "Aktivér red&undans for MD-array" #. push button #. push button -#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:873 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:881 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831 msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details" msgstr "Bootloaders installations&detaljer" -#. Cache for genericWidgets function -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:52 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Boot Code Options" msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader" -#. there is no graphic adapter on s390 (bnc#874010) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:75 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Other Kernel &Parameters" msgid "Kernel Parameters" msgstr "Andre kerne¶metre" -#. there is no os prober on s390(bnc#868909) -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:94 +#. Title in tab +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Options" msgid "Bootloader Options" msgstr "Tilvalg til bootloader" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:174 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183 msgid "Secure Boot" msgstr "\"Secure Boot\"" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:180 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189 msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support" msgstr "Aktivér understøttelse af \"&Secure Boot\"" #. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:253 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot Loader Location" msgid "Boot &Loader Location" msgstr "Bootloaders placering" #. help text -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:272 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed." msgstr "" @@ -647,24 +652,40 @@ msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" msgstr "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35 +msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38 +msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99 msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "Valgfrie parametre for kerne-kommandolinje" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45 +msgid "D&istributor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46 #: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98 msgid "&Vga Mode" msgstr "&VGA-tilstand" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47 msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter" msgstr "&Fejlsikre kommandolinjeparametre til kernen" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48 msgid "Probe Foreign OS" msgstr "Undersøg for fremmed styresystem" +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49 +msgid "Protective MBR flag" +msgstr "" + #. combo box item #. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels #. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels @@ -697,30 +718,50 @@ msgid "Unspecified" msgstr "Ikke angivet" +#. TRANSLATORS: set flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:102 +msgid "set" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: remove flag from disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:104 +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: do not change flag on disk +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:106 +msgid "do not change" +msgstr "" + #. Init function for console #. @param [String] widget -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:148 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174 msgid "Autodetect by grub2" msgstr "Autodetekteret af grub2" #. FATE: #110038: Serial console #. add or remove console key with value for sections -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:223 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249 msgid "Choose new graphical theme file" msgstr "Vælg ny grafisk temafil" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:235 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261 msgid "Use &graphical console" msgstr "Brug &grafisk konsol" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:242 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268 msgid "&Console resolution" msgstr "&Konsolopløsning" -#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:250 +#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276 msgid "&Console theme" msgstr "&Konsoltema" +#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169 +msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly." +msgstr "" + #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption #. file open popup caption @@ -734,7 +775,7 @@ #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed #. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root) #. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed -#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:269 +#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270 msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed." msgstr "Boot-partitionen er af typen NFS. Bootloaderen kan ikke installeres." @@ -867,11 +908,7 @@ msgid "Xen" msgstr "Xen" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations #: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152 -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:91 msgid "Floppy" msgstr "Diskette" @@ -1871,13 +1908,13 @@ #. #. #. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:167 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is enabled (disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Boot fra MBR er aktiveret (deaktivér</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:171 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from MBR is disabled (enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (install</a>)" @@ -1885,31 +1922,32 @@ #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise #. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:183 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is enabled (disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er aktiveret (deaktivér</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:187 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from /boot partition is disabled (enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Boot fra /boot-partitionen er deaktiveret (aktivér</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is enabled (disable</a>" msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (do not install</a>)" msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er aktiveret (deaktivér</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:197 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Boot from \"/\" partition is disabled (enable</a>" msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (install</a>)" msgstr "Boot fra \"/\"-partitionen er deaktiveret (aktivér</a>" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:205 +#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Change Location: %1" msgid "Change Location: %s" @@ -1920,31 +1958,33 @@ #. @return a list of summary lines #. Display bootloader summary #. @return a list of summary lines -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:215 -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:94 msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1" msgstr "Bootloader-type: %1" #. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda) -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:224 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718 msgid " (\"/boot\")" msgstr " (\"/boot\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259 msgid " (extended)" msgstr " (udvidet)" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:236 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730 msgid " (\"/\")" msgstr " (\"/\")" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:242 +#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific +#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is. +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267 msgid " (MBR)" msgstr " (MBR)" #. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes? -#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:256 +#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274 msgid "Status Location: %1" msgstr "Statusplacering: %1" @@ -1967,236 +2007,180 @@ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus" msgstr "Foreslå og &flet med eksisterende GRUB-menuer" -#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:76 +#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230 +msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:102 msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1" msgstr "Aktivér \"Secure Boot\": %1" #. Check that bootloader is known and supported -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:68 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70 msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1" msgstr "Ukendt bootloader: %1" #. grub2 is sooo cool... -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101 msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2" msgstr "Ikke understøttet kombination af hardwareplatformen %1 og bootloaderen %2" #. TODO add more devices -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:126 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:128 msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table" msgstr "Partitionsnumre > 3 bliver brugt til at boote med GPT partitionstabel" -#. if "iscsi" is true -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:166 -msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." -msgstr "Boot-enheden er på en iSCSI-disk: %1. Systemet vil måske ikke kunne boote." +#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation. +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:153 +msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR." +msgstr "" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:184 +#. check if boot device is on raid0 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:181 msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot." msgstr "Boot-enheden er på raid-type: %1. Systemet vil ikke kunne boote." #. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:204 +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:201 msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record" msgstr "Boot-enheden er på software-RAID1. Vælg en anden bootloader-placering, f.eks. Master Boot Record" #. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106) -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:259 -msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:256 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "It was not possible to determine the exact order of disks for device map. The order of disks can be changed in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" +msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\"" msgstr "Det var ikke muligt at fastslå den nøjagtige rækkefølge af diske for enhedsoversigten. Rækkefølgen af diske kan ændres under \"Bootloaders installationsdetaljer\"" -#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:278 +#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604) +#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:276 msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code." msgstr "" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:169 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170 msgid "Check boot loader" msgstr "Tjek bootloader" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:171 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172 msgid "Read partitioning" msgstr "Læs partitionering" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:173 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174 msgid "Load boot loader settings" msgstr "Indlæs bootloader-indstillinger" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:177 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178 msgid "Checking boot loader..." msgstr "Tjekker bootloader..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:179 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180 msgid "Reading partitioning..." msgstr "Læser partitionering..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:181 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182 msgid "Loading boot loader settings..." msgstr "Indlæser bootloader-indstillinger..." #. dialog header -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:185 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186 msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af bootloader" #. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307 msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1" msgstr "Tilløjede kerneparametre: %1" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:366 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367 msgid "Create initrd" msgstr "Opret initrd" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:368 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369 msgid "Save boot loader configuration files" msgstr "Gem bootloaders konfigurationsfiler" #. progress stage, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:370 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371 msgid "Install boot loader" msgstr "Installér bootloader" #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:374 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375 msgid "Creating initrd..." msgstr "Opretter initrd..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:376 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377 msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..." msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfigurationsfiler..." #. progress step, text in dialog (short) -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:378 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379 msgid "Installing boot loader..." msgstr "Installerer bootloader..." #. progress line -#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385 msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer bootloaders konfiguration" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:79 -msgid "Linux" -msgstr "Linux" +#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot." +#~ msgstr "Boot-enheden er på en iSCSI-disk: %1. Systemet vil måske ikke kunne boote." -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:85 -msgid "Failsafe" -msgstr "Fejlsikret" +#~ msgid "Linux" +#~ msgstr "Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:97 -msgid "Hard Disk" -msgstr "Harddisk" +#~ msgid "Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "Fejlsikret" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:103 -msgid "Memory Test" -msgstr "Hukommelsestest" +#~ msgid "Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "Harddisk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:109 -msgid "MBR before Installation" -msgstr "MBR inden installation" +#~ msgid "Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "Hukommelsestest" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:115 -msgid "Previous Kernel" -msgstr "Tidligere kerne" +#~ msgid "MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "MBR inden installation" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only a-z, A-Z, 0-9, _ and blank space -#. are allowed, otherwise translartion won't be used -#. try to keep short, may be shortened due to bootloader limitations -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:121 -msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "Producentdiagnostik" +#~ msgid "Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "Tidligere kerne" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:230 -msgid "_Linux" -msgstr "_Linux" +#~ msgid "Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "Producentdiagnostik" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:237 -msgid "_Failsafe" -msgstr "_Fejlsikret" +#~ msgid "_Linux" +#~ msgstr "_Linux" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:244 -msgid "_Floppy" -msgstr "_Diskette" +#~ msgid "_Failsafe" +#~ msgstr "_Fejlsikret" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:251 -msgid "_Hard Disk" -msgstr "_Harddisk" +#~ msgid "_Floppy" +#~ msgstr "_Diskette" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:258 -msgid "_Memory Test" -msgstr "_Hukommelsestest" +#~ msgid "_Hard Disk" +#~ msgstr "_Harddisk" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:265 -msgid "_MBR before Installation" -msgstr "_MBR inden installation" +#~ msgid "_Memory Test" +#~ msgstr "_Hukommelsestest" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:272 -msgid "_Previous Kernel" -msgstr "_Tidligere kerne" +#~ msgid "_MBR before Installation" +#~ msgstr "_MBR inden installation" -#. entry of bootloader menu - only ISO 8859-1, -2 and -15 characters -#. are allowed. Always remove the leading '_', its just to -#. be able to have translations with and without diacritics -#. please use diacritics here -#: src/modules/GfxMenu.rb:279 -msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" -msgstr "_Producentdiagnostik" +#~ msgid "_Previous Kernel" +#~ msgstr "_Tidligere kerne" +#~ msgid "_Vendor Diagnostics" +#~ msgstr "_Producentdiagnostik" + #~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)." #~ msgstr "Bootloaderen er installeret på en partition som ikke ligger helt under %1 GB. Systemet vil måske ikke boote hvis BIOS kun understøtter lba24 (resultatet er fejl 18 under installation grub MBR)." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ca-management.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ca-management\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -66,25 +66,25 @@ msgstr "Organisatorisk enhed" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:73 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:870 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:442 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:321 msgid "Organization" msgstr "Organisation" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:74 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:884 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:444 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:323 msgid "Locality" msgstr "Sted" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:75 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:889 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:445 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:324 msgid "State" msgstr "Stat" #: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:76 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:865 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:446 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:460 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:325 msgid "Country" msgstr "Land" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ # #. To translators: table headers -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:440 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:851 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:454 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:319 msgid "Common Name" msgstr "Almen-navn" @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgid "Email" msgstr "E-mail" -#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:443 +#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:875 src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:457 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:322 msgid "Organizational Unit" msgstr "Organisatorisk enhed" @@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline #. we need to fake a certificate name #: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:364 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:571 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:585 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:523 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_callbacks.rb:958 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:429 @@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ #. The main () #. To translators: dialog label #. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:174 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:56 src/clients/common_cert.rb:175 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1313 msgid "Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Alment servercertifikat" @@ -709,11 +709,20 @@ msgid "<p>For more information, please read the manual.</p>" msgstr "<p>Læs manualen for mere information.</p>" +#. popup text +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:154 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>" +msgid "" +"<pre>Common Server Certificate not found.\n" +"You can import a certificate from disk</pre>" +msgstr "<p>Dette certifikat kan udveksles ved at importere et certifikat fra en fil.</p>" + #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header #. popup window header -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:159 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:160 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:141 #: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:264 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:166 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:238 @@ -721,22 +730,22 @@ msgstr "Beskrivelse" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:166 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:167 msgid "&Remove" msgstr "&Fjern" #. push button label -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:168 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:169 msgid "&Import/Replace" msgstr "&Importér/erstat" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (1/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:208 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:209 msgid "The certificate is not yet expired.\n" msgstr "Certifikatet er endnu ikke udløbet.\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (2/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:210 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:211 msgid "" "Please make sure, that no service use this certificate anymore.\n" "\n" @@ -745,7 +754,7 @@ "\n" #. To translators: warning popup yes/no question (3/3) -#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:214 +#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:215 msgid "Are you sure, that you want to remove the certificate?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig fjerne certifikatet?" @@ -779,11 +788,68 @@ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Tildelt:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:214 +# +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:187 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:224 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Almen-navn: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:192 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:229 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "O&rganization:" +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "O&rganisation:" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:197 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:234 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:202 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:239 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stat: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:207 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Land: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:212 src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:249 +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:220 msgid "<p><b>Issued By:</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Tildelt af:</b></p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:244 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:256 msgid "" "\n" "Valid from: " @@ -791,7 +857,7 @@ "\n" "Gyldig fra: " -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:248 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:260 msgid "" "\n" "Valid to: " @@ -801,35 +867,35 @@ # #. To translators: pushbutton label -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:271 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:283 msgid "&Advanced..." msgstr "&Avanceret..." -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:273 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:462 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:285 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:476 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:261 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:350 msgid "&View" msgstr "&Vis" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:274 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:286 msgid "&Change CA Password" msgstr "Æ&ndr CA-adgangskode" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:275 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:287 msgid "C&reate SubCA" msgstr "Op&ret SubCA" # -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:276 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:288 msgid "Export to &File" msgstr "Eksportér til &fil" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:277 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:289 msgid "Export to &LDAP" msgstr "Eksportér til &LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:278 +#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:290 msgid "&Edit Default" msgstr "R&edigér standard" @@ -887,7 +953,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:145 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:731 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:774 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:786 msgid "<p><b>Summary</b></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Opsummering</b></p>" @@ -919,18 +985,18 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1256 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1265 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1274 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:815 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:826 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:929 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:938 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:947 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1036 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1045 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:827 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:838 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:941 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:950 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1048 #: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1057 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1184 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1193 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1202 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1211 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1069 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1196 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1205 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1214 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1223 msgid " (critical)\n" msgstr " (kritisk)\n" @@ -942,40 +1008,40 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:462 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:861 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1147 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:954 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:994 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:966 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1006 msgid "(critical) " msgstr "(kritisk) " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:182 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:866 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:266 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:999 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1011 msgid "Copy Subject Alt Name from CA" msgstr "Kopiér subjekt Alt-navn fra CA" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:224 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:908 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1070 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1082 msgid "(critical)\n" msgstr "(kritisk)\n" #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:336 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1020 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:812 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:824 msgid "nsComment: " msgstr "nsComment: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:350 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1034 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:825 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:837 msgid "nsCertType: " msgstr "nsCertType: " #: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:467 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:1152 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:522 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:959 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:971 msgid "Copy Standard E-Mail Address" msgstr "Kopiér standard e-mail-adresse" @@ -1053,87 +1119,229 @@ "\n" "Certifikat ikke fundet" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:302 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:65 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Common Name: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Common Name: " +msgstr "Almen-navn: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:307 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:80 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Organization: " +msgstr "Organisation: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:312 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Organization: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Location: " +msgstr "Organisation: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:317 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "State: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"State: " +msgstr "Stat: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:322 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:95 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Country: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Country: " +msgstr "Land: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:327 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Path Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"EMAIL: " +msgstr "Stilængde: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:333 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:107 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "nsComment: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Is CA: " +msgstr "nsComment: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:338 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:112 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Key Length: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Key Size: " +msgstr "Nøglelængde: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:343 +msgid "" +"\n" +"Serialnumber: " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:348 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:117 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Version: " +msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:353 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid from: " +msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:358 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid Period: " +msgid "" +"\n" +"Valid to: " +msgstr "Gyldighedsperiode: " + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:363 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:122 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of pub. Key : " +msgstr "" + +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:368 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:127 +msgid "" +"\n" +"algo. of signature: " +msgstr "" + #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) #. Initialize the tab of the dialog -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:389 -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:518 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:403 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:532 msgid "Valid" msgstr "Gyldig" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:392 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:406 msgid "Revoked" msgstr "Inddraget" #. Certificate status displayed in a table (Valid, Revoked, Expired) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:396 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:410 msgid "Expired" msgstr "Udløbet" #. To translators: table headers -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:439 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:453 msgid "Status" msgstr "Status" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:441 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:455 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:320 msgid "E-Mail Address" msgstr "E-mail-adresse" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:456 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:470 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:338 msgid "Add" msgstr "Tilføj" # -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:458 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 msgid "Add Server Certificate" msgstr "Tilføj servercertifikat" # -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:459 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 msgid "Add Client Certificate" msgstr "Tilføj klientcertifikat" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:463 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:477 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:351 msgid "&Change Password" msgstr "Æ&ndr adgangskode" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:464 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:478 msgid "&Revoke" msgstr "Indd&rag" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:465 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:479 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:361 msgid "&Delete" msgstr "&Slet" #. Fate (#2613) -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:469 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:483 #: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:265 msgid "Export" msgstr "Eksportér" # -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:471 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:485 #: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:362 msgid "Export to File" msgstr "Eksportér til fil" #. popup window header -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:472 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:486 #: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:507 #: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:494 msgid "Export to LDAP" msgstr "Eksportér til LDAP" -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:473 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:487 msgid "Export as Common Server Certificate" msgstr "Eksportér som alment servercertifikat" # -#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:572 +#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:586 msgid "Delete current certificate?" msgstr "Slet nuværende certifikat?" @@ -1236,7 +1444,7 @@ #: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:164 #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:602 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:712 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:724 msgid "&Valid Period (days):" msgstr "G&yldighedsperiode (dage):" @@ -1672,7 +1880,7 @@ msgstr " dage\n" #: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:831 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:802 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:814 msgid "Path Length " msgstr "Stilængde " @@ -1882,6 +2090,15 @@ "\n" "Forespørgsel ikke fundet.\n" +#. Preformated Text: take care that all translations have the same length +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:74 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Generate Time" +msgid "" +"\n" +"generation Time: " +msgstr "Generér tid" + #. Reset an accpetation of a RequestExtention #. @param request extention #. @return [void] @@ -1890,79 +2107,79 @@ #. @param request extention #. @return [void] #. Filling up reqeust extentions -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:245 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:569 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:674 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:257 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:581 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:686 msgid "Extension \"%1\" not found." msgstr "Udvidelsen \"%1\" ikke fundet." #. IS CA ? -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:632 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:644 msgid "This is a CA request. Really sign it as a %1?" msgstr "Dette er en CA-forespørgsel. Vil du virkelig signere den som en %1?" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:639 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:651 msgid "This is not a CA request. Really sign it as a CA request?" msgstr "Dette er ikke en CA-forespørgsel. Vil du virkelig signere den som en CA-forespørgsel?" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:691 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 msgid "<p>This frame shows the signing request.</p>" msgstr "<p>Denne ramme viser signeringsforespørgslen.</p>" #. help text 2/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:696 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708 msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>" msgstr "<p>Denne forespørgsel har særlige udvidelser, som du kan acceptere.</p>" #. help text 3/3 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:703 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715 msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hvis du afslår disse udvidelser, anvendes standardværdierne i stedet.</p>" # -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:719 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731 msgid "Requested Extensions" msgstr "Ønskede udvidelser" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:725 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:737 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 1/2)" msgstr "Signér forespørgsel som en %1 (trin 1/2)" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:765 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777 msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Denne ramme viser en oversigt over alle indstillinger for den forespørgsel, som vil blive signeret.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:771 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783 msgid "<p>Click <b>Sign Request</b> to go on.</p>" msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Signér forespørgsel</b> for at fortsætte.</p>" # -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:789 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:801 msgid " days" msgstr " dage" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:795 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:807 msgid " (critical)</p>" msgstr " (kritisk)</p>" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1221 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1233 msgid "&Edit Request" msgstr "R&edigér forespørgsel" #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1226 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1238 msgid "Sign Request as a %1 (Step 2/2)" msgstr "Signér forespørgsel som en %1 (trin 2/2)" -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1232 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1244 msgid "Sign Request" msgstr "Signér forespørgsel" #. signing request -#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1245 +#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:1257 msgid "The request has been signed." msgstr "Forespørgsel er signeret." @@ -2958,9 +3175,6 @@ #~ msgid "<p>The <b>Common Server Certificate</b> will be used by other YaST modules.</p>" #~ msgstr "<p><b>Almen-servercertifikatet</b> vil blive anvendt af andre YaST-moduler.</p>" -#~ msgid "<p>This certificate can be exchanged by importing a certificate from a file.</p>" -#~ msgstr "<p>Dette certifikat kan udveksles ved at importere et certifikat fra en fil.</p>" - #~ msgid "Invalid value'%s' for parameter '%s'." #~ msgstr "Ugyldig værdi '%s' for parameteren '%s'." Added: trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/cio.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -0,0 +1,97 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen , 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" +"Language-Team: Danish \n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:125 +msgid "Available Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Device" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:132 +msgid "Used" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160 +msgid "Filter channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Select All" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Clear selection" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Blacklist Selected Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:165 +msgid "&Unban Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:170 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80 +msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101 +msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106 +msgid "" +"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n" +"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n" +"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110 +msgid "Ranges to Unban." +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -79,229 +79,229 @@ msgstr "" #. return `cancel or a string -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:83 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:118 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:85 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:120 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:84 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:119 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:86 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:121 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:109 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:111 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 msgid "Redundant IP Address" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:113 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:115 msgid "nodeid" msgstr "" #. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:386 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:439 msgid "Transport:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:391 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:444 msgid "Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:396 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:417 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:449 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:470 msgid "Bind Network Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:402 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:420 -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1334 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:455 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1396 msgid "Multicast Address:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:404 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:457 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:474 msgid "Multicast Port:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:411 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:464 msgid "Redundant Channel" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:427 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:480 msgid "Cluster Name:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:428 -msgid "expected votes:" +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:481 +msgid "Expected Votes:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:432 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:485 msgid "rrp mode:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Auto Generate Node ID" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:442 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:495 msgid "Member Address:" msgstr "" -#. Changewidget items will change value to first one automatically -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:671 +#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty. +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:731 msgid "Enable Security Auth" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:674 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:734 msgid "Threads:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:677 -msgid "For newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:737 +msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:682 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:787 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:847 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:917 msgid "Running" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:789 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Not running" msgstr "" #. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:825 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885 msgid "Booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:835 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:895 msgid "On -- Start pacemaker at booting" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:842 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:902 msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually only" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:911 msgid "Switch On and Off" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:856 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:916 msgid "Current Status: " msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:925 msgid "Start pacemaker Now" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:866 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:926 msgid "Stop pacemaker Now" msgstr "" #. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:962 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1024 msgid "Sync Host" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:966 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1028 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1040 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:967 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:979 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1029 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1041 msgid "Del" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:968 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1030 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1042 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:974 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Sync File" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:981 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1043 msgid "Add Suggested Files" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1052 msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys" msgstr "" #. remove duplicated elements -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1114 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1176 msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1117 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179 msgid "Turn csync2 ON" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1120 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1182 msgid "Turn csync2 OFF" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1150 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1212 msgid "Enter a hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1164 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1226 msgid "Edit the hostname" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1178 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1240 msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1255 msgid "Edit the filename" msgstr "" #. key file exist -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1225 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287 msgid "" "Key file %1 already exist.\n" "Do you want to overwrite it?" msgstr "" #. remove exist key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1235 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1297 msgid "Delete key file %1 failed." msgstr "" #. generate key file -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1249 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1311 msgid "" "Key file %1 is generated.\n" "Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 msgid "Key generation failed." msgstr "" #. SaveCsync2(); -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1318 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1380 msgid "" "Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n" "YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n" "You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd." msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1329 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1391 msgid "Dedicated Interface:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1332 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1394 msgid "IP:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1335 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1397 msgid "Group Number:" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1339 +#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1401 msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf" msgstr "" @@ -314,23 +314,26 @@ "<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu <br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf or can be specified in the quorum {} section.<br></p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:43 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "\n" "<p><b><big>Threads</big></b><br>This directive controls how many threads are used to encrypt and send multicast messages. If secauth is off, the protocol will never use threaded sending. If secauth is on, this directive allows systems to be configured to use multiple threads to encrypt and send multicast messages. A thread directive of 0 indicates that no threaded send should be used. This mode offers best performance for non-SMP systems. The default is 0. <br></p>\n" "<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9mb/sec is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 10mb/sec is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20mb/sec is possible when this option is enabled on 3ghz cpus. A throughput of 60mb/sec is possible when this option is disabled on 3ghz cpus. The default i s on. <br></p>\n" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:50 msgid "" "\n" -"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting openais service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n" "\t\t\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:53 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n" @@ -339,7 +342,7 @@ "\t" msgstr "" -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:60 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:63 msgid "" "\n" "\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n" @@ -350,28 +353,28 @@ msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Read dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:73 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:76 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Initialization:</big></b><br>\n" "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:77 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:80 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving cluster Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" #. Write dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Aborting Saving:</big></b><br>\n" "Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.\n" @@ -390,96 +393,96 @@ msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:384 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:395 msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:400 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:411 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:402 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:413 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:404 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:415 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:419 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:421 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:423 msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414 src/modules/Cluster.rb:516 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:425 src/modules/Cluster.rb:527 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:429 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:440 msgid "Cannot install required package" msgstr "" #. read database -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:438 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 msgid "Cannot load existing configuration" msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:449 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:460 msgid "Cannot read database1." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:457 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:468 msgid "Cannot read database2." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:473 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:484 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "" #. Cluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:490 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:502 msgid "Saving cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:506 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:517 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:508 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:519 msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:523 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:525 msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..." msgstr "" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:526 +#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:537 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/control-center.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control-center\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 08:16+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/control.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: control\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -30,26 +30,30 @@ "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:7 -msgid "Add-On Product Installation" -msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt" - -#: control/add-on-template_installation.glade:15 -msgid "Language Installation" -msgstr "Sproginstallation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:355 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:3 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#| "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "<p>\n" +#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#| "</p>\n" +#| "\t" msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" "The installation has completed successfully.\n" "Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" "</p>\n" -"\t" +" " msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" @@ -62,727 +66,396 @@ "</p>\n" "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:371 control/control.openSUSE.glade:429 -msgid "Initialization..." -msgstr "Initialisering..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:372 control/control.openSUSE.glade:430 -msgid "Configuring network..." -msgstr "Konfigurerer netværk..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:373 control/control.openSUSE.glade:431 -msgid "Configuring hardware..." -msgstr "Konfigurerer hardware..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:374 control/control.openSUSE.glade:432 -msgid "Finishing configuration..." -msgstr "Afslutter konfiguration..." - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:377 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:319 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:343 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:14 msgid "CIM Server" msgstr "CIM-server" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:382 control/control.SLED.glade:493 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:771 control/control.SLED.glade:775 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:956 control/control.SLED.glade:997 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:324 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:412 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:551 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:886 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:890 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1077 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1118 control/control.SLES.glade:348 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:436 control/control.SLES.glade:554 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:575 control/control.SLES.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:914 control/control.SLES.glade:1101 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1142 control/control.glade:72 -#: control/control.glade:132 control/control.glade:464 -#: control/control.glade:508 control/control.openSUSE.glade:463 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:583 control/control.openSUSE.glade:895 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:899 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1071 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1116 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:15 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:16 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:17 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:22 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:23 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:58 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:59 msgid "Installation Settings" msgstr "Installationsindstillinger" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:436 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:382 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:470 control/control.SLES.glade:406 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:494 control/control.glade:92 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:18 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Oversigt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:444 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:392 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:478 control/control.SLES.glade:416 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:502 control/control.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:19 msgid "Expert" msgstr "Ekspert" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:461 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:497 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:521 control/control.openSUSE.glade:550 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:20 msgid "Live Installation Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for live-installation" # -#: control/control.SLED.glade:478 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:515 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:539 control/control.glade:117 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:568 control/control.openSUSE.glade:984 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:989 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:21 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:512 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:570 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:613 control/control.SLES.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:637 control/control.glade:153 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:601 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:24 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:25 msgid "Network Configuration" msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:559 control/control.SLED.glade:1212 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1218 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:653 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1350 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1362 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:677 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:690 control/control.SLES.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1374 control/control.SLES.glade:1380 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1386 control/control.SLES.glade:1398 -#: control/control.glade:194 control/control.glade:692 -#: control/control.glade:697 control/control.glade:701 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:643 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1305 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1311 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:26 +msgid "Network Services Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjenester" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:27 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:28 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:29 msgid "Hardware Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af hardware" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:579 control/control.SLED.glade:692 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:816 control/control.SLED.glade:926 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1320 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:695 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:807 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:931 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1047 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:719 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:831 control/control.SLES.glade:955 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1071 control/control.SLES.glade:1510 -#: control/control.glade:213 control/control.glade:313 -#: control/control.glade:416 control/control.openSUSE.glade:667 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:794 control/control.openSUSE.glade:937 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1038 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1428 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:30 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:65 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:91 msgid "Preparation" msgstr "Klargøring" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:585 control/control.SLED.glade:594 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:697 control/control.SLED.glade:739 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:822 control/control.SLED.glade:831 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:701 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:710 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:812 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:854 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:937 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:946 control/control.SLES.glade:725 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:734 control/control.SLES.glade:836 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:878 control/control.SLES.glade:961 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:970 control/control.glade:219 -#: control/control.glade:228 control/control.glade:237 -#: control/control.glade:319 control/control.glade:328 -#: control/control.glade:337 control/control.glade:449 -#: control/control.glade:493 control/control.openSUSE.glade:672 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:799 control/control.openSUSE.glade:841 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:943 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1066 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1111 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:31 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:52 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:66 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Configuration" +msgid "Load Linuxrc Network Configuration" +msgstr "Netværkskonfiguration" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:32 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:53 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:67 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Activation" +msgid "Network Autosetup" +msgstr "Netværksaktivering" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:33 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:54 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:68 msgid "Welcome" msgstr "Velkommen" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:600 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:716 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:740 control/control.glade:343 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:682 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:34 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:55 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:69 msgid "Network Activation" msgstr "Netværksaktivering" # -#: control/control.SLED.glade:606 control/control.SLED.glade:707 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:837 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:722 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:822 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:952 control/control.SLES.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:846 control/control.SLES.glade:976 -#: control/control.glade:243 control/control.glade:349 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:686 control/control.openSUSE.glade:809 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:951 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:35 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:70 msgid "Disk Activation" msgstr "Diskaktivering" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:612 control/control.SLED.glade:618 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:711 control/control.SLED.glade:715 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:843 control/control.SLED.glade:849 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1325 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:728 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:734 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:826 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:830 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:958 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:964 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1491 control/control.SLES.glade:752 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:758 control/control.SLES.glade:850 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:854 control/control.SLES.glade:982 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:988 control/control.SLES.glade:1515 -#: control/control.glade:249 control/control.glade:255 -#: control/control.glade:355 control/control.glade:361 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:690 control/control.openSUSE.glade:694 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:813 control/control.openSUSE.glade:817 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:955 control/control.openSUSE.glade:959 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1433 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:36 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:37 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:71 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:92 msgid "System Analysis" msgstr "Systemanalyse" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:624 control/control.SLED.glade:865 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:740 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:980 control/control.SLES.glade:764 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1004 control/control.glade:261 -#: control/control.glade:378 control/control.openSUSE.glade:704 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:975 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:38 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:73 msgid "Add-On Products" msgstr "Tillægsprodukter" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:630 control/control.SLED.glade:749 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:746 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:864 control/control.SLES.glade:770 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:888 control/control.glade:267 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:861 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:39 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:56 +msgid "Disk" +msgstr "Disk" + +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:40 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:57 msgid "Time Zone" msgstr "Tidszone" -# -#: control/control.SLED.glade:647 control/control.SLED.glade:651 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:763 control/control.SLED.glade:767 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:878 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:882 control/control.SLES.glade:902 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:906 control/control.openSUSE.glade:735 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:739 control/control.openSUSE.glade:875 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:879 -msgid "User Settings" -msgstr "Brugerindstillinger" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:41 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:51 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "Installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:655 control/control.openSUSE.glade:747 -msgid "Installation Overview" -msgstr "Installationsoversigt" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:42 +msgid "Installation Summary" +msgstr "Installationssammendrag" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:662 control/control.SLED.glade:666 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:670 control/control.SLED.glade:674 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:678 control/control.SLED.glade:781 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:785 control/control.SLED.glade:791 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:795 control/control.SLED.glade:799 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:805 control/control.SLED.glade:963 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:967 control/control.SLED.glade:971 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:975 control/control.SLED.glade:1004 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1008 control/control.SLED.glade:1012 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1016 control/control.SLED.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1294 control/control.SLED.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1302 control/control.SLED.glade:1306 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1310 control/control.SLED.glade:1414 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1418 control/control.SLED.glade:1422 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:772 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:776 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:784 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:789 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:794 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:896 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:900 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:906 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:910 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:914 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1084 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1088 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1092 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1125 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1129 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1133 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1137 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1450 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1458 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1462 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1466 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1471 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1476 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1580 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1584 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1588 control/control.SLES.glade:796 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:800 control/control.SLES.glade:804 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:808 control/control.SLES.glade:813 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:818 control/control.SLES.glade:920 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:924 control/control.SLES.glade:930 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:934 control/control.SLES.glade:938 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:944 control/control.SLES.glade:1108 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1112 control/control.SLES.glade:1116 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1120 control/control.SLES.glade:1149 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1153 control/control.SLES.glade:1157 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1161 control/control.SLES.glade:1474 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1478 control/control.SLES.glade:1482 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1486 control/control.SLES.glade:1490 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1495 control/control.SLES.glade:1500 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1604 control/control.SLES.glade:1608 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1612 control/control.glade:291 -#: control/control.glade:295 control/control.glade:299 -#: control/control.glade:303 control/control.glade:469 -#: control/control.glade:473 control/control.glade:477 -#: control/control.glade:513 control/control.glade:517 -#: control/control.glade:521 control/control.glade:612 -#: control/control.glade:620 control/control.glade:624 -#: control/control.glade:744 control/control.glade:748 -#: control/control.glade:752 control/control.glade:756 -#: control/control.glade:760 control/control.glade:777 -#: control/control.glade:785 control/control.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:793 control/control.openSUSE.glade:754 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:758 control/control.openSUSE.glade:763 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:770 control/control.openSUSE.glade:774 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:780 control/control.openSUSE.glade:905 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:909 control/control.openSUSE.glade:913 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:917 control/control.openSUSE.glade:923 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1078 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1082 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1086 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1090 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1123 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1127 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1131 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1135 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1393 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1397 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1401 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1405 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1409 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1413 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1417 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1522 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1526 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1530 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:43 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:44 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:45 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:46 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:47 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:48 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:49 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:50 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:60 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:61 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:62 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:63 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:64 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:85 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:86 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:87 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:88 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:89 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:90 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:105 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:106 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:107 msgid "Perform Installation" msgstr "Udfør installation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:720 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:835 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:859 control/control.openSUSE.glade:822 -msgid "Repair" -msgstr "Reparér" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:734 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:756 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:849 control/control.SLES.glade:780 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:873 control/control.glade:283 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:744 control/control.openSUSE.glade:836 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "Installation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:757 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:872 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:896 control/control.openSUSE.glade:729 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:869 -msgid "Disk" -msgstr "Disk" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:855 control/control.SLED.glade:1331 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:970 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1497 control/control.SLES.glade:994 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1521 control/control.glade:367 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:963 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1439 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:72 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:93 msgid "System for Update" msgstr "System der skal opdateres" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:872 control/control.SLED.glade:1348 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:987 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1514 control/control.SLES.glade:1011 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1538 control/control.glade:385 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:981 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1456 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:74 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:96 msgid "Update" msgstr "Opdatér" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:875 control/control.SLED.glade:880 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:990 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:995 control/control.SLES.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1019 control/control.glade:388 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:75 msgid "Update Summary" msgstr "Opdateringssammendrag" -#. FATE #304940: s390 reIPL -#: control/control.SLED.glade:890 control/control.SLED.glade:899 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:903 control/control.SLED.glade:907 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:911 control/control.SLED.glade:915 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1032 control/control.SLED.glade:1359 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1364 control/control.SLED.glade:1369 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1375 control/control.SLED.glade:1379 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1383 control/control.SLED.glade:1387 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1392 control/control.SLED.glade:1397 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1450 control/control.SLED.glade:1454 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1005 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1014 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1018 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1022 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1026 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1031 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1036 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1153 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1525 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1530 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1535 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1541 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1545 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1553 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1558 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1563 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1617 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1621 control/control.SLES.glade:1029 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1038 control/control.SLES.glade:1042 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1046 control/control.SLES.glade:1050 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1055 control/control.SLES.glade:1060 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1177 control/control.SLES.glade:1549 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1554 control/control.SLES.glade:1559 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1565 control/control.SLES.glade:1569 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1573 control/control.SLES.glade:1577 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1582 control/control.SLES.glade:1587 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1641 control/control.SLES.glade:1645 -#: control/control.glade:393 control/control.glade:397 -#: control/control.glade:401 control/control.glade:405 -#: control/control.glade:538 control/control.glade:546 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:999 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1008 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1012 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1016 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1020 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1026 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1467 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1472 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1477 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1483 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1487 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1491 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1495 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1500 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1505 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1555 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1559 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:76 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:77 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:78 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:79 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:80 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:98 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:99 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:100 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:101 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:102 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:103 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:104 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:110 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:111 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Udfør opdatering" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:930 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1051 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1075 control/control.glade:421 -#: control/control.glade:429 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1042 -msgid "System Information" -msgstr "Systeminformation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:934 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1055 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1079 control/control.glade:433 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1046 -msgid "Perform Repair" -msgstr "Foretag reparation" - -#: control/control.SLED.glade:945 control/control.SLED.glade:986 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1262 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1066 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1422 control/control.SLES.glade:1090 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1131 control/control.SLES.glade:1446 -#: control/control.glade:444 control/control.glade:488 -#: control/control.glade:709 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1060 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1106 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1365 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:81 msgid "Base Installation" msgstr "Basisinstallation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:951 control/control.SLED.glade:992 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1072 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1113 control/control.SLES.glade:1096 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1137 control/control.glade:459 -#: control/control.glade:503 -msgid "Language" -msgstr "Sprog" +# +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:82 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:83 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:84 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:94 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:95 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:97 +msgid "AutoYaST Settings" +msgstr "AutoYaST-indstillinger" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1038 control/control.SLED.glade:1107 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1239 control/control.SLED.glade:1428 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1460 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1159 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1252 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1399 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1594 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1627 control/control.SLES.glade:1183 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1276 control/control.SLES.glade:1423 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1618 control/control.SLES.glade:1651 -#: control/control.glade:551 control/control.glade:631 -#: control/control.glade:798 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1213 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1332 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1536 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1565 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:108 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:112 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1041 control/control.SLED.glade:1048 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1145 control/control.SLED.glade:1151 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1155 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1162 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1169 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1290 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1294 control/control.SLES.glade:1186 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1193 control/control.SLES.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1314 control/control.SLES.glade:1318 -#: control/control.glade:554 control/control.glade:560 -#: control/control.glade:643 control/control.glade:648 -#: control/control.glade:652 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1254 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1260 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1264 -msgid "Network" -msgstr "Netværk" +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:109 +#: control/control.SLES.glade.translations.glade:113 +msgid "System Configuration" +msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" -# caption -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1054 control/control.SLED.glade:1058 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1159 control/control.SLED.glade:1163 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1175 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1179 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1298 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1302 control/control.SLES.glade:1199 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1203 control/control.SLES.glade:1322 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1326 control/control.glade:566 -#: control/control.glade:656 -msgid "Customer Center" -msgstr "Kundecenter" +#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation" +#~ msgstr "Installation af tillægsprodukt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1064 control/control.SLED.glade:1070 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1076 control/control.SLED.glade:1170 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1176 control/control.SLED.glade:1180 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1184 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1185 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1191 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1197 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1308 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1314 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1318 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1322 control/control.SLES.glade:1209 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1215 control/control.SLES.glade:1221 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1332 control/control.SLES.glade:1338 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1342 control/control.SLES.glade:1346 -#: control/control.glade:572 control/control.glade:578 -#: control/control.glade:584 control/control.glade:662 -#: control/control.glade:668 control/control.glade:672 -#: control/control.glade:676 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1268 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1272 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1276 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1280 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1284 -msgid "Online Update" -msgstr "Online opdatering" +#~ msgid "Language Installation" +#~ msgstr "Sproginstallation" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1083 control/control.SLED.glade:1208 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1205 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1346 control/control.SLES.glade:1229 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1370 control/control.glade:588 -#: control/control.glade:688 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1301 -msgid "Release Notes" -msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n" +#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n" +#~ "Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "\t" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n" +#~ "Dit system er klart til brug.\n" +#~ "Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "<p>\n" +#~ "Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n" +#~ "</p>\n" +#~ "\t" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1110 control/control.SLED.glade:1242 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1402 control/control.SLES.glade:1426 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1221 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1335 -msgid "Automatic Configuration" -msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" +#~ msgid "Initialization..." +#~ msgstr "Initialisering..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1116 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1255 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1279 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1227 -msgid "root Password" -msgstr "root-adgangskode" +#~ msgid "Configuring network..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurerer netværk..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1121 control/control.SLED.glade:1127 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1133 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1260 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1266 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1272 control/control.SLES.glade:1284 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1290 control/control.SLES.glade:1296 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1232 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1238 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1244 -msgid "Check Installation" -msgstr "Tjek installation" +#~ msgid "Configuring hardware..." +#~ msgstr "Konfigurerer hardware..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1139 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1278 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1302 control/control.glade:639 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1250 -msgid "Hostname" -msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn" +#~ msgid "Finishing configuration..." +#~ msgstr "Afslutter konfiguration..." -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1188 control/control.SLED.glade:1192 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1332 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1336 control/control.SLES.glade:1356 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1360 control/control.glade:680 -#: control/control.glade:684 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1288 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1292 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1342 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1346 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Brugere" - # -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1271 control/control.SLED.glade:1277 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1281 control/control.SLED.glade:1337 -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1343 control/control.SLED.glade:1351 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1431 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1437 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1441 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1503 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1509 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1517 control/control.SLES.glade:1455 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1461 control/control.SLES.glade:1465 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1527 control/control.SLES.glade:1533 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1541 control/control.glade:719 -#: control/control.glade:727 control/control.glade:733 -#: control/control.glade:737 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1374 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1380 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1384 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1445 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1451 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1459 -msgid "AutoYaST Settings" -msgstr "AutoYaST-indstillinger" +#~ msgid "User Settings" +#~ msgstr "Brugerindstillinger" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1431 control/control.SLED.glade:1463 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1597 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1630 control/control.SLES.glade:1621 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1654 control/control.glade:801 -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:1539 control/control.openSUSE.glade:1568 -msgid "System Configuration" -msgstr "Systemkonfiguration" +#~ msgid "Installation Overview" +#~ msgstr "Installationsoversigt" -#: control/control.SLED.glade:1467 control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1201 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1340 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1601 -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1634 control/control.SLES.glade:1225 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1364 control/control.SLES.glade:1625 -#: control/control.SLES.glade:1658 -msgid "Clean Up" -msgstr "Oprydning" +#~ msgid "Repair" +#~ msgstr "Reparér" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:291 control/control.SLES.glade:314 -msgid "" -"\n" -"<p>\n" -"The installation has completed successfully.\n" -"Your system is ready for use.\n" -"Click Finish to log in to the system.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -"\t" -msgstr "" -"\n" -"<p>\n" -"Installationen er gennemført med succes.\n" -"Dit system er klart til brug.\n" -"Klik <b>Afslut</b> for at logge ind på systemet.\n" -"</p>\n" -"<p>\n" -"Besøg os endelig på http://www.suse.com/.\n" -"</p>\n" -"\t" +#~ msgid "System Information" +#~ msgstr "Systeminformation" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:307 control/control.SLES.glade:330 -msgid "Server Base Scenario" -msgstr "Basisserver-scenarie" +#~ msgid "Perform Repair" +#~ msgstr "Foretag reparation" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:308 control/control.SLES.glade:331 -msgid "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" -"Choose the one that matches your server the best." -msgstr "" -"SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tilbyder adskillige basisscenarier.\n" -"
Vælg det som bedst matcher din server." +#~ msgid "Language" +#~ msgstr "Sprog" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:314 control/control.SLES.glade:337 -msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" -msgstr "Fysisk maskine (også til fuldt virtualiserede gæster)" +#~ msgid "Network" +#~ msgstr "Netværk" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:315 control/control.SLES.glade:338 -msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" -msgstr "Virtuel maskine (til paravirtualiserede miljøer såsom Xen)" +# caption +#~ msgid "Customer Center" +#~ msgstr "Kundecenter" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:316 control/control.SLES.glade:339 -msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "Xen virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)" +#~ msgid "Online Update" +#~ msgstr "Online opdatering" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:639 control/control.SLES.glade:663 -msgid "Network Services Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration af netværkstjenester" +#~ msgid "Release Notes" +#~ msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:760 control/control.SLES.glade:784 -msgid "Server Scenario" -msgstr "Serverscenarie" +#~ msgid "Automatic Configuration" +#~ msgstr "Automatisk konfiguration" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:765 control/control.SLES.glade:789 -#: control/control.glade:286 -msgid "Installation Summary" -msgstr "Installationssammendrag" +#~ msgid "root Password" +#~ msgstr "root-adgangskode" -#: control/control.SLES-for-VMware.glade:1326 control/control.SLES.glade:1350 -msgid "Service" -msgstr "Tjeneste" +#~ msgid "Check Installation" +#~ msgstr "Tjek installation" -#: control/control.SLES.glade:340 -msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" -msgstr "KVM-virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)" +#~ msgid "Hostname" +#~ msgstr "Værtsmaskinenavn" -#: control/control.glade:276 control/control.openSUSE.glade:717 -msgid "Desktop Selection" -msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø" +#~ msgid "Users" +#~ msgstr "Brugere" -#: control/control.glade:634 -msgid "Root Password" -msgstr "Root-adgangskode" +#~ msgid "Clean Up" +#~ msgstr "Oprydning" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:420 -msgid "" -"\n" -"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" -"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" -"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" -"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" -"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" -"\t " -msgstr "" -"\n" -"
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n" -"
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n" -"
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n" -"
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n" -"
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n" -"
\t" +#~ msgid "Server Base Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Basisserver-scenarie" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:438 -msgid "" -"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" -"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" -"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" -"manage your computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" -"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" -"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" -"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" -"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" -"is the most appropriate desktop for you." -msgstr "" -"Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n" -"til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n" -"webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n" -"\n" -"openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n" -"udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n" -"ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n" -"stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n" -"skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n" -"der er mest passende til dig." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server offers several base scenarios.\n" +#~ "Choose the one that matches your server the best." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server tilbyder adskillige basisscenarier.\n" +#~ "
Vælg det som bedst matcher din server." -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:451 -msgid "GNOME Desktop" -msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø" +#~ msgid "Physical Machine (Also for Fully Virtualized Guests)" +#~ msgstr "Fysisk maskine (også til fuldt virtualiserede gæster)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:452 -msgid "KDE Desktop" -msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø" +#~ msgid "Virtual Machine (For Paravirtualized Environments Like Xen)" +#~ msgstr "Virtuel maskine (til paravirtualiserede miljøer såsom Xen)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:453 -msgid "XFCE Desktop" -msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø" +#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "Xen virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:454 -msgid "LXDE Desktop" -msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø" +#~ msgid "Server Scenario" +#~ msgstr "Serverscenarie" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:455 -msgid "Minimal X Window" -msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering" +#~ msgid "Service" +#~ msgstr "Tjeneste" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:456 -msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" -msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord" +#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)" +#~ msgstr "KVM-virtualseringsvært (lokal X11 er ikke konfigureret som standard)" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:457 -msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" -msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)" +#~ msgid "Desktop Selection" +#~ msgstr "Valg af skrivebordsmiljø" -#: control/control.openSUSE.glade:699 control/control.openSUSE.glade:970 -msgid "Online Repositories" -msgstr "Online softwarekilder" +#~ msgid "Root Password" +#~ msgstr "Root-adgangskode" #~ msgid "" #~ "\n" #~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" +#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n" +#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" +#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n" +#~ "\t " +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "
<p><b>Tillykke!</b></p>\n" +#~ "
<p>Installationen af openSUSE på din computer er gennemført.\n" +#~ "
Efter du har trykket på <b>Afslut</b> kan du logge ind på systemet.<p>\n" +#~ "
<p>Besøg os på %1.</p>\n" +#~ "
<p>Hav det sjovt!<br>Venligst openSUSE-udviklingsholdet</p>\n" +#~ "
\t" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n" +#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n" +#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n" +#~ "manage your computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n" +#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n" +#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n" +#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n" +#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n" +#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Skrivebordsmiljøet på din computer giver en grafisk brugerflade\n" +#~ "til din computer, såvel som et sæt af programmer til e-mail\n" +#~ "webbrowsing, kontorarbejde, spil og værktøjer til administration af din computer.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "openSUSE tilbyder et udvalg af skrivebordsmiljøer. De mest\n" +#~ "udbredte skrivebordsmiljøer er KDE og GNOME, og de supporteres\n" +#~ "ligeligt i openSUSE. Begge skrivebordsmiljøer er nemme at bruge,\n" +#~ "stærkt integrerede og har et attraktivt udseende og fremtoning. Hvert\n" +#~ "skrivebordsmiljø har en særlig stil, så personlig smag afgør hvilket\n" +#~ "der er mest passende til dig." + +#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop" +#~ msgstr "GNOME-skrivebordsmiljø" + +#~ msgid "KDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "KDE-skrivebordsmiljø" + +#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Xfce-skrivebordsmiljø" + +#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop" +#~ msgstr "LXDE-skrivebordsmiljø" + +#~ msgid "Minimal X Window" +#~ msgstr "Minimal X vindueshåndtering" + +#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop" +#~ msgstr "Enlightenment-skrivebord" + +#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)" +#~ msgstr "Minimalt serverudvalg (teksttilstand)" + +#~ msgid "Online Repositories" +#~ msgstr "Online softwarekilder" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "\n" +#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n" #~ "<p>The installation of &product; on your machine is complete.\n" #~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n" #~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/country.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: country\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -60,11 +60,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:179 -msgid "" -"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"Tastaturlayoutet '%1' er ugyldigt. Brug kommandoen 'list' for at se de mulige " -"værdier." +msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values." +msgstr "Tastaturlayoutet '%1' er ugyldigt. Brug kommandoen 'list' for at se de mulige værdier." #. summary item #: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91 @@ -97,13 +94,8 @@ #. help text for keyboard expert screen cont. #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60 -#| msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool, such as SaX.</p>\n" -msgid "" -"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the " -"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indstillinger, der sættes her, anvendes kun til konsoltastaturet. " -"Konfigurér tastaturet i den grafiske brugerflade med et andet værktøj.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Indstillinger, der sættes her, anvendes kun til konsoltastaturet. Konfigurér tastaturet i den grafiske brugerflade med et andet værktøj.</p>\n" # #. heading text @@ -186,16 +178,14 @@ "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n" "installation and in the installed system. \n" "Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vælg det <b>tastaturlayout</b>, du vil bruge under\n" "installationen og i det installerede system. \n" "Test layoutet i feltet <b>Test</b>.\n" -"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal " -"du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n" +"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n" "</p>\n" #. general help trailer @@ -214,17 +204,13 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n" -"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert " -"Settings</b>.</p>\n" -"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of " -"your desktop environment.</p>\n" +"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Vælg det <b>tastaturlayout</b>, du vil bruge i systemet.\n" -"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal " -"du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n" -"<p>Find flere indstillinger såvel som flere layouts i dit skrivebordsmiljøs " -"værktøj til tastaturlayouts.</p>\n" +"For avancerede indstillinger såsom gentagelseshastighed og -forsinkelse skal du vælge <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b>.\n" +"<p>Find flere indstillinger såvel som flere layouts i dit skrivebordsmiljøs værktøj til tastaturlayouts.</p>\n" #. Screen title for keyboard screen #: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259 @@ -362,11 +348,8 @@ #. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list' #: language/src/clients/language.rb:303 -msgid "" -"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." -msgstr "" -"%1 er ikke et gyldigt sprog. Brug 'list'-kommandoen til at se de mulige " -"værdier." +msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values." +msgstr "%1 er ikke et gyldigt sprog. Brug 'list'-kommandoen til at se de mulige værdier." #. label text #. heading text @@ -412,14 +395,11 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary " -"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" +"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Yderligere pakker med understøttelse af de valgte primære og sekundære sprog " -"vil blive installeret. Pakker, der ikke længere er nødvendige, vil blive " -"fjernet.\n" +"Yderligere pakker med understøttelse af de valgte primære og sekundære sprog vil blive installeret. Pakker, der ikke længere er nødvendige, vil blive fjernet.\n" "</p>" #. help text for initial (first time) language screen @@ -500,20 +480,13 @@ #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the " -"primary language.\n" -"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the " -"primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to " -"the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n" +"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Markér <b>Tilpas tastaturlayout</b> for at ændre tastaturlayoutet til det " -"primære sprog.\n" -"Markér <b>Tilpas tidszone</b> for at ændre nuværende tidszone til tidszonen " -"for det valgte primære sprog. Hvis tastaturlayout eller tidszonen allerede er " -"tilpasset til standardindstillingerne for sproget, er de respektive " -"indstillinger deaktiverede.\n" +"Markér <b>Tilpas tastaturlayout</b> for at ændre tastaturlayoutet til det primære sprog.\n" +"Markér <b>Tilpas tidszone</b> for at ændre nuværende tidszone til tidszonen for det valgte primære sprog. Hvis tastaturlayout eller tidszonen allerede er tilpasset til standardindstillingerne for sproget, er de respektive indstillinger deaktiverede.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2 @@ -572,15 +545,13 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592 msgid "" -"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other " -"values\n" +"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n" "are unset.<br>\n" "<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n" "<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kun ctype:</b> Brugeren 'root' har den samme LC_CTYPE som en alm. " -"bruger. Andre værdier\n" +"<p><b>Kun ctype:</b> Brugeren 'root' har den samme LC_CTYPE som en alm. bruger. Andre værdier\n" "bliver omstødte.<br>\n" "<b>Ja:</b> 'root' har samme lokalitetsindstillinger som en alm. bruger.<br>\n" "<b>Nej:</b> 'root' får alle lokalitetsvariabler omstødte.\n" @@ -588,14 +559,8 @@ #. help text for langauge expert screen #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601 -msgid "" -"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary " -"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may " -"not be available for the selected locale.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Brug <b>Detaljeret lokalitetsindstilling</b> for at sætte en lokalitet for " -"det primære sprog der ikke er vist på listen i hoveddialogen. Det er ikke " -"sikkert at der er oversættelser tilgængelige for den valgte lokalitet.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Brug <b>Detaljeret lokalitetsindstilling</b> for at sætte en lokalitet for det primære sprog der ikke er vist på listen i hoveddialogen. Det er ikke sikkert at der er oversættelser tilgængelige for den valgte lokalitet.</p>" #. heading text #: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634 @@ -664,13 +629,11 @@ #: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287 msgid "" "Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n" -"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the " -"appropriate support\n" +"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n" "for this language.\n" msgstr "" "Kun minimal understøttelse for det valgte sprog er inkluderet på mediet.\n" -"Tilføj tillægs-cd'en til sprog som en yderligere softwarekilde for at få " -"bedre understøttelse\n" +"Tilføj tillægs-cd'en til sprog som en yderligere softwarekilde for at få bedre understøttelse\n" "for dette sprog.\n" #. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode) @@ -680,8 +643,7 @@ "installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system." msgstr "" "Det valgte sprog kan ikke bruges i teksttilstand. Engelsk vil blive brugt\n" -"til installationen, men det valgte sprog vil blive brugt på det installerede " -"system." +"til installationen, men det valgte sprog vil blive brugt på det installerede system." #. translators: command line help text for timezone module #: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52 @@ -768,22 +730,18 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock " -"Set To</b>.\n" +"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n" "Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n" "Windows) use local time.\n" "Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n" "set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n" -"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard " -"time\n" +"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n" "to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Under <b>Hardwareur sat til</b> angives, hvorvidt din maskine sættes til " -"lokal tid eller UTC.\n" -"De fleste PCer, der også har andre operativsystemer installeret (såsom " -"Microsoft\n" +"Under <b>Hardwareur sat til</b> angives, hvorvidt din maskine sættes til lokal tid eller UTC.\n" +"De fleste PCer, der også har andre operativsystemer installeret (såsom Microsoft\n" "Windows), bruger lokal tid.\n" "Maskiner, der kun har Linux installeret, er normalt\n" "sat til UTC (Universal Time Coordinated).\n" @@ -812,14 +770,11 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131 msgid "" "\n" -"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your " -"system.\n" +"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n" "In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n" "\n" -"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the " -"year\n" -"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, " -"backups may fail,\n" +"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n" +"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n" "your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n" "\n" "If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n" @@ -827,14 +782,11 @@ "Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du valgte lokal tid, men det lader til, at der kun er installeret Linux på " -"dit system.\n" -"I sådanne tilfælde anbefales det kraftigt at bruge UTC og at klikke " -"Annullér.\n" +"Du valgte lokal tid, men det lader til, at der kun er installeret Linux på dit system.\n" +"I sådanne tilfælde anbefales det kraftigt at bruge UTC og at klikke Annullér.\n" "\n" "Hvis du vil beholde lokal tid skal du justere CMOS-uret to gange om året\n" -"pga. skift til/fra sommertid. Hvis du glemmer at stille uret kan backup " -"mislykkes, \n" +"pga. skift til/fra sommertid. Hvis du glemmer at stille uret kan backup mislykkes, \n" "dit mail-system vil måske afvise e-mails osv.\n" "\n" "Hvis du bruger UTC vil Linux justere tiden automatisk.\n" @@ -843,12 +795,8 @@ #. help text for set time dialog #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them " -"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Nuværende systemtid og -dato vises. Ret dem om nødvendigt til korrekte " -"værdier manuelt eller brug Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Nuværende systemtid og -dato vises. Ret dem om nødvendigt til korrekte værdier manuelt eller brug Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>" #. help text, cont. #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191 @@ -915,7 +863,6 @@ #. button text #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541 -#| msgid "E&xpert Settings..." msgid "Other &Settings..." msgstr "Andre ind&stillinger..." @@ -958,7 +905,6 @@ msgstr "Tids&zone" #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:673 -#| msgid "Date and Time" msgid "Date and Time:" msgstr "Dato og tid" @@ -976,8 +922,7 @@ #: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:814 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>" -".\n" +"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n" "In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n" "region from those available.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -996,8 +941,7 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hvis det nuværende klokkeslet ikke er korrekt, så brug <b>Ændr</b> til at " -"tilpasse det.\n" +"Hvis det nuværende klokkeslet ikke er korrekt, så brug <b>Ændr</b> til at tilpasse det.\n" "</p>" #. Screen title for timezone screen Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/crowbar.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/dhcp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 12:43+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -590,7 +590,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: table header item #. Table header item - IP of the host #: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1651 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650 msgid "IP" msgstr "IP" @@ -611,17 +611,21 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces, #. currently no one is selected -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:609 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608 msgid "At least one network interface must be selected." msgstr "Mindst én netværksgrænseflade skal vælges." #. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have #. at least minimal configuration -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:617 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +#| "and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" +#| "Really use this interface?\n" msgid "" -"The selected network interface is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" -"and netmask). Using it in the DHCP server configuration may not work.\n" -"Really use this interface?\n" +"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n" +"and netmask)." msgstr "" "Den valgte netværksgrænseflade er ikke konfigureret (ingen tildelt IP-adresse \n" "og netmaske). Brug af den i DHCP-serverkonfiguration fungerer muligvis ikke.\n" @@ -630,66 +634,66 @@ # #. configuration will be saved in ldap? #. check box -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:633 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632 #: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079 msgid "&LDAP Support" msgstr "&LDAP-understøttelse" #. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:640 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639 msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)" msgstr "DHCP-server&navn (valgfrit)" # #. Textentry with name of the domain -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652 msgid "&Domain Name" msgstr "&Domænenavn" # #. Textentry with IP address of primary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654 msgid "&Primary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Primær navneserver-IP" # #. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:658 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657 msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP" msgstr "&Sekundær navneserver-IP" # #. Textentry with IP address of default router -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:661 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660 msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) " msgstr "Standard &gateway (router) " # #. Textentry with IP address of time server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:666 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665 msgid "NTP &Time Server" msgstr "NTP-&tidsserver" #. Textentry with IP address of print server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:668 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667 msgid "&Print Server" msgstr "&Udskriftsserver" #. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669 msgid "&WINS Server" msgstr "&WINS-server" # #. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674 msgid "Default &Lease Time" msgstr "Standard ti&ldelingstid" #. Units for defaultleasetime #. Combobox - type of units for lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:684 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1140 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139 msgid "&Units" msgstr "&Enheder" @@ -697,38 +701,38 @@ #. error popup #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1018 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1030 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1042 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1054 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053 msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address." msgstr "Den angivne værdi er ikke et gyldigt værtsmaskinenavn eller IP-adresse." # #. frame -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1068 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067 msgid "Subnet Information" msgstr "Subnetinformation" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1074 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073 msgid "Current &Network" msgstr "Nuværende &netværk" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1079 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078 msgid "Current Net&mask" msgstr "Nuværende net&maske" #. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled) -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1084 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083 msgid "Netmask Bi&ts" msgstr "Netmaske-bi&ts" # #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1091 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81 msgid "Min&imum IP Address" msgstr "M&inimum IP-adresse" @@ -736,12 +740,12 @@ # #. text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1096 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83 msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address" msgstr "M&aksimum IP-adresse" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1104 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103 msgid "IP Address Range" msgstr "IP-adresseområde" @@ -750,7 +754,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1110 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917 @@ -762,7 +766,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1115 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919 @@ -770,56 +774,56 @@ msgstr "&Sidste IP-adresse" #. checkbox -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1119 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094 msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP" msgstr "Tillad dynamisk &BOOTP" # #. frame label -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1125 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124 msgid "Lease Time" msgstr "Tildelingstid" #. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1131 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130 msgid "&Default" msgstr "Stan&dard" # IntField label #. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1149 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148 msgid "&Maximum" msgstr "&Maksimum" #. Combobox - type of units for max lease time -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1159 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158 msgid "Uni&ts" msgstr "&Enheder" #. zone is not maintained by the DNS server #. zone is maintained and it is a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1361 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1370 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369 msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch" msgstr "Opret ny DNS-zone fra bunden" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371 msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone" msgstr "Redigér aktuel DNS-zone" #. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1378 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377 msgid "Get Current Zone Information" msgstr "Hent aktuel zoneinformation" # -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1386 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385 msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..." msgstr "&Synkronisér DNS-server..." #. Show DNS Zone Information -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1415 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414 msgid "" "DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n" "Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n" @@ -829,8 +833,8 @@ #. A popup error text #. A popup error text -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1548 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1556 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555 msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range." msgstr "Angiv værdier for begge ender af IP-adresseområdet." @@ -838,8 +842,8 @@ #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 #. TRANSLATORS: popup error message #. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1595 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1618 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617 msgid "" "The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n" "IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3." @@ -849,83 +853,83 @@ # #. Label of the registered hosts table -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642 msgid "Registered Host" msgstr "Registreret værtsmaskine" #. Table header item - Name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1649 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648 msgid "Name" msgstr "Navn" # #. MAC address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1653 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652 msgid "Hardware Address" msgstr "Hardwareadresse" #. Network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1655 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" # #. Frame label - configuration of particular host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1662 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661 msgid "List Setup" msgstr "Listeopsætning" # #. Textentry label - name of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1670 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669 msgid "&Name" msgstr "&Navn" #. Textentry label - IP address of the host #. TRANSLATORS: text entry -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1675 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674 #: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229 msgid "&IP Address" msgstr "&IP-Adresse" # #. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1683 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682 msgid "&Hardware Address" msgstr "&Hardwareadresse" #. Radiobutton label - network type of the host -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1690 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689 msgid "&Ethernet" msgstr "&Ethernet" # -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1692 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691 msgid "&Token Ring" msgstr "&Tokenring" # #. Pushbutton label - change host in list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1707 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706 msgid "C&hange in List" msgstr "Æ&ndr i liste" # #. Pushbutton label - delete host from list -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1710 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709 msgid "Dele&te from List" msgstr "Sle&t fra liste" #. now, fill the dialog #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039 msgid "Ethernet" msgstr "Ethernet" # #. combo box entry, networking technology name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1812 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041 msgid "Token Ring" msgstr "Tokenring" @@ -933,53 +937,53 @@ # #. error popup #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1886 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885 #: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935 msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n" msgstr "Hardwareadressen er ugyldig.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1932 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931 msgid "The hardware address must be unique." msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal være unik." # #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1942 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941 msgid "The hostname cannot be empty." msgstr "Du skal angive et værtsmaskinenavn." #. error popup, %1 is host name -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1952 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951 msgid "A host named %1 already exists." msgstr "En værtsmaskine ved navn %1 findes allerede." #. error popup #. FIXME: text? -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1970 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2034 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033 msgid "Enter a host IP." msgstr "Skriv en værtsmaskine-IP." #. error popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984 msgid "The hardware address must be defined." msgstr "Hardwareadressen skal angives." #. error popup #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2006 -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2021 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020 msgid "Select a host first." msgstr "Vælg først en værtsmaskine." #. checking new MAC -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2048 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047 msgid "The input value must be defined." msgstr "Input-værdien skal angives." #. yes-no popup -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2087 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086 msgid "" "If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n" "to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n" @@ -1000,15 +1004,15 @@ "Vil du fortsætte?" #. remove leading '-' -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2134 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133 msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option" msgstr "\"-%1\" er ikke et gyldig kommandolinjetilvalg til DHCP-server " -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2145 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144 msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument" msgstr "Kommandolinjetilvalget \"-%1\" til DHCP-server kræver et argument" -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2156 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155 msgid "" "You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n" "\n" @@ -1027,7 +1031,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig fortsætte?\n" #. dialog caption, %1 is step number -#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2237 +#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236 msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)" msgstr "Guide for DHCP-server (%1 af 4)" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/dns-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: dns-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-30 20:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/drbd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: drbd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-12-20 14:41+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -29,6 +29,16 @@ msgid "Configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Global konfiguration af DRBD" +#. Rich text title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:86 +msgid "DRBD" +msgstr "" + +#. Menu title for Drbd in proposals +#: src/clients/drbd_proposal.rb:88 +msgid "&DRBD" +msgstr "" + #. encoding: utf-8 #. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ #. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. @@ -66,26 +76,84 @@ msgid "Resource Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer" +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:47 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Basic Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer" + +#: src/include/drbd/common.rb:48 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Resource Configuration" +msgid "Resource Advanced Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration af ressourcer" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/drbd/dialogs.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Dialogs definitions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "Warning: YaST2 DRBD module will rename all\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:52 +msgid "" +"included files for DRBD into a supported schema.\n" +"\n" +"Do you want to continue?" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" +msgid "Failed to read DRBD configuration file:\n" +msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af DRBD" + +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:86 +msgid "Failed to write configuration to disk:\n" +msgstr "" + #. Drbd configure1 dialog caption #. Drbd configure2 dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:60 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:99 src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Drbd Configuration" msgid "DRBD Configuration" msgstr "DRBD-konfiguration" #. Drbd configure1 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 #, fuzzy #| msgid "First part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "First part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "First part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af DRBD" #. Drbd configure2 dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:102 +#: src/include/drbd/dialogs.rb:141 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Second part of configuration of drbd" -msgid "Second part of DRBD configuration" +msgid "Second part of configuration of DRBD" msgstr "Anden del af konfiguration af DRBD" #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -113,7 +181,7 @@ #| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Initialiserer konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n" "Vent venligst...<br></p>\n" @@ -135,7 +203,7 @@ #| "Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"</p>\n" +"Please wait...<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Gemmer konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n" "Vent venligst...<br></p>\n" @@ -158,14 +226,81 @@ msgstr "Start konfiguration af DRBD." #: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Startup Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +msgid "" +"<p><b>Booting:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"On\" to start DRBD server Now and when booting</p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>checking \"Off\", DRBD server only starts manually</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Switch On and Off:</b></p>\n" +"\t\t\t<p>Starting or Stopping DRBD Server right now</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" +msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +msgid "" +"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number.\n" +"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd_r0 minor 0'</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88 +msgid "" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n" +"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n" +"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n" +"\n" +"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n" +"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n" +"\t\t" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112 msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Global konfiguration af DRBD</big></b></p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:58 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>" msgstr "<p>Markér <b>\"Deaktivér IP-verificering\"</b> for at deaktivere et af drbdadms sundhedstjek</p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:61 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:118 msgid "" "<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n" " far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n" @@ -181,7 +316,7 @@ " Dialogen skriver optællingen af hvert 'genopfrisk dialog'-sekund,\n" " og sætter det til 0 for helt at deaktivere gentegning. </p>" -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:126 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" @@ -191,9 +326,10 @@ #| " as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" msgid "" "<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n" -"Use this option if you want to define more resources later without reloading the\n" -"module. By default we load the module with exactly as many devices as\n" -"configured in this file.</p>\n" +" use this if you want to define more resources later\n" +" without reloading the module.\n" +" by default we load the module with exactly as many devices\n" +" as configured mentioned in this file. </p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mindre tælling:</b>\n" " Brug dette, hvis du vil definere flere ressourcer senere\n" @@ -202,20 +338,20 @@ " enheder konfigureret, der er nævnt i denne fil. </p>" #. Summary dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:76 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:134 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" #| "Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -"Configure DRBD here.<br></p>\n" +"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration af DRBD</big></b><br>\n" "Konfigurér DRBD her.<br></p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:80 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:138 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -223,9 +359,9 @@ #| "If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" #| "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" -"Choose a DRBD from the list of detected DRBDs.\n" -"If your DRBD was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" +"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n" +"If your drbd was not detected, use <b>Other (not detected)</b>.\n" "Then press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tilføje en DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -234,7 +370,7 @@ "Tryk så på <b>Konfigurér</b>.</p>\n" #. Summary dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:87 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:145 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n" @@ -245,7 +381,7 @@ "du kan ændre konfigurationen.</p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 1/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:93 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:151 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Drbd Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" @@ -253,7 +389,7 @@ #| "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n" -"Obtain an overview of installed DRBDS. Additionally\n" +"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n" "edit their configurations.<br></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Oversigt over DRBD-konfiguration</big></b><br>\n" @@ -261,20 +397,20 @@ "redigere deres konfigurationer.<br></p>\n" #. Ovreview dialog help 2/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:99 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:157 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" #| "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b><big>Adding a DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" -"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a DRBD.</p>\n" +"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n" +"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tilføje en DRBD:</big></b><br>\n" "Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> For at konfigurere en DRBD.</p>" #. Ovreview dialog help 3/3 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:103 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:161 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -282,7 +418,7 @@ #| "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" -"Choose a DRBD to change or remove.\n" +"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n" "Then press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b> as desired.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Redigere eller slette:</big></b><br>\n" @@ -290,7 +426,7 @@ "Tryk så på <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b> som ønsket.</p>\n" #. Configure1 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:109 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:167 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -302,7 +438,7 @@ #. Configure1 dialog help 2/2 #. Configure2 dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:127 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:173 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n" "It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n" @@ -313,7 +449,7 @@ "</p>" #. Configure2 dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:121 +#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n" @@ -332,14 +468,15 @@ msgid "Protocol" msgstr "Protokol" -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:545 +#. myHelp("basic_conf"); +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:546 msgid "Node names must be different." msgstr "Knudenavne skal være forskellige." -#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:567 +#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Please fill out all fields." -msgid "Fill out all fields." +msgid "Please fill out all fields." msgstr "Udfyld venligst alle felter." #. encoding: utf-8 @@ -385,8 +522,8 @@ #| "To propagate this configuration ,\n" #| "copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgid "" -"To propagate this configuration,\n" -"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually.\n" +"To propagate this configuration ,\n" +"copy the configuration file '/etc/drbd.conf' to the rest of nodes manually." msgstr "" "Kopiér konfigurationsfilen /etc/drbd.conf\n" "manuelt til resten af knuderne for at udbrede denne konfiguration." @@ -404,91 +541,150 @@ #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:142 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Start Drbd service failed" -msgid "Starting DRBD service failed." +msgid "Start DRBD service failed" msgstr "Start af Drbd-tjenesten mislykkedes" #. Report::Error ( Service::Error() ); #: src/include/drbd/startup_conf.rb:150 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Stop Drbd service failed" -msgid "Stopping DRBD service failed." +msgid "Stop DRBD service failed" msgstr "Stop af Drbd-tjenesten mislykkedes" #. Initialization dialog caption -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:136 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:137 msgid "Heartbeat Configuration" msgstr "Heartbeat-konfiguration" #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:138 +#: src/include/drbd/wizards.rb:139 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer..." +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: modules/Drbd.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of drbd +#. Summary: Drbd settings, input and output functions +#. Authors: xwhu +#. +#. $Id: Drbd.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#. +#. Representation of the configuration of drbd. +#. Input and output routines. +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:101 +msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:123 +msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:71 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:133 msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af DRBD" #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:79 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:141 msgid "Read global settings" msgstr "Læs globale indstillinger" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:80 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:142 msgid "Read resources" msgstr "Læs ressourcer" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:81 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:143 msgid "Read daemon status" msgstr "Læs dæmonstatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:84 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:146 msgid "Reading global settings..." msgstr "Læser globale indstillinger..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:85 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:147 msgid "Reading resources..." msgstr "Læser ressourcer..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:86 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:148 msgid "Reading daemon status..." msgstr "Læser dæmonstatus..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:87 src/modules/Drbd.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:149 src/modules/Drbd.rb:492 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" +#. new_map = remove(new_map, key); +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:412 +msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:421 +msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:445 +msgid "" +"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n" +"%2" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:464 +msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back" +msgstr "" + #. DRBD write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:474 msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration" msgstr "Skriver DRBD-konfiguration" #. if (!modified) return true; #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:285 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:484 msgid "Write global settings" msgstr "Skriv globale indstillinger" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:485 msgid "Write resources" msgstr "Skriv ressourcer" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:287 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:486 msgid "Set daemon status" msgstr "Sæt dæmonstatus" -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:489 msgid "Writing global settings..." msgstr "Skriver globale indstillinger..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:291 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:490 msgid "Writing resources..." msgstr "Skriver ressourcer..." -#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:491 msgid "Setting daemon status..." msgstr "Sætter dæmonstatus..." +#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:502 +msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d" +msgstr "" + #~ msgid "Configuration of drbd" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration af DRBD" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/fcoe-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -40,8 +40,18 @@ msgid "&FcoeClient" msgstr "&FcoeClient" +#. setting of config value is 'yes' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:48 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#. setting of config value is 'no' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:50 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:92 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:102 msgid "" "Cannot remove the FCoE interface.\n" "Command %1 failed." @@ -49,13 +59,38 @@ "Kan ikke fjerne FCoE-grænsefladen.\n" "Kommandoen %1 mislykkedes." +#. FCoE is not available on the interface +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:195 +msgid "not available" +msgstr "" + +#. the interface is not configured for FCoE +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:197 +msgid "not configured" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'true' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:203 +msgid "true" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is 'false' +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:205 +msgid "false" +msgstr "" + +#. the flag is not set at all +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:207 +msgid "not set" +msgstr "" + #. headline of the edit dialog - configuration of values for a certain network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:280 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:306 msgid "Configuration of VLAN interface %1 on %2" msgstr "Konfiguration af VLAN-grænsefladen %1 på %2" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:342 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:368 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on VLAN interface %1\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -66,7 +101,7 @@ "selv netværksgrænsefladen %2." #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:357 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:383 msgid "" "Cannot start FCoE on network interface %1 itself\n" "because FCoE is already configured on\n" @@ -77,12 +112,12 @@ "VLAN-grænseflade %2." #. headline of a popup: creating and starting Fibre Channel over Ethernet -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:391 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 msgid "Creating and Starting FCoE on Detected VLAN Device" msgstr "Opretter og starter FCoE på detekteret VLAN-enhed" #. question to the user: really create and start FCoE -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:394 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:420 msgid "" "Do you really want to create a FCoE network\n" "interface for discovered VLAN interface %1\n" @@ -93,16 +128,16 @@ "på %2 og starte initiering af FCoE?" #. text of an error popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:417 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:443 msgid "Cannot create and start FCoE on %1." msgstr "Kan ikke oprette og starte FCoE på %1." #. text of an error popup: command failed on the network interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:454 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:480 msgid "Command \"%1\" on %2 failed." msgstr "Kommandoen \"%1\" på %2 mislykkedes." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:462 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:488 msgid "" "Creating FCoE interface failed.\n" "Continue because running in test mode" @@ -111,12 +146,12 @@ "Fortsæt fordi der køres i testtilstand" #. popup text: really remove FCoE VLAN interface -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:557 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:583 msgid "Do you really want to remove the FCoE interface %1?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig fjerne FCoE-grænsefladen %1?" #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:565 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:591 msgid "" "Attention:\n" "Make sure the interface is not essential for a used device.\n" @@ -127,7 +162,7 @@ "At fjerne den kan medføre et ubrugeligt system." #. popup text continues -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:575 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:601 msgid "" "Don't remove the interface if it's related\n" "to an already activated multipath device." @@ -136,16 +171,16 @@ "til en allerede aktiveret multipath-enhed." #. replace values in table -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:724 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:750 msgid "Removing of interface %1 failed." msgstr "Fjernelse af grænsefladen %1 mislykkedes." -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:736 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:762 msgid "Destroying interface %1 failed." msgstr "Ødelæggelse af grænsefladen %1 mislykkedes." #. text of a warning popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:768 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:794 msgid "" "DCB Required is set to \"yes\" but the\n" "interface isn't DCB capable." @@ -154,7 +189,7 @@ "grænsefladen er ikke DCB-kapabel." #. text of an information (notify) popup -#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:805 +#: src/include/fcoe-client/complex.rb:831 msgid "" "Service 'fcoe' requires enabled service 'lldpad'.\n" "Enabling start on boot of service 'lldpad'." @@ -561,27 +596,39 @@ msgstr "<p>Installér den nu?</p>" #. start service lldpad first -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:862 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:868 msgid "Cannot start service 'lldpad'" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:871 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:877 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgid "Cannot start service 'fcoe'" msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder." #. first start lldpad -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:891 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:897 msgid "Cannot start lldpad systemd socket" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:905 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:910 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start lldpad service." +msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder." + +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:922 msgid "Cannot start fcoemon systemd socket." msgstr "" +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:935 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Cannot detect devices." +msgid "Cannot start fcoe service." +msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder." + #. warning if no valid configuration found -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1061 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1101 msgid "" "Cannot read config file for %1.\n" "You may edit the settings and recreate the FCoE\n" @@ -591,130 +638,113 @@ "Du kan redigere indstillingerne og genskabe FCoE\n" "VLAN-grænsefladen for at få en gyldig konfiguration." -#. it's about a flag which is not set at all -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1099 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1105 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1110 -msgid "not set" -msgstr "" - -#. also about setting of a flag -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "true" -msgstr "" - -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1102 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1107 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1112 -msgid "false" -msgstr "" - #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1442 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1466 msgid "Initializing fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af fcoe-klient" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1457 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1481 msgid "Check installed packages" msgstr "Tjek installerede pakker" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1483 msgid "Check services" msgstr "Tjek tjenester" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1461 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1485 msgid "Detect network cards" msgstr "Detektér netværkskort" #. Progress stage 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1463 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1487 msgid "Read /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Læs /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1467 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1491 msgid "Checking for installed packages..." msgstr "Tjekker for installerede pakker..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1469 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1493 msgid "Checking for services..." msgstr "Tjekker for tjenester..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1471 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1495 msgid "Detecting network cards..." msgstr "Detekterer netværkskort..." #. Progress step 4/4 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1497 msgid "Reading /etc/fcoe/config" msgstr "Læser /etc/fcoe/config" #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1475 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1569 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1499 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1501 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1525 msgid "Starting of services failed." msgstr "Start af tjenester mislykkedes." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1514 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1538 msgid "Cannot detect devices." msgstr "Kan ikke detektere enheder." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1524 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1548 msgid "Cannot read /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan ikke læse /etc/fcoe/config." #. FcoeClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1540 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1564 msgid "Saving fcoe-client Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fcoe-client" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1555 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1579 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1581 msgid "Restart FCoE service" msgstr "Genstart FCoE-tjenesten" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1559 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1583 msgid "Adjust start of services" msgstr "Tilpas start af tjenester" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1563 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1565 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1589 msgid "Restarting FCoE service..." msgstr "Genstarter FCoE-tjenesten..." #. Progress sstep 3/3 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1567 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1591 msgid "Adjusting start of services..." msgstr "Tilpasser start af tjenester..." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1611 msgid "Cannot write settings to /etc/fcoe/config." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til /etc/fcoe/config." -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1593 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1617 msgid "" "Cannot write settings for FCoE interfaces.\n" "For details, see /var/log/YaST2/y2log." @@ -723,43 +753,43 @@ "Se /var/log/YaST2/y2log for detaljer." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1605 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1629 msgid "Restarting of service fcoe failed." msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten fcoe mislykkedes." #. Error message -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1636 msgid "Cannot write /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive /etc/sysconfig/network/ifcfg-files." #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1669 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1693 msgid "<b>General FCoE configuration</b>" msgstr "<b>Generel konfiguration af FCoE</b>" #. options from config file, not meant for translation -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1683 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1707 msgid "<b>Interfaces</b>" msgstr "<b>Grænseflader</b>" #. network card, e.g. eth0 -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1691 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1715 msgid "<i>Netcard</i>:" msgstr "<i>Netkort</i>:" #. nothing to translate here (abbreviation for #. Fibre Channel over Ethernet Virtual LAN interface) -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1701 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1725 msgid "<b>Starting of services</b>" msgstr "<b>Start af tjenester</b>" #. starting of service "fcoe" at boot time is enabled or disabled #. starting of service "lldpad" at boot time is enabled or disabled -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1709 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1719 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1733 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1743 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiveret" -#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1710 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1720 +#: src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1734 src/modules/FcoeClient.rb:1744 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiveret" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/firewall-services.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall-services\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:54+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/firewall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firewall\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/firstboot.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: firstboot\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-24 20:55+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/geo-cluster.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -36,8 +36,8 @@ #. GeoCluster configure2 dialog caption #. Initialization dialog caption #: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:310 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:97 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:430 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:140 msgid "GeoCluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -72,92 +72,249 @@ #. #. $Id: dialogs.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ #: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:51 +msgid "configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:59 msgid "arbitrator ip" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:65 msgid "transport" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:63 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 msgid "port" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:68 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 msgid "site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:71 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:79 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:653 msgid "Add" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:72 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:82 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:80 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654 msgid "Edit" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:73 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:83 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:81 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:655 msgid "Delete" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:78 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:144 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178 msgid "ticket" msgstr "" #. return `cacel or a string -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:104 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:98 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:120 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197 msgid "OK" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:105 -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:121 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:198 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "" -#. parser value first -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:135 +msgid "Please enter valid ip address" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:176 msgid "Enter ticket and timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:145 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182 msgid "timeout" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:164 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:184 +msgid "retries" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:186 +msgid "weights" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:188 +msgid "expire" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:190 +msgid "acquire-after" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192 +msgid "before-acquire-handler" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:229 msgid "timeout is no valid" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:166 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:231 +msgid "expire is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233 +msgid "acquireafter is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235 +msgid "retries is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:237 +msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239 +msgid "weights is no valid" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241 msgid "ticket can not be null" msgstr "" +#. fill confs with global_files +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:332 +msgid "site have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:337 +msgid "ticket have to be filled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:344 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:582 +msgid "arbitrator IP address is invalid!" +msgstr "" + #. servie:geo-cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/geo-cluster -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "Geo Cluster(geo-cluster) firewall configure" msgstr "" #. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", #. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:317 +#. FIXME ugly work. Better use alias and function, see yast2 drbd. +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Geo Cluster configure" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:330 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:494 msgid "Enter an IP address of your site" msgstr "" -#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:343 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:505 msgid "Edit IP address of your site" msgstr "" +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:527 +msgid "Ticket name already exist!" +msgstr "" + +#. abort? +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:573 +msgid "Configuration name can not be null" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:576 +msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:589 +msgid "port is invalid!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:595 +msgid "transport have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:600 +msgid "site have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:605 +msgid "ticket have to be filled!" +msgstr "" + +#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:644 +msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select" +msgstr "" + +#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"", +#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton()); +#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:650 +msgid "Choose configuration file:" +msgstr "" + +#. encoding: utf-8 +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. Copyright (c) 2006 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved. +#. +#. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under +#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the +#. Free Software Foundation. +#. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT +#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS +#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. +#. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with +#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc. +#. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find +#. current contact information at www.novell.com. +#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ +#. File: include/geo-cluster/wizards.ycp +#. Package: Configuration of geo-cluster +#. Summary: Wizards definitions +#. Authors: Dongmao Zhang +#. +#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $ +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46 +msgid "GeoCluster Configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47 +msgid "Firewall Configuration" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents -#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:99 +#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "" +#. Not necessary to use remove_list_quote? +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:224 +msgid "Cannot write global conf settings." +msgstr "" + +#. List like site +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:242 +msgid "Cannot write global settings." +msgstr "" + +#. Empty (all Int) ticket will be ignore by ag_booth +#. Create a ticket item +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:266 +msgid "Cannot write global ticket settings." +msgstr "" + #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:168 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:273 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:129 msgid "Initializing geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" @@ -166,75 +323,63 @@ #. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:143 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:182 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:185 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:286 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:289 msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings" msgstr "" #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:184 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:288 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:150 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:186 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:282 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:290 src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:358 #: src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:154 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:232 msgid "Finished" msgstr "" +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# +#. GeoCluster write dialog caption +#. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-# #. GeoCluster read dialog caption -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:255 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:332 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:211 msgid "Saving geo-cluster Configuration" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:272 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:348 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:223 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:274 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:350 msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings" msgstr "" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:278 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:354 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:228 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "" #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:280 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:356 msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings" msgstr "" -#. read sites -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:311 -msgid "Cannot write global settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write site -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:315 -msgid "Cannot write sites settings." -msgstr "" - -#. write ticket -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:318 -msgid "Cannot write ticket settings." -msgstr "" - #. #-#-#-#-# geo-cluster.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-# #. Error message -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:324 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:379 src/modules/GeoCluster2.pm:242 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "" #. TODO FIXME: your code here... #. Configuration summary text for autoyast -#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:372 +#: src/modules/GeoCluster.rb:440 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/gtk.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-gtk\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:08+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/http-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: http-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:38+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:06+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/inetd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: inetd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/installation.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: installation\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:45+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:39+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -81,22 +81,22 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:96 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:98 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (do not write it</a>)." msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview #. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:105 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:107 msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (write it</a>)." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/clone_proposal.rb:119 msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xml" msgstr "" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:78 +#: src/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81 msgid "Copying files to installed system..." msgstr "Kopierer filer til det installerede system..." @@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ msgstr "Installation fra imagefiler er deaktiveret (aktivér</a>)." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:73 +#: src/clients/desktop_finish.rb:70 msgid "Initializing default window manager..." msgstr "Initialiserer standard vindueshåndtering..." @@ -297,6 +297,7 @@ msgstr "Opdateringer til %1 %2" #: src/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:173 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:301 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" @@ -357,7 +358,7 @@ #. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:137 -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:312 +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:318 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale" @@ -430,10 +431,24 @@ "
for at afbryde installationsprocessen.\n" "
</p>\n" -#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:336 -msgid "License needs to be accepted" -msgstr "Licensen skal accepteres" +#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660) +#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first +#. exit codes (see "man curl"): +#. 7 = Failed to connect to host. +#. 28 = Operation timeout. +#. push button +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:230 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:299 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Release Notes" +msgid "Re&lease Notes..." +msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter" +#: src/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:342 +msgid "You must accept the license to install this product" +msgstr "" + #. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD #: src/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107 msgid "&Disable ZMD Service" @@ -639,11 +654,11 @@ msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces" msgstr "Konfigurér &FCoE-grænseflader" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111 msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks" msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI-diske" -#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:113 +#: src/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Saving network configuration..." msgid "Change Net&work Configuration" @@ -666,15 +681,22 @@ msgid "<p>Installation is just about to start!</p>" msgstr "<p>Installationen er lige ved at starte!</p>" -#. download release notes now -#. push button -#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:135 -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:356 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Release Notes" -msgid "Re&lease Notes..." -msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter" +#. Set the UI content to show some progress. +#. TODO FIXME: use a better title (reused existing texts because of text freeze) +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption +#. bug #302384 +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 +#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 +msgid "Initializing" +msgstr "Initialiserer" +#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message +#: src/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:147 +#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 +msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..." + #. popup message, list of repositores is appended to the text #: src/clients/inst_extrasources.rb:150 msgid "Package updates have been found in these additional repositories:" @@ -693,65 +715,65 @@ #. Adjust a SlideShow dialog if not configured #. kilobytes #. just make it longer than inst_finish, TODO: better value later -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:85 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:88 src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:139 #: src/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:157 msgid "Finishing Basic Installation" msgstr "Færdiggør basisinstallation" #. Might be left from the previous stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:114 msgid "Creating list of finish scripts to call..." msgstr "Opretter liste over afslutningsscripts der skal kaldes..." #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:127 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:213 msgid "Copy files to installed system" msgstr "Kopiér filer til det installerede system" # #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:142 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:220 msgid "Save configuration" msgstr "Gem konfiguration" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:227 msgid "Save installation settings" msgstr "Gem installationsindstillinger" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:188 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:236 msgid "Install boot manager" msgstr "Installér bootloader" #. progress stage -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:200 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:243 msgid "Prepare system for initial boot" msgstr "Forbered systemet til første boot" #. merge steps from add-on products #. bnc #438678 -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:305 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:348 msgid "Checking stage: %1..." msgstr "Tjekker fase: %1..." #. a fallback busy message -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:394 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:437 msgid "Calling step %1..." msgstr "Kalder trin %1..." #. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:414 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:457 msgid " * %1" msgstr " * %1" #. Anything else -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:451 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:494 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Gennemført" #. get the latest errors -#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_finish.rb:625 msgid "Installation Error" msgstr "Installationsfejl" @@ -770,11 +792,6 @@ msgid "Installation is being initialized." msgstr "Installationen initialiseres." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog progress message -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:44 -msgid "Initializing the installation..." -msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help #. help for the dialog - busy message #: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:48 @@ -787,13 +804,6 @@ msgid "Preparing the initial system configuration..." msgstr "Forbereder første systemkonfiguration..." -#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#. bug #302384 -#: src/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56 -#: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151 -msgid "Initializing" -msgstr "Initialiserer" - #. dialog caption #: src/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83 #, fuzzy @@ -1008,12 +1018,12 @@ msgstr "" #. message show when user has disabled the configuration -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:240 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:238 msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request" msgstr "Springer konfigurationen over efter brugerens ønske" #. error message is a popup -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:257 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:255 msgid "" "The proposal contains an error that must be\n" "resolved before continuing.\n" @@ -1024,31 +1034,31 @@ #. not using tabs #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one #. heading in proposal, in case the module doesn't create one -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:500 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:514 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:559 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:569 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:496 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:498 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:512 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:555 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:557 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:567 msgid "ERROR: Missing Title" msgstr "FEJL: Manglende titel" #. busy message -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:525 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:523 msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..." msgstr "Tilpasser forslaget til de aktuelle indstillinger..." #. busy message; #. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:529 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1031 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:527 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1029 msgid "Analyzing your system..." msgstr "Analyserer dit system..." #. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:700 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:698 msgid "ERROR: No proposal" msgstr "FEJL: Intet forslag" #. Submodules handle their own error reporting #. text for a message box -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:745 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:743 msgid "" "Configuration saved.\n" "There were errors." @@ -1057,7 +1067,7 @@ "Der var fejl." #. dialog headline -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:949 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:947 msgid "Installation Overview" msgstr "Installationsoversigt" @@ -1066,25 +1076,25 @@ #. Translators: About 40 characters max, #. use newlines for longer translations. #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:973 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:971 msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgstr "&Spring konfiguration over" #. radio button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:982 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:980 msgid "&Use Following Configuration" msgstr "&Brug følgende konfiguration" #. menu button #. menu button #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:994 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1178 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:992 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1176 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:236 msgid "&Change..." msgstr "Æ&ndr..." #. menu button -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1000 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1173 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:998 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1171 #, fuzzy #| msgid "&Skip Configuration" msgid "&Export Configuration" @@ -1092,23 +1102,23 @@ #. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary. #. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1071 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1069 msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder." -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1075 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1073 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below." msgid "Click a headline to make changes." msgstr "Tryk på en overskrift for lave ændringer eller brug menuen \"Ændr...\" herunder." #. menu button item -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1172 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1170 msgid "&Reset to defaults" msgstr "&Gendan standard" #. General part of the help text for all types of proposals -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1206 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Change the values by clicking on the respective headline\n" @@ -1122,7 +1132,7 @@ #. Help text for installation proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1219 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1217 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1153,7 +1163,7 @@ #. - sh@suse.de 2002-02-26 #. #. Help text for installation proposal, continued -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1245 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1272 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1243 src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1270 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disk has not been modified yet. You can still safely abort.\n" @@ -1165,7 +1175,7 @@ #. Help text for update proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1255 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1253 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n" @@ -1177,7 +1187,7 @@ #. Help text for network configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1282 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1280 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1189,7 +1199,7 @@ #. Help text for service configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1293 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1291 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1201,7 +1211,7 @@ #. Help text for hardware configuration proposal #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1304 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1302 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1212,12 +1222,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. Proposal in uml module -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1311 msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<P><B>UML Installationsforslag</B></P>" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1315 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1313 msgid "" "<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n" "Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>" @@ -1228,7 +1238,7 @@ #. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or #. hardhware configuration. #. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph. -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1332 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1330 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n" @@ -1239,7 +1249,7 @@ "</p>\n" #. help text -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1345 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1343 msgid "" "<p>Some proposals might be\n" "locked by the system administrator and therefore cannot be changed. If a\n" @@ -1250,11 +1260,11 @@ "hvis du skal have ændret et forslag som er låst.</p>\n" #. FATE #120373 -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1371 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1369 msgid "&Update" msgstr "&Opdatering" -#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1372 +#: src/clients/inst_proposal.rb:1370 msgid "&Install" msgstr "&Installér" @@ -1379,54 +1389,36 @@ msgid "Probing hard disks..." msgstr "Undersøger harddiske..." -# -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:127 -msgid "Search for Linux partitions" -msgstr "Søg efter Linux-partitioner" - -# +#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation #: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:128 -msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." -msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..." - -#. FATE #302980: Simplified user config during installation -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Search for system files" msgstr "Søg efter systemfiler" # -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:129 msgid "Searching for system files..." msgstr "Søger efter systemfiler..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:136 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:132 msgid "Initialize software manager" msgstr "Initialisér håndtering af software" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:137 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:133 msgid "Initializing software manager..." msgstr "Initialiserer håndtering af software..." -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:140 -msgid "Evaluate update possibility" -msgstr "Vurdér opdateringsmulighed" - -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:141 -msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." -msgstr "Vurderer opdateringsmulighed..." - #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:146 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:138 msgid "System Probing" msgstr "Systemundersøgelse" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:152 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:144 msgid "YaST is probing computer hardware and installed systems now." msgstr "YaST undersøger din computers hardware og installerede systemer nu." #. additonal error when HW was not found -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:241 msgid "" "\n" "Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installation." @@ -1435,7 +1427,7 @@ "Tjek \"drivers.suse.com\" hvis du behøver særlige hardware-drivere til installation." #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:269 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:255 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "Please check your hardware!\n" @@ -1445,7 +1437,7 @@ "Kontrollér din hardware!\n" "%1\n" -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:279 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:265 msgid "" "No hard disks were found for the installation.\n" "During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n" @@ -1456,7 +1448,7 @@ "(især på S/390- eller iSCSI-systemer)\n" #. pop-up error report -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:290 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:276 msgid "" "No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n" "found for the installation.\n" @@ -1470,7 +1462,7 @@ # #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:343 +#: src/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:318 msgid "" "Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n" "Aborting the installation." @@ -1479,18 +1471,18 @@ "Afbryder installationen." #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:96 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 msgid "Removed" msgstr "Fjernet" # #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:100 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:108 msgid "Enabled" msgstr "Aktiveret" #. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository) -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:104 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:112 msgid "Disabled" msgstr "Deaktiveret" @@ -1498,14 +1490,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption #. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:199 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:667 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:726 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:209 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:677 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:736 msgid "Previously Used Repositories" msgstr "Tidligere anvendte softwarekilder" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog text, possibly multiline, #. Please, do not use more than 50 characters per line. -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:205 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 msgid "" "These repositories were found on the system\n" "you are upgrading:" @@ -1514,28 +1506,28 @@ "du er ved at opgradere:" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:215 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:225 msgid "Current Status" msgstr "Nuværende status" # #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:217 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:227 msgid "Repository" msgstr "Softwarekilde" #. TRANSLATORS: Table header item -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:219 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 msgid "URL" msgstr "URL" #. TRANSLATORS: Push button -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:229 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 msgid "&Toggle Status" msgstr "Skif&t status" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 1/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:235 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:245 msgid "" "<p>Here you see all software repositories found\n" "on the system you are upgrading. Enable the ones you want to include in the upgrade process.</p>" @@ -1544,7 +1536,7 @@ "på det system, du opgraderer. Aktivér dem, du ønsker at inkludere i opgraderingsprocessen.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 2/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:239 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:249 msgid "" "<p>To enable, remove or disable an URL, click on the\n" "<b>Toggle Status</b> button or double-click on the respective table item.</p>" @@ -1553,31 +1545,31 @@ "<b>Skift status</b>-knappen eller dobbeltklik på de respektive punkter i tabellen.</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text 3/3 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:243 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:253 msgid "<p>To change the URL, click on the <b>Change...</b> button.</p>" msgstr "<p>For at ændre URL, clik på <b>Ændr...</b>-knappen.</p>" #. one_url already has "id" and some items might be deleted #. looking to id_to_name is done via the original key #. TRANSLATORS: Fallback name for a repository -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:265 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:272 -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:278 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:275 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:282 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:288 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" # #. TRANSLATORS: textentry -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:373 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:383 msgid "&Repository URL" msgstr "U&RL for softwarekilde" #. TRANSLATORS: popup header -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:637 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:647 msgid "Network is not Configured" msgstr "Netværk er ikke konfigureret" #. TRANSLATORS: popup question -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:649 msgid "" "Remote repositories require an Internet connection.\n" "Configure it?" @@ -1587,53 +1579,53 @@ # #. TRANSLATORS: Progress text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:670 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:727 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:680 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:737 msgid "Adding and removing repositories..." msgstr "Tilføjer og fjerner softwarekilder..." #. TRANSLATORS: help text #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:673 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:732 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:683 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:742 msgid "<p>Repositories are being added and removed.</p>" msgstr "<p>Softwarekilder tilføjes og fjernes.</p>" # label text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:692 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:702 msgid "Remove unused repositories" msgstr "Fjern ikke-anvendte softwarekilder" # label text -#. Removes selected repositories -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:696 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:813 +#. force reloading the libzypp repomanager to notice the removed files +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:859 msgid "Removing unused repositories..." msgstr "Fjerner ikke-anvendte softwarekilder..." # label text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:703 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:713 msgid "Add enabled repositories" msgstr "Tilføj aktiverede softwarekilder" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>enabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:706 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:867 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:716 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:925 msgid "Adding enabled repositories..." msgstr "Tilføjer aktiverede softwarekilder..." # label text -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:715 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:725 msgid "Add disabled repositories" msgstr "Tilføj deaktiverede softwarekilder" #. Adds selected repositories as <tt>disabled</tt> -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:719 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1024 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:729 src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1082 msgid "Adding disabled repositories..." msgstr "Tilføjer deaktiverede softwarekilder..." #. true - OK, continue -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:841 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:899 msgid "Correct Media Requested" msgstr "Anmodning om korrekt medie" -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:843 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:901 msgid "" "Make sure that media with label %1\n" "is in the CD/DVD drive.\n" @@ -1647,7 +1639,7 @@ #. Adding repositories in a disabled state, then enable them #. for the system upgrade -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:906 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:964 msgid "" "Cannot add repository %1\n" "URL: %2\n" @@ -1662,7 +1654,7 @@ "Softwarekilden vil blive tilføjet i deaktiveret tilstand." #. bnc #543468, do not check aliases of repositories stored in Installation::destdir -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:943 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1001 msgid "" "Cannot add enabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1674,7 +1666,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:963 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1021 msgid "" "An error occurred while refreshing repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1686,7 +1678,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. %1 is replaced with repo-name, %2 with repo-URL -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:983 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1041 msgid "" "An error occurred while enabling repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1697,7 +1689,7 @@ "URL: %2\n" #. do not probe! adding as disabled! -#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1064 +#: src/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:1122 msgid "" "Cannot add disabled repository\n" "Name: %1\n" @@ -1775,55 +1767,50 @@ msgid "Saving proxy configuration..." msgstr "Gemmer proxy-konfiguration..." -#. progress step title -#: src/clients/random_finish.rb:62 -msgid "Enabling random number generator..." -msgstr "Aktiverer generator af tilfældige tal..." - # #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:134 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:136 msgid "Saving time zone..." msgstr "Gemmer tidszone..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:143 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:145 msgid "Saving language..." msgstr "Gemmer sprog..." # #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:148 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:150 msgid "Saving console configuration..." msgstr "Gemmer konsolkonfiguration..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:167 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:169 msgid "Saving keyboard configuration..." msgstr "Gemmer tastaturkonfiguration..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:172 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:174 msgid "Saving product information..." msgstr "Gemmer produktinformation..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:177 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:179 msgid "Saving automatic installation settings..." msgstr "Gemmer automatiske installationsindstillinger..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:183 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:185 msgid "Saving security settings..." msgstr "Gemmer sikkerhedsindstillinger..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:192 +#: src/clients/save_config_finish.rb:208 msgid "Saving boot scripts settings..." msgstr "Gemmer indstillinger for boot-scripts..." #. progress step title -#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:70 +#: src/clients/save_hw_status_finish.rb:67 msgid "Saving hardware configuration..." msgstr "Gemmer hardwarekonfiguration..." @@ -1855,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr "Skriver YaST-konfiguration..." #. call command -#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:111 +#: src/clients/yast_inf_finish.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" "**************************************************************\n" @@ -2103,6 +2090,71 @@ msgid "Shrinking PREP partition..." msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..." +#. Text to display +#. +#. @return String +#: src/lib/installation/remote_finish_client.rb:68 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initializing the installation..." +msgid "Enabling remote administration..." +msgstr "Initialiserer installationen..." + +#. checking whether images are supported +#. BNC #409927 +#. Checking files for signatures +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:845 +msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" +msgstr "Læsning af information om installations-imagefiler fejlede" + +#. sleep in order not to kill -USR1 to dd too early, otherwise it finishes +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1193 +msgid "Deploying..." +msgstr "Ruller ud..." + +#. Function stores all new/requested states of all handled/supported types. +#. +#. @see #all_supported_types +#. @see #objects_state +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1216 +msgid "Storing user preferences..." +msgstr "Gemmer brugerpræferencer..." + +#. Restores packages statuses from 'objects_state': Selects packages for removal, installation, upgrade. +#. +#. @return [Boolean] if successful +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1348 +msgid "Restoring user preferences..." +msgstr "Genopretter brugerpræferencer..." + +#. Error message +#: src/modules/ImageInstallation.rb:1446 +msgid "" +"Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" +"Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." +msgstr "" +"Installationen kunne ikke løse pakkeafhængigheder automatisk.\n" +"Softwarehåndteringen vil blive åbnet så du kan løse dem manuelt." + +#~ msgid "License needs to be accepted" +#~ msgstr "Licensen skal accepteres" + +# +#~ msgid "Search for Linux partitions" +#~ msgstr "Søg efter Linux-partitioner" + +# +#~ msgid "Searching for Linux partitions..." +#~ msgstr "Søger efter Linux-partitioner..." + +#~ msgid "Evaluate update possibility" +#~ msgstr "Vurdér opdateringsmulighed" + +#~ msgid "Evaluating update possibility..." +#~ msgstr "Vurderer opdateringsmulighed..." + +#~ msgid "Enabling random number generator..." +#~ msgstr "Aktiverer generator af tilfældige tal..." + #~ msgid "Network Device: %1" #~ msgstr "Netværksenhed: %1" @@ -2675,26 +2727,7 @@ #~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>" #~ msgstr "<p>Vil du installere den nu?</p>" -#~ msgid "Failed to read information about installation images" -#~ msgstr "Læsning af information om installations-imagefiler fejlede" - -#~ msgid "Deploying..." -#~ msgstr "Ruller ud..." - -#~ msgid "Storing user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Gemmer brugerpræferencer..." - -#~ msgid "Restoring user preferences..." -#~ msgstr "Genopretter brugerpræferencer..." - #~ msgid "" -#~ "Installation was unable to solve package dependencies automatically.\n" -#~ "Software manager will be opened for you to solve them manually." -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "Installationen kunne ikke løse pakkeafhængigheder automatisk.\n" -#~ "Softwarehåndteringen vil blive åbnet så du kan løse dem manuelt." - -#~ msgid "" #~ "<p><tt>SuSEconfig</tt> must write the configuration\n" #~ "of your &product; system. Depending on the CPU and the amount of memory,\n" #~ "this process can take some time.</p>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/instserver.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: instserver\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:36+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/iplb.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -92,6 +92,22 @@ msgstr "" #. ids of widget of global dialog +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:61 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:68 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:226 +msgid "&Global Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:69 src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:227 +msgid "&Virtual Server Configuration" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/global_conf.rb:75 msgid "Check Interval" msgstr "" @@ -201,7 +217,7 @@ "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" "</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" @@ -441,7 +457,7 @@ "\n" "</p><p><b><big>email alert status</big> = all</b>|<b>none</b>|<b>starting</b>|<b>running</b>|<b>stopping</b>|<b>reloading</b>,...\n" "</p><p>Comma delimited list of server states in which email alerts should be sent. <b>all</b> is a short-hand for\n" -"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ored\n" +"\"<b>starting</b>,<b>running</b>,<b>stopping</b>,<b>reloading</b>\". If <b>none</b> is specified, no other option may be specified, otherwise options are ORed\n" "with each other.\n" "</p><p>If defined in a virtual server section then the global value is overridden.\n" "</p><p>Default: all\n" @@ -579,6 +595,12 @@ msgstr "" #. split the real server ip value; +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:411 +msgid "" +"If using IPv6,the format should like this\n" +"[fe80::5054:ff:fe00:2]" +msgstr "" + #: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:413 msgid "Real Server's IP Address" msgstr "" @@ -591,6 +613,20 @@ msgid "weight" msgstr "" +#. find next ] +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:456 +msgid "IP address is not Valid" +msgstr "" + +#. tab switch events end +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:547 +msgid "Add a new real server:" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/iplb/vserver_conf.rb:564 +msgid "Edit the real server:" +msgstr "" + #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/iplb/wizards.rb:142 msgid "Initializing..." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -76,148 +76,156 @@ msgid "iSNS Port" msgstr "iSNS-port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:109 -msgid "Initiator Name" +#. name of iscsi client (/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:110 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Initiator Name" +msgid "&Initiator Name" msgstr "Navn på igangsætter" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:115 -msgid "Offloa&d Card" +#. prefer to not translate 'Offload' unless there is a well +#. known word for this technology (it's special hardware +#. shifting load from processor to card) +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:119 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Offloa&d Card" +msgid "Offload Car&d" msgstr "Offloa&d kort" #. table of connected targets #. table of discovered targets #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:146 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:179 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:212 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:150 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:183 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:216 msgid "Interface" msgstr "Grænseflade" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:147 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:180 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:151 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:184 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:217 msgid "Portal Address" msgstr "Portaladresse" # -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:181 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:214 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:185 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:218 msgid "Target Name" msgstr "Målnavn" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:149 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:215 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:153 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 msgid "Start-Up" msgstr "Opstart" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:155 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:159 msgid "Add" msgstr "Tilføj" #. `PushButton(`id(`toggle), _("Toggle Start-Up")) -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:156 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:160 msgid "Edit" msgstr "Redigér" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:157 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161 msgid "Log Out" msgstr "Log ud" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:182 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186 msgid "Connected" msgstr "Tilsluttet" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:188 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:192 msgid "Discovery" msgstr "Opdagelse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:189 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193 msgid "Log In" msgstr "Log ind" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:219 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223 msgid "Connect" msgstr "Tilslut" #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target #. authentication dialog for add target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:234 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:268 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:238 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:272 msgid "No Authentication" msgstr "Ingen godkendelse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:237 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:271 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:241 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:275 msgid "Incoming Authentication" msgstr "Indkommende godkendelse" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:239 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:273 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:279 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:249 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:283 msgid "Username" msgstr "Brugernavn" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:240 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:246 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:274 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:280 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:244 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:250 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:278 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:284 msgid "Password" msgstr "Adgangskode" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:243 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:277 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:247 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Outgoing Authentication" msgstr "Udgående godkendelse" #. "handle" : handleDiscAuth, -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:297 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:301 msgid "Startup" msgstr "Opstart" #. widget for portal address -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:308 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:312 msgid "IP Address" msgstr "IP-adresse" # -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:309 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:313 msgid "Port" msgstr "Port" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Key" msgstr "Nøgle" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:324 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Value" msgstr "Værdi" #. service status dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:335 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:339 msgid "Service" msgstr "Tjeneste" #. list og connected targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:358 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:362 msgid "Connected Targets" msgstr "Tilsluttede mål" #. list of discovered targets -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:366 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:370 msgid "Discovered Targets" msgstr "Opdagede mål" #. main tabbed dialog -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:385 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:389 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Overview" msgstr "Oversigt over iSCI-igangsætter" #. discovery new target #. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. authentification dialog for add/discovery target -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:400 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119 #: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126 msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>" @@ -226,9 +234,9 @@ #. authentication dialog for add new target #. list of connected targets #. authentication for connect to portal -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:435 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:474 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:500 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:439 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:478 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:504 msgid "iSCSI Initiator Discovery" msgstr "iSCI-igangsætteropdagelse" @@ -492,12 +500,12 @@ "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n" #. brackets needed around IPv6 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:626 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625 msgid "Insert the IP address." msgstr "Indsæt IP-adressen." #. validate port number -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:632 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631 msgid "Insert the port." msgstr "Indsæt porten." @@ -505,37 +513,37 @@ #. ******************* target table ************************* #. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected) #. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:867 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866 msgid "True" msgstr "Sand" # -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:734 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:839 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838 msgid "False" msgstr "Falsk" #. check if not already connected #. check if not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:772 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:892 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891 msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption." msgstr "Destinationen med dette TargetName (destinationsnavn) er allerede tilsluttet. Sørg for, at multipathing er aktiveret, så data ikke ødelægges." -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894 msgid "Continue" msgstr "Fortsæt" -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:776 -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:896 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895 msgid "Cancel" msgstr "Annullér" #. check if is not already connected -#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:886 +#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885 msgid "The target is already connected." msgstr "Målet er allerede tilsluttet." @@ -616,12 +624,18 @@ msgstr "Opsætning af tjenestestatus" #. interface type for hardware offloading -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:70 -msgid "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:72 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(Software)" +msgid "default (Software)" msgstr "(Software)" +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:73 +msgid "all" +msgstr "" + #. } -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:672 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694 msgid "" "InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n" "differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n" @@ -633,7 +647,7 @@ "oprettes en sikkerhedskopi. Hvis du vil bruge et andet initiatornavn, skal du ændre det i BIOS.\n" #. do discovery first -#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1112 +#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147 msgid "Configuration summary..." msgstr "Opsummering af konfiguration..." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-lio-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/iscsi-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: iscsi-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 15:58+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/isns.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: isns\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -293,81 +293,81 @@ msgstr "Initialiserer ..." #. test if required package ("open-isns") is installed -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:106 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:172 msgid "<p>To configure the isns service, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>" msgstr "<p>For at konfigurere iSNS-tjenesten, skal pakken <b>%1</b> være installeret.</p>" -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:109 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:175 msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>" msgstr "<p>Skal den installeres nu?</p>" #. IsnsServer read dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:486 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:569 msgid "Initializing isns daemon configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af iSNS-tjeneste" #. Progress stage 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:502 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:585 msgid "Read the database" msgstr "Læser i databasen" #. Progress stage 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:504 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:587 msgid "Read the previous settings" msgstr "Læs tidligere indstillinger" #. Progress stage 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:506 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:589 msgid "Detect the devices" msgstr "Søge efter enhederne" #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:510 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:593 msgid "Reading the database..." msgstr "Læser databasen..." #. Progress step 2/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:512 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:595 msgid "Reading the previous settings..." msgstr "Læser tidligere indstillinger..." #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:514 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:597 msgid "Detecting the devices..." msgstr "Søger efter enheder..." #. Progress finished #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:516 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:594 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:599 src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:677 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" #. IsnsServer write dialog caption -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:568 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:651 msgid "Saving isns Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer iSNS-konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:584 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:667 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne" #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:586 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:669 msgid "Run SuSEconfig" msgstr "Kør SuSEconfig" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:590 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:673 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Gemmer indstillingerne..." #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:592 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:675 msgid "Running SuSEconfig..." msgstr "Kører SuSEconfig..." #. write configuration (/etc/isns.conf) -#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:606 +#: src/modules/IsnsServer.rb:689 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/kdump.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kdump\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-08 21:44+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -388,8 +388,8 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text #. Popup::Message(crash_value); #. delete crashkernel paramter from bootloader -#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:558 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:577 +#: src/clients/kdump.rb:751 src/clients/kdump.rb:756 src/modules/Kdump.rb:559 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:578 msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary." msgstr "En genstart er nødvendig for at anvende ændringer." @@ -523,15 +523,6 @@ msgid "&Kdump" msgstr "&Kdump" -#. checking if packages are available -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:101 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:103 -msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." -msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kexec-tools tilgængelig." - -#: src/include/kdump/complex.rb:113 src/include/kdump/complex.rb:115 -msgid "Package for kdump is not available." -msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kdump tilgængelig." - #. TRANSLATORS: RadioButtonGroup Label #: src/include/kdump/dialogs.rb:53 msgid "Enable/Disable Kdump" @@ -1230,140 +1221,146 @@ #. See FATE#315780 #. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786 #. FIXME what about dracut? -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:483 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:484 msgid "" "Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n" "See %{log} for details." msgstr "" #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:593 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:594 msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer kdump-konfiguration" # #. Progress stage 1/4 #. Progress step 1/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:602 src/modules/Kdump.rb:610 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:603 src/modules/Kdump.rb:611 msgid "Reading the config file..." msgstr "Læser konfigurationsfilen..." # #. Progress stage 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:604 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:605 msgid "Reading kernel boot options..." msgstr "Læser kerne-boot-tilvalg..." #. Progress stage 4/4 #. Progress finished 3/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:606 src/modules/Kdump.rb:614 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:607 src/modules/Kdump.rb:615 msgid "Reading available memory..." msgstr "Læser tilgængelig hukommelse..." #. Progress step 2/4 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:613 msgid "Reading partitions of disks..." msgstr "Læser diskpartitioner..." # #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:627 msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump" msgstr "Kan ikke læse '/etc/sysconfig/kdump" # #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:634 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:635 msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options." msgstr "Kan ikke læse kernens boot-tilvalg." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:641 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:642 msgid "Cannot read available memory." msgstr "Kan ikke læse tilgængelig hukommelse." # #. Kdump read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:667 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:668 msgid "Saving kdump Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer kdump konfiguration" #. Progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:696 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:697 msgid "Write the settings" msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" # #. Progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:698 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:699 msgid "Update boot options" msgstr "Opdatér boot-tilvalg" #. Progress step 1/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:702 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:703 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." # #. Progress step 2/2 -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:704 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:705 msgid "Updating boot options..." msgstr "Opdaterer boot-tilvalg..." #. Progress finished -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:706 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:707 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:716 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:717 msgid "Cannot write settings." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger." #. Error message -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:725 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:726 msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault." msgstr "Tilføjer crashkerne parameter til bootloader-fejl." #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:844 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:833 msgid "Kdump status: %1" msgstr "Kdump-status: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "enabled" msgstr "aktiveret" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:845 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:834 msgid "disabled" msgstr "deaktiveret" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:852 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:841 msgid "Value of crashkernel option: %1" msgstr "Værdi af crashkernel-tilvalget: %1" -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:859 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:848 msgid "Dump format: %1" msgstr "Dump-format: %1" # integer field widget label -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:866 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:855 msgid "Target of dumps: %1" msgstr "Mål for dump: %1" # integer field widget label -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:873 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:862 msgid "Number of dumps: %1" msgstr "Antal dump: %1" #. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware -#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:961 +#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:950 msgid "" "Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n" "It is not supported on this hardware." msgstr "" +#~ msgid "Package for kexec-tools is not available." +#~ msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kexec-tools tilgængelig." + +#~ msgid "Package for kdump is not available." +#~ msgstr "Der er ikke nogen pakke for kdump tilgængelig." + #~ msgid "ENABLED" #~ msgstr "AKTIVERET" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/kerberos.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: kerberos\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/languages_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: languages_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ldap-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-29 21:19+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ldap.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -231,46 +231,46 @@ msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:437 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:439 msgid "" "The value '%1' already exists.\n" "Please select another one." msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:465 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:467 msgid "Configuration of user management tools" msgstr "" #. description of configuration object -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:469 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:471 msgid "Configuration of group management tools" msgstr "" #. label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:474 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:476 msgid "Object Class of New Module" msgstr "" #. textentry label, do not translate "cn" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:502 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:504 msgid "&Name of New Module (\"cn\" Value)" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:528 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:530 msgid "" "The entered value already exists.\n" "Select another one.\n" msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:534 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:536 msgid "Enter the module name." msgstr "" #. help text 1/3 -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:553 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:555 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the values of attributes belonging\n" "to an object using the current template. Such values are used as defaults when\n" @@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ #. entry of the current template.</p> #. ") + #. help text 3/3 do not translate "homedirectory" -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:565 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:567 msgid "" "<p>You can use special syntax to create attribute\n" "values from existing ones. The expression <i>%attr_name</i> will be replaced\n" @@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ msgstr "" #. combobox label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:588 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:590 msgid "Attribute &Name" msgstr "" #. textentry label -#: src/LdapPopup.rb:594 +#: src/LdapPopup.rb:596 msgid "Attribute &Value" msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/live-installer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: live-installer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/lxc.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:39+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/mail.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: mail\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:09+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -84,8 +84,7 @@ msgstr "" "<P><B><BIG>Afbryd gemningen:</BIG></B><BR>\n" "Afbryd gemningen ved at klikke på <B>Afbryd</B>.\n" -"En yderligare dialogbox vil fortælle dig om det er sikkert at gøre det eller " -"ej.\n" +"En yderligare dialogbox vil fortælle dig om det er sikkert at gøre det eller ej.\n" "</P>\n" #. Translators: mailer (MTA) selection dialog help, part 1 of 1 @@ -114,8 +113,7 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:79 msgid "" "<p>If choosing <b>No Connection</b>, the mail server will be started.\n" -"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the " -"localhost.</p>\n" +"However, only local mail transport is possible. The MTA listens to the localhost.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis <b>Ingen forbindelse</b> vælges vil e-mail-serveren blive startet \n" "men kun lokal e-mail-transport er mulig. MTA'en lytter på localhost.</p>\n" @@ -147,8 +145,7 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>The outgoing mail server is generally intended for dial-up connections.\n" -"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>" -"smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" +"Enter the Internet service provider's SMTP server, such as <b>smtp.provider.com</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Den udgående postserver er generelt beregnet til en opkaldsforbindelse.\n" @@ -159,12 +156,10 @@ #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:109 msgid "" "\n" -"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your " -"provider.</p>\n" +"<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, enter the user name assigned by from your provider.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>I <b>Brugernavn</b> feltet, indtaster du det brugernavn som du har " -"modtaget fra din Internetudbyder.</p>\n" +"<p>I <b>Brugernavn</b> feltet, indtaster du det brugernavn som du har modtaget fra din Internetudbyder.</p>\n" #. Translators: authentication dialog help 4/4 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:113 @@ -205,14 +200,12 @@ "\n" "<p>This table redirects mail delivered locally.\n" "Redirect it to another local user (useful for system accounts,\n" -"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.<" -"/p>\n" +"especially for <b>root</b>), to a remote address, or to a list of addresses.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>Denne tabel omdirigerer post som levereres lokalt.\n" "Omdirigér den til en anden lokal bruger (nyttigt for systemkonti,\n" -"specielt for <b>root</b>), til en ekstern adresse eller til en liste med " -"adresser.</p>\n" +"specielt for <b>root</b>), til en ekstern adresse eller til en liste med adresser.</p>\n" #. Translators: aliases dialog help, part 2 of 2 #: src/include/mail/helps.rb:143 @@ -699,8 +692,7 @@ "with AMaViS.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Aktivering af virusscanning (AMaViS)</b> tjekker indkommende og " -"udgående post\n" +"<p><b>Aktivering af virusscanning (AMaViS)</b> tjekker indkommende og udgående post\n" "med AMaVis.</p>\n" #. help text @@ -747,23 +739,17 @@ "\n" "<p>Enabling DKIM for outgoing emails requires additional actions. A SSL key\n" "will be generated for the 'mydomain' value defined in Postfix. A new service\n" -"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can " -"send\n" +"'submission' will be configured in Postfix. After this is set up you can send\n" "email with this service 'submission' from 'mynetworks' with enabled SASL\n" "authentication. Only the emails sent by this new service will be signed with\n" "the domain key.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Aktivering af DKIM for udgående e-mails kræver yderligere handlinger. En " -"SSL-nøgle\n" -"vil blive genereret for den \"mydomain\"-værdi der er defineret i Postfix. En " -"ny tjeneste\n" -"ved navn \"submission\" vil blive konfigureret i Postfix. Når dette er sat op " -"kan du sende\n" -"post med denne tjenesten \"submission\" fra \"mynetworks\" med aktiveret " -"SASL-\n" -"autentificering. Kun e-mails sendt af denne nye tjeneste vil blive signeret " -"med\n" +"<p>Aktivering af DKIM for udgående e-mails kræver yderligere handlinger. En SSL-nøgle\n" +"vil blive genereret for den \"mydomain\"-værdi der er defineret i Postfix. En ny tjeneste\n" +"ved navn \"submission\" vil blive konfigureret i Postfix. Når dette er sat op kan du sende\n" +"post med denne tjenesten \"submission\" fra \"mynetworks\" med aktiveret SASL-\n" +"autentificering. Kun e-mails sendt af denne nye tjeneste vil blive signeret med\n" "domænenøglen.</p>\n" #. help text @@ -774,14 +760,12 @@ "Service. The public key will be saved as a DNS TXT record\n" "in <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> and needs to be deployed to an\n" "according Domain Name Service. If there is a name service\n" -"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, " -"the\n" +"running on this server, which is the authoritative server for that domain, the\n" "public key will be added as a TXT record to that domain zone\n" "automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p>Den offentlige nøgle for domænenøglen skal tilbydes via en " -"domænenavnstjeneste (DNS)\n" +"<p>Den offentlige nøgle for domænenøglen skal tilbydes via en domænenavnstjeneste (DNS)\n" "Den offentlige nøgle vil blive gemt som en DNS TXT-indgang\n" "i <b>/var/db/dkim/[mydomain].public.txt</b> og skal udrulles til en\n" "tilsvarende domænenavnstjeneste. Hvis der kører en navneserver\n" @@ -791,11 +775,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:215 -msgid "" -"If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du aktiverer DKIM-understøttelse, vil virusscanning (AMaViS) også blive " -"aktiveret." +msgid "If you enable DKIM support, the virus scanning (AMaViS) will be enabled too." +msgstr "Hvis du aktiverer DKIM-understøttelse, vil virusscanning (AMaViS) også blive aktiveret." #. Translators: text entry label #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:224 @@ -839,12 +820,8 @@ #. help text #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:306 -msgid "" -"<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not " -"forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p> <b>Leveringsmetoden</b> er normalt <b>Direkte</b>, medmindre du ikke " -"videresender root's post eller vil have adgang til post via IMAP.</p>" +msgid "<p>The <b>delivery mode</b> is usually <b>Directly</b>, unless you do not forward root's mail or want to access the mail via IMAP.</p>" +msgstr "<p> <b>Leveringsmetoden</b> er normalt <b>Direkte</b>, medmindre du ikke videresender root's post eller vil have adgang til post via IMAP.</p>" # #. LogView label. take a string from users? @@ -902,7 +879,6 @@ #. combo box choice: #. deliver mail to imap -imapd using LMTP #: src/include/mail/widgets.rb:869 -#| msgid "To Cyrus IMAP Server" msgid "To IMAP Server" msgstr "Til IMAP-server" @@ -930,7 +906,6 @@ #. Translators: popup message part, ends with a newline #: src/modules/Mail.rb:256 -#| msgid "Cyrus-imapd, an IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgid "Dovecot IMAP server, will be installed.\n" msgstr "Dovecot IMAP-server vil blive installeret.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/multipath.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: multipath\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-07 18:26+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-07 18:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ncurses.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ncurses\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-01-17 23:06+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/network.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: network\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 11:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:07+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -100,139 +100,81 @@ msgstr "Intern fejl" #. progress step title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:67 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_finish.rb:63 msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration..." msgstr "Skriver firewall-konfiguration..." -#. Summary is visible only if installing over VNC -#. and if firewall is enabled - otherwise port could not be blocked -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:102 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (luk</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:104 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" -msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (åbndisable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (deaktivér</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:114 -#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" -msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (aktivér</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:119 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be open (block</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-port vil blive åbnet (blokér</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:123 -#| msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" -msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-port vil blive blokeret (åbndisable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret (deaktivér</a>)" - -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:132 -#| msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" -msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" -msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret (aktivér</a>)" - #. Proposal title -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:218 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:133 msgid "Firewall and SSH" msgstr "Firewall og SSH" #. Menu entry label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:220 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:135 msgid "&Firewall and SSH" msgstr "&Firewall og SSH" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:231 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:146 msgid "Basic Firewall and SSH Configuration" msgstr "Basal konfiguration af firewall og SSH" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:237 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:152 msgid "Open &VNC Ports" msgstr "Åbn &VNC-porte" #. frame label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:245 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:160 msgid "Firewall and SSH service" msgstr "Firewall og SSH-tjenesten" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:256 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:171 msgid "Enable Firewall" msgstr "Aktivér firewall" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:264 -#| msgid "Open &VNC Ports" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:179 msgid "Open SSH Port" msgstr "Åbn SSH-port" #. TRANSLATORS: check-box label -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:272 -#| msgid "Open SSH Port and Enable SSH Service" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:187 msgid "Enable SSH Service" msgstr "Aktivér SSH-tjenesten" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:284 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:199 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network " -"attacks.\n" -"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via " -"dedicated\n" +"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n" +"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n" "SSH client</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Firewall og SSH</big></b><br>\n" -"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra " -"netværket.\n" -"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en " -"dedikeret\n" +"Firewall er en forsvarsmekanisme der beskytter din computer mod angreb fra netværket.\n" +"SSH er en tjeneste der muliggør fjern-login på denne computer via en dedikeret\n" "SSH-klient</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:290 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:205 msgid "" -"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled " -"after\n" +"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n" "the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret " -"efter\n" +"<p>Her kan du vælge om firewallen skal være aktiveret eller deaktiveret efter\n" "installationen. Det anbefales at holde den aktiveret.</p>" -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:293 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" -#| "service and allow remote SSH logins. This will also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" -#| "will be started on computer boot).</p>" +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:208 msgid "" -"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for " -"SSH\n" -"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH " -"service (i.e. it\n" +"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n" +"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n" "will be started on computer boot).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til " -"SSH-tjenesten\n" -"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten " -"uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" +"<p>Med aktiveret firewall, kan du beslutte at åbne firewall-porten til SSH-tjenesten\n" +"eller ej og tillade eksterne SSH-logins. Du kan også aktivere SSH-tjenesten uafhængigt (dvs. at\n" "den vil blive startet under opstart af computeren).</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>You can also open VNC ports in firewall. It will not enable\n" "the remote administration service on a running system but it is\n" @@ -242,6 +184,41 @@ "tjenesten til fjernadministration på et kørende system, men den\n" "startes automatisk af installationsprogrammet om nødvendigt.</p>" +#. anything but enabling the firewall closes this dialog +#. (VNC and SSH checkboxes do nothing) +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:292 +msgid "Firewall will be enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewallen vil blive aktiveret (deaktivér</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:296 +msgid "Firewall will be disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "Firewallen vil blive deaktiveret (aktivér</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:301 +msgid "SSH service will be enabled (disable</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret (deaktivér</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:305 +msgid "SSH service will be disabled (enable</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret (aktivér</a>)" + +#. Display vnc port only if installing over VNC +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:317 +msgid "VNC ports will be open (close</a>)" +msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive åbnet (luk</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:319 +msgid "VNC ports will be blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "VNC-porte vil blive blokeret (åbnblock</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-port vil blive åbnet (blokér</a>)" + +#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:328 +msgid "SSH port will be blocked (open</a>)" +msgstr "SSH-port vil blive blokeret (åbn String}] options action options @@ -1755,7 +1709,7 @@ msgid "The device was deleted." msgstr "Enheden blev slettet." -#. encoding: utf-8 +#. , :gw6dev encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** #. #. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc. @@ -1850,19 +1804,15 @@ msgstr "Installerer firmware" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:234 -msgid "" -"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script " -"needs to be executed. Execute it now?" -msgstr "" -"Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af " -"firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" +msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?" +msgstr "Scriptet \"install_bcm43xx_firmware\" skal køres for korrekt installation af firmwaren. Vil du køre det nu?" #: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:248 msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation." msgstr "En fejl opstod under under installation af firmware." #. Continue-Cancel popup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:403 msgid "" "The interface is currently set to be managed\n" "by the NetworkManager applet.\n" @@ -1877,14 +1827,12 @@ "vil grænsefladen ikke længere blive administreret af NetworkManager.\n" #. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867) -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:458 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:457 msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?" -msgstr "" -"Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" +msgstr "Enheden du har valgt har STARTMODE=nfsroot. Vil du virkelig slette den?" #. Network setup method dialog caption -#. radio button group label, method of setup -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:494 src/include/network/widgets.rb:352 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:493 src/include/network/widgets.rb:376 msgid "Network Setup Method" msgstr "Opsætningsmetode for netværk" @@ -1893,7 +1841,7 @@ #. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some #. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation #. popup. -#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:524 +#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:523 msgid "Network Settings" msgstr "Netværksindstillinger" @@ -1922,7 +1870,7 @@ msgstr "Ændr standardrute via DHCP" #. Manual network card setup help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:82 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:81 msgid "" "<p>Set up hardware-specific options for \n" "your network device here.</p>\n" @@ -1932,7 +1880,7 @@ #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 #. translators: do not translated udev, MAC, BusID -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:91 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:90 msgid "" "<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n" "one according your needs.</p>" @@ -1940,72 +1888,54 @@ "<p><b>Enhedstype</b>. Der er diverse enhedstyper tilgængelige, vælg \n" "en der svarer til dine behov.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:98 msgid "" "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n" -"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name " -"(for\n" +"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n" "example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udev-regler</b> er reglerne for kernens enhedshåndtering, som tillader\n" "associering af MAC-adresser eller BusID for netværksenheden med dens navn\n" "(f.eks. eth1, wlan0), og sikrer et uændret enhedsnavn ved genstart.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:104 msgid "" -"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify " -"now configured NIC. \n" -"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start " -"blinking for selected time.\n" +"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n" +"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu " -"konfigurerede netkort.\n" -"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil " -"begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" +"<p><b>Vis synlig portidentifikation</b> lader dig fysisk identificere det nu konfigurerede netkort.\n" +"Sæt passende tid, klik på <b>Blink</b> og LED-dioderne på dit netkort vil begynde at blinke i det valgte tidsrum.\n" "</p>" #. Manual network card setup help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:117 msgid "" "<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n" -"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if " -"there is more than one driver available for\n" -"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the " -"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" +"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n" +"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din " -"netværksenhed\n" -"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der " -"er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" -"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt " -"virker standardværdien.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Kernemodul</b>. Angiv navnet på kernemodulet (driveren) til din netværksenhed\n" +"
her. Hvis enheden allerede er konfigureret, kan du se i rullelisten, om der er mere end én driver, tilgængelig\n" +"
for din enhed. Om nødvendigt kan du vælge en driver fra listen, men normalt virker standardværdien.</p>\n" #. Manual networ card setup help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n" -"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for " -"example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" -"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while " -"saving.</p>\n" +"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n" +"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Yderligere kan du angive <b>tilvalg</b> til kernemodulet. Brug formatet\n" -"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for " -"eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n" -"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under " -"gemmeprocessen.</p>\n" +"<i>tilvalg</i>=<i>værdi</i>. Hvert punkt skal være adskilt af mellemrum, for eksempel, <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Bemærk:</b> Hvis to kort \n" +"er konfigureret med samme modulnavn, sammenflettes tilvalgene under gemmeprocessen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131 -msgid "" -"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool " -"with these options.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool " -"med disse tilvalg.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:130 +msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Hvis du angiver tilvalg via <b>Ethtool-tilvalg</b>, vil ifup kalde ethtool med disse tilvalg.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 4/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:139 msgid "" "<p>If you have a <b>PCMCIA</b> network card, select PCMCIA.\n" "If you have a <b>USB</b> network card, select USB.</p>\n" @@ -2016,7 +1946,7 @@ # #. overwrite help #. Manual dialog help 5/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:149 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:148 msgid "" "<p>Here, set up your networking device. The values will be\n" "written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" @@ -2025,7 +1955,7 @@ "<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> eller <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n" #. Manual dialog help 6/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:152 msgid "" "<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n" "in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>" @@ -2034,83 +1964,89 @@ "i manualen <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>" #. Manual dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:271 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:269 msgid "Manual Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Manuel konfiguration af netværkskort" # #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:281 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:282 msgid "&PCMCIA" msgstr "&PCMCIA" # #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:289 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:291 msgid "&USB" msgstr "&USB" #. ComboBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:298 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:300 msgid "&Hotplug Type" msgstr "&Hotplug-type" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:303 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:305 msgid "P&CI" msgstr "P&CI" # #. #116211 - allow user to change modules from list #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:315 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:317 msgid "&Kernel Module" msgstr "&Kernemodul" # #. Text entry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:325 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:327 msgid "&Module Name" msgstr "&Modulnavn" #. TODO: Ud ... Rules -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:380 -msgid "Udev rules" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Udev rules" +msgid "Udev Rules" msgstr "Udev-regler" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:382 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:384 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhedsnavn" # -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:383 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:385 msgid "Change" msgstr "Ændr" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:394 -msgid "Show visible port identification" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:396 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Show visible port identification" +msgid "Show Visible Port Identification" msgstr "Vis synlig portidentifikation" #. translators: how many seconds will card be blinking -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:399 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:401 msgid "Seconds" msgstr "Sekunder" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:404 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:406 msgid "Blink" msgstr "Blink" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:409 -msgid "Ethtool options" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:411 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Ethtool options" +msgid "Ethtool Options" msgstr "Ethtool-tilvalg" #. Manual selection caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:495 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:491 msgid "Manual Network Card Selection" msgstr "Manuelt valg af netværkskort" #. Manual selection help -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:498 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:494 msgid "" "<p>Select the network card to configure. Search\n" "for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>" @@ -2121,19 +2057,19 @@ # #. Selection box label #. Selection box title -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:564 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:504 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:559 msgid "&Network Card" msgstr "&Netværkskort" #. Text entry field -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:512 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:508 msgid "&Search" msgstr "&Søg" #. Remember current device number (#308763) #. see also bnc#391802 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:833 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:824 msgid "" "Configuration name %1 already exists.\n" "Choose a different one." @@ -2143,7 +2079,7 @@ # #. S/390 dialog caption -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:877 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:868 msgid "S/390 Network Card Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af S/390-netværkskort" @@ -2152,156 +2088,140 @@ #. Frame label #. Frame label #. Frame label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:897 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1066 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:888 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:990 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1057 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1094 msgid "S/390 Device Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for S/390-enhed" # #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:907 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:898 msgid "&Port Name" msgstr "&Portnavn" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:912 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:903 msgid "Port Number" msgstr "Portnummer" # #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:926 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:917 msgid "&Enable IPA Takeover" msgstr "&Aktiver IPA overtagelse" #. CheckBox label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:933 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:924 msgid "Enable &Layer 2 Support" msgstr "Aktivér '&Layer 2'-understøttelse" # #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:940 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:931 msgid "Layer2 &MAC Address" msgstr "'Layer 2' &MAC-adresse" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:948 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1024 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1078 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:939 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1015 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1069 msgid "Read Channel" msgstr "Læsekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1030 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1084 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:945 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1021 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1075 msgid "Write Channel" msgstr "Skrivekanal" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951 msgid "Control Channel" msgstr "Kontrolkanal" # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:971 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:962 msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>" msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>portnavnet</b> for denne grænseflade (versalfølsom).</p>" # #. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by " -"spaces).</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af " -"mellemrum).</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:966 +msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv yderligere <b>tilvalg</b> for denne grænseflade (adskilt af mellemrum).</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:978 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled " -"for this interface.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal " -"aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:969 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg<b> Aktivér IPA-overtagelse</b>, hvis IP-adresseovertagelse skal aktiveres for denne grænseflade.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:981 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er " -"konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:972 +msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Aktivér 'Layer 2'-understøttelse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:984 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with " -"layer 2 support.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret " -"med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:975 +msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indtast en <b>'Layer 2' MAC-adresse</b>, hvis dette kort er konfigureret med 'Layer 2'-understøttelse.</p>" # #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1008 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:999 msgid "&Port Number" msgstr "&Portnummer" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1016 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1007 msgid "&LANCMD Time-Out" msgstr "&LANCMD-tidsudløb" # #. S/390 dialog help: LCS -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1041 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1032 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Port Number</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>portnummeret</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>" # -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1033 msgid "<p>Specify the <b>LANCMD Time-Out</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>LANCMD -tidsudløb</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1047 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1038 msgid "Compatibility Mode" msgstr "Kompatibilitetstilstand" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1049 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1040 msgid "Extended Mode" msgstr "Udvidet tilstand" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1051 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1042 msgid "CTC-Based tty (Linux to Linux Connections)" msgstr "CTC-baseret tty (Linux til Linux-tilslutninger)" #. ComboBox item: CTC device protocol -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1053 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1044 msgid "Compatibility Mode with OS/390 and z/OS" msgstr "Kompatibilitetstilstand med OS/390 og z/OS" #. TextEntry label -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1072 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1063 msgid "&Protocol" msgstr "&Protokol" # #. S/390 dialog help: CTC -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1095 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1086 msgid "<p>Choose the <b>Protocol</b> for this interface.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>protokollen</b> for denne grænseflade.</p>" #. TextEntry label, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1112 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1103 msgid "&Peer Name" msgstr "&Peer-navn" #. S/390 dialog help: IUCV, #42789 -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1123 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1114 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name of the IUCV peer,\n" "for example, the z/VM user name with which to connect (case-sensitive).</p>\n" @@ -2310,7 +2230,7 @@ "
med hvilket der skal tilsluttes (versalfølsom).</p>\n" #. #176330, must be static -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1250 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1238 msgid "" "An error occurred while creating device.\n" "See YaST log for details." @@ -2320,7 +2240,7 @@ #. Manual network card configuration dialog #. @return dialog result -#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1272 +#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:1260 msgid "Hardware Dialog" msgstr "Hardware-dialog" @@ -2342,8 +2262,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Afbryde initialiseringen:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> " -"nu.</p>\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <B>Afbryd</B> nu.</p>\n" # #. Network cards write dialog help 1/2 @@ -2379,11 +2298,15 @@ "til at skifte mellem kablede og trådløse netværk.</p>\n" #. Network setup method help -#. NetworkManager and ifup are programs +#. NetworkManager and wicked are programs #: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:59 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n" +#| "if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +#| "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p>Use the <b>Traditional Method with <tt>ifup</tt></b>\n" -"if you do not run a desktop environment (GNOME or KDE)\n" +"<p>Use <b>wicked</b> if you do not run a desktop environment\n" "or need to use multiple interfaces at the same time.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Anvend <b>Traditionel metode med <tt>ifup</tt></b>,\n" @@ -2391,7 +2314,7 @@ "eller har behov for at anvende flere grænseflader samtidig .</p>\n" # -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:64 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:63 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Network Card Overview</big></b><br>\n" "Obtain an overview of installed network cards. Additionally,\n" @@ -2402,7 +2325,7 @@ "kan du redigere deres konfiguration.<br></p>\n" # -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:69 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:68 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Adding a Network Card:</big></b><br>\n" "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n" @@ -2410,7 +2333,7 @@ "<p><b><big>Tilføje et netværkskort:</big></b><br>\n" "Tryk på <b>Tilføj</b> for manuelt at konfigurere et nyt netværkskort.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:72 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:71 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n" "Choose a network card to change or remove.\n" @@ -2421,14 +2344,13 @@ "Tryk derefter på hhv. <b>Redigér</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.</p>\n" #. IPv6 help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:79 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 Protocol Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n" "It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n" "To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n" -"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the " -"response \n" +"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n" "time can be faster.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>IPv6 protokolindstillinger</big></b></p>\n" @@ -2438,13 +2360,13 @@ "Dette vil sortliste IPv6-kernemodulet. Hvis IPv6-protokollen ikke anvendes\n" "på dit netværk, kan responstiden blive hurtigere.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:87 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:86 msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>" msgstr "<p>Alle ændringer vil blive anvendt efter genstart.</p>" # #. Routing dialog help 1/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89 msgid "" "<p>The routing can be set up in this dialog.\n" "The <b>Default Gateway</b> matches every possible destination, but poorly. \n" @@ -2453,49 +2375,43 @@ "to enable you to say \"and everything else should go here.\"</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Rutningen kan sættes op i denne dialog.\n" -"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige " -"destinationer.\n" +"<b>Standard-gateway</b> matcher - omend ikke perfekt - til alle mulige destinationer.\n" "Hvis en anden værdi findes, der matcher den forlangte adresse, benyttes\n" "denne i stedet for standardruten. Ideen med standardruten sætter dig ganske\n" "enkelt i stand til at sige \"alt andet skal sendes herhen\".</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:97 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:96 msgid "" "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n" "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n" -"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be " -"routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" +"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, " -"gateway-adresse,\n" +"<p>For hver rute indtastes destinationsnetværkets IP-adresse, gateway-adresse,\n" "og netmaske. For at udelade disse værdier bruges bindestreg \"-\". Vælg\n" -"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. " -"\"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n" +"den enhed, gennem hvilken trafikken til det definerede netværk skal rutes. \"-\" er et alias for enhver grænseflade.</p>\n" #. Routing dialog help 2/2 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:103 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:102 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " -"netværk\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv4-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:107 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:106 msgid "" "<p>Enable <b>IPv6 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" "to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n" "<b>Warning:</b> IPv6 forwarding disables IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " -"netværk\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>IPv6-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" "til det interne netværk) hvis dette system er en router.\n" "<b>Advarsel:</b> IPv6-videresendelse deaktiverer IPv6 stateless address\n" "autoconfiguration (SLAAC)." -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:113 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:112 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>Enable <b>IP Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n" @@ -2505,31 +2421,23 @@ #| "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" #| "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgid "" -"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is " -"not enough. \n" +"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n" "You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n" "firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>IP-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne " -"netværk\n" -"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og " -"IPv6-forbindelser \n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>IP-videresendelse</b> (videresendelse af pakker fra eksterne netværk\n" +"til det interne) hvis dette system er en router. Både IPv4- og IPv6-forbindelser \n" "vil blive påvirket af denne indstilling. \n" -"<b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade " -"IP-videresendelse. \n" -"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i " -"firewallen. Brug\n" +"<b>Vigtigt:</b> hvis firewallen er aktiveret, er det ikke nok kun at tillade IP-videresendelse. \n" +"Du skal aktivere maskering og/eller sætte mindst én omdirigeringsregel i firewallen. Brug\n" "YaST's firewallmodul til dette.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:118 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:117 msgid "" "<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n" -"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP " -"client.\n" -"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. " -"\n" -"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that " -"assign \n" +"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n" +"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n" +"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n" "different hostnames.</p> " msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du bruger DHCP til at få en IP-adresse, så tjek om du også får et\n" @@ -2538,26 +2446,21 @@ "mens du kører. Derfor bør du deaktivere denne indstillingen, hvis\n" "du tilsluttes forskellige netværk, der tildeler forskellige værtsnavne.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:125 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:124 msgid "" "<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n" -"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is " -"a \n" -"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even " -"\n" +"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n" +"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n" "without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n" "if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit " -"værtsmaskinenavn med \n" -"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en " -"\n" -"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle " -"tidspunkter, selv \n" +"<p><b>Tildel Værtsmaskinenavn til loopback-IP</b> associerer dit værtsmaskinenavn med \n" +"IP-addressen <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) i <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dette er en \n" +"nyttig indstilling hvis du vil have et værtsmaskinenavn kan slås op på alle tidspunkter, selv \n" "uden aktivt netværk. I alle andre tilfælde bør det det bruges varsomt, især \n" "hvis denne computer udbyder nogle netværkstjenester.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:132 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:131 msgid "" "<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n" "hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n" @@ -2567,7 +2470,7 @@ # #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:136 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:135 msgid "" "<p>A name server is a computer that translates hostnames into\n" "IP addresses. This value must be entered as an <b>IP address</b>\n" @@ -2579,7 +2482,7 @@ # #. resolver dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:142 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:141 msgid "" "<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n" "The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n" @@ -2591,44 +2494,34 @@ "domænenavn (f.eks. suse.de). Der kan være flere søgedomæner\n" "(f.eks. suse.com). Adskil domænerne med komma eller mellemrum.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:148 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:147 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS " -"domain\n" -"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially " -"important if this \n" -"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using " -"the <i>hostname</i> \n" +"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n" +"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n" +"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n" "command.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og " -"DNS-domænet\n" -"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, " -"hvis denne \n" -"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med " -"kommandoen\n" +"<p>Indtast det korte navn for denne computer (f.eks. <i>mincomputer</i>) og DNS-domænet\n" +"
(f.eks. <i>eksempel.dk</i>) som den hører til. Domænet er særligt vigtigt, hvis denne \n" +"
computer er en mail-server. Du kan se din computers værtsnavn med kommandoen\n" "
<i>hostname</i>.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:153 msgid "" "<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n" -"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is " -"handled\n" +"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n" "by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n" "dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n" "etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n" "configurations.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af " -"filen \n" -"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>" -"netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n" +"<p>Vælg måden hvorpå DNS-konfiguration (navneservere, søgeliste, indhold af filen \n" +"<i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) skal ændres. Normalt håndteres dette af <i>netconfig</i>-scriptet,\n" "som fletter statisk angivet data her, med dem der fås dynamisk (f.eks. fra \n" -"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug " -"standardpolitik</p>\n" +"DHCP-klient, NetworkManager osv.). Dette er standard. <b>Brug standardpolitik</p>\n" "er tilstrækkeligt til de fleste konfigurationer.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:162 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161 msgid "" "<p>By choosing <b>Only Manually</b>, <i>netconfig</i> will no longer be\n" "allowed to modify <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. You can however edit the file\n" @@ -2639,45 +2532,33 @@ "Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n" "policy.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive " -"tilladt at \n" -"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at " -"vælge indstillingen \n" -"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med " -"brugerdefineret politik,\n" -"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv " -"wildcards, med\n" -"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere " -"information,\n" -"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det " -"samme\n" +"<p>Ved at vælge <b>Kun manuelt</b>, vil <i>netconfig</i> ikke længere blive tilladt at \n" +"ændre <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>. Du kan dog redigere filen manuelt. Ved at vælge indstillingen \n" +"<b>Brug brugerdefineret politik</b>, kan du angive en streng med brugerdefineret politik,\n" +"som består af en kommasepareret liste over grænsefladenavne, inklusiv wildcards, med\n" +"STATIC og STATIC_FALLBACK som prædefinerede særlige værdier. For mere information,\n" +"se manualsiden til <i>netconfig</i>. Bemærk: At lade feltet være tomt, er det samme\n" "som at bruge politikken <b>Kun manuelt</b>.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred #. Address dialog help 1/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:175 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:174 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address " -"to this device.\n" +"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n" "This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Adresseopsætning</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen " -"IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" +"<p>Vælg <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b>, hvis du ikke ønsker at tildele nogen IP-adresse til denne enhed.\n" "Dette er særligt anvendeligt, når man binder ethernet-enheder sammen.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your " -"BIOS.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.<" -"/p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:179 +msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Markér <b>iBFT</b> hvis du vil beholde netværket konfigureret i din BIOS.</p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 2/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:184 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:183 msgid "" "<p>Select <b>Dynamic Address</b> if you do not have a static IP address \n" "assigned by the system administrator or your Internet provider.</p>\n" @@ -2686,38 +2567,32 @@ "IP-adresse af systemadministratoren eller din internetudbyder.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 3/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:188 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:187 msgid "" "<p>Choose one of the dynamic address assignment methods. Select <b>DHCP</b>\n" "if you have a DHCP server running on your local network. Network addresses \n" "are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP<" -"/b>,\n" +"<p>Du kan vælge en af metoderne til dynamisk adressetildeling. Vælg <b>DHCP</b>,\n" "hvis du har en DHCP-server kørende på dit lokale netværk. Netværksadresser \n" "modtages så automatisk fra serveren.<p>\n" #. Address dialog help 4/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:194 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:193 msgid "" "<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n" -"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf\n" -"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>" -"\n" +"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n" +"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>" -"Zeroconf</b>.\n" -"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + " -"Zeroconf</b>.\n" +"<p>For at søge efter en IP-adresse, og tildele den statisk, vælges <b>Zeroconf</b>.\n" +"For at benytte DHCP, og falde tilbage til 'zeroconf', vælges <b>DHCP + Zeroconf</b>.\n" "Ellers skal netværksadresser tildeles <b>statisk</b>.</p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 5/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:199 msgid "" -"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for " -"your computer, and the \n" +"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n" " <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n" "for your peer.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -2726,25 +2601,19 @@ "for din peer.</p>\n" #. Address dialog help 6/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:206 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:205 msgid "" -"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your " -"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" -"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>" -"/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" -"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written " -"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n" +"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n" +"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for " -"din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" -"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <" -"tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" -"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til " -"<tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" +"<p>Til <b>statisk adresseopsætning</b> angives den statiske IP-adresse for din computer (f.eks. <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) samt\n" +"netværksmasken (normalt <tt>255.255.255.0</tt>eller blot længden på præfiks <tt>/24</tt>). Eventuelt kan du angive\n" +"et fuldt kvalificeret værtsnavn for denne IP-adresse. Værtsnavnet skrives til <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n" # #. Address dialog help 8/8 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:212 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:211 msgid "" "<p>Contact your <b>network administrator</b> for more information about\n" "the network configuration.</p>" @@ -2752,7 +2621,7 @@ "<p>Spørg din <b>netværksadministrator</b> om mere information omkring\n" "netværkskonfigurationen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:215 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>DHCP configuration is not recommended for this product.\n" "Components of this product might not work with DHCP.</p>" @@ -2760,7 +2629,7 @@ "<p>DHCP-konfiguration anbefales ikke for dette produkt.\n" "Dette produkts komponenter virker måske ikke med DHCP.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:218 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Firewall Zone</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Select the firewall zone to put the interface into. If you\n" @@ -2777,15 +2646,11 @@ "aktiveret, men al trafik til denne grænseflade blokeres. Hvis du ikke\n" "vælger en zone, og ingen andre eksisterer, deaktiveres firewallen.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:227 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports " -"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer " -"en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:226 +msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Obligatorisk grænseflade</b> angiver, om netværkstjenesten rapporterer en fejl, hvis grænsefladen ikke starter under boot.</p>" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:230 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:229 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Maximum Transfer Unit</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n" @@ -2796,30 +2661,27 @@ msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Maksimal overførselsenhed</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Maksimal overførselsenhed (<b>MTU</b>) er den maksimale størrelse på\n" -"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte " -"en\n" +"pakken, der føres over netværket i én ramme. Normalt behøves du ikke at sætte en\n" "MTU, men brug af lavere MTU-værdier kan øge netværksydelsen specielt på\n" "langsomme opkaldstilslutninger. Vælg enten en af de anbefalede værdier,\n" "eller angiv en anden.</p>\n" -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:237 msgid "" "<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n" -"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No " -"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" +"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Vælg slaveenhederne til bond-enheden.\n" -"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen " -"adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>" +"Kun enheder med enhedsaktiveringen sat til <b>Aldrig</b> og med <b>Ingen adresseopsætning</b> er tilgængelige.</p>" # #. DHCP dialog help 1/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:243 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242 msgid "<p><b><big>DHCP Client Options</big></b></p>" msgstr "<p><b><big>Indstillinger for DHCP-klient</big></b></p>" #. DHCP dialog help 2/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:245 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:244 msgid "" "<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n" "the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n" @@ -2829,54 +2691,33 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Hvis feltet <b>DHCP-klientidenfikation</b> er tomt, er standardværdien\n" "hardwareadressen på netværksgrænsefladen. Den skal være forskellig for hver\n" -"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik " -"friforms-identifikation\n" +"DHCP-klient i et enkelt netværk. Angiv derfor en unik friforms-identifikation\n" "her, hvis du har flere (virtuelle) maskiner, som bruger samme\n" "netværksgrænseflade og dermed samme hardwareadresse.</p>" #. DHCP dialog help 3/7 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:253 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -#| "hostname option field when dhcpcd sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" -#| "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" -#| "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" -#| "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -#| "contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" -#| "to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" -#| "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:252 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n" -"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. " -"Some \n" +"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n" "DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n" "according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n" "Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n" -"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>" -"\n" -"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" +"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n" "If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til " -"indstillingsfeltet\n" -"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle " -"DHCP-servere\n" -"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i " -"overensstemmelse\n" +"<p><b>Værtsnavn at sende</b> angiver en streng, der bruges til indstillingsfeltet\n" +"værtsnavn, når DHCP-klienten sender beskeder til en DHCP-server. Nogle DHCP-servere\n" +"opdaterer navneserverzoner (forlæns og baglæns registrering) i overensstemmelse\n" "med dette værtsnavn (dynamisk DNS).</p>\n" "Nogle DHCP-servere kræver, at indstillingsfeltet <b>Værtsnavn at sende</b>\n" -"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot " -"<b>AUTO</b>\n" -"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>" -"/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" +"indeholder en specifik streng i DHCP-meddelelserne fra klienter. Anvend blot <b>AUTO</b>\n" +"for at sende nuværende værtsnavn (f.eks. det der er angivet i <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>).\n" "Lad feltet være tomt hvis du ikke vil sende noget værtsnavn.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 1/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" -#| "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface (its aliases) in this table.</p>\n" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:264 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Additional Addresses</big></b></p>\n" "<p>Configure additional addresses of an interface in this table.</p>\n" @@ -2885,10 +2726,7 @@ "<p>Konfigurér yderligere adresser til en grænseflade i denne tabel.</p>\n" #. Aliases dialog help 2/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:269 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>Enter an <b>Alias Name</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" -#| "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:268 msgid "" "<p>Enter an <b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, an <b>IP Address</b>, and\n" "the <b>Netmask</b>.</p>" @@ -2897,37 +2735,30 @@ "<b>netmasken</b>.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:273 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:272 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p><b>Alias Name</b> is optional and legacy.The total\n" #| " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" #| " limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgid "" -"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and " -"legacy. The total\n" +"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n" " length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n" -" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility " -"truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" +" limited to 15 characters and the obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Aliasnavn</b> er valgfrit og forældet.Den samlede\n" " længde af grænsefladenavnet (inklusiv kolon og etiket) er\n" -" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig " -"forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>" +" begrænset til 15 tegn og det forældede værktøj ifconfig forkorter efter 9 tegn.</p>" #. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766 -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:279 -msgid "" -"<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>" -"foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> " -"istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:278 +msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the alias name. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Inkludér ikke grænsefladenavn i aliasnavn. For eksempel angives <b>foo</b> istedet for <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>" #. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup #. this is suited to the button-switched key typing #. Translators: dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:285 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284 msgid "" "<p>Choose between three <b>Key Input Types</b> for your key.\n" "<br><b>Passphrase</b>: The key is generated from the phrase entered.\n" @@ -2945,20 +2776,16 @@ "<p>Vælg mellem tre typer <b>nøgle-input</b> for din nøgle.\n" "<br><b>Adgangsfrase</b>: Nøglen genereres ud fra den frase, der indtastes.\n" "<br><b>ASCII</b>: ASCII-værdien for de tegn, der indtastes, danner nøglen.\n" -"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil " -"16 tegn\n" +"Indtast 5 tegn for 64-bit nøgler, indtil 13 tegn for 128-bit nøgler, indtil 16 tegn\n" "for 156-bit nøgler og indtil 29 tegn for 256-bit nøgler.\n" "<br><b>Hexadecimal</b>: Indtast nøglens hexadecimale kode direkte. Angiv\n" -"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 " -"cifre for\n" -"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>" -"-</tt>,\n" -"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>" -".\n" +"10 hexadecimale cifre for 64-bit nøgler, 26 cifre for 128-bit nøgler, 32 cifre for\n" +"156-bit nøgler og 58 cifre for 256-bit nøgler. Du kan bruge bindestreger <tt>-</tt>,\n" +"til at adskille par eller grupper af cifre, som f.eks. <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n" "</p> \n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:299 msgid "" "<p>Here, set the most important settings\n" "for wireless networking.</p>" @@ -2967,7 +2794,7 @@ "for trådløst netværk.</p>" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:303 msgid "" "<p>The <b>Operating Mode</b> depends on the network topology. The mode\n" "can be <b>Ad-Hoc</b> (peer-to-peer network without an access point),\n" @@ -2982,13 +2809,12 @@ "fungerer som adgangspunkt).</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:311 msgid "" "<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n" "cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n" "wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n" -"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication " -"mode,\n" +"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n" "you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n" "case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n" "signal strength.</p>\n" @@ -2997,14 +2823,12 @@ "celler, som er en del af det samme virtuelle netværk. Alle klienter i et\n" "trådløs LAN kræver samme ESSID for at kommuniker med hinanden.\n" "Hvis du vælger operationstilstanden <b>Managed</b> og ingen <b>WPA</b>\n" -"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det " -"til\n" -"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det " -"adgangspunkt,\n" +"autentifikationstilstand,kan du lade dette felt være tomt, eller sætte det til\n" +"<tt>any</tt>. I dette tilfælde vil dit WLAN kort associere med det adgangspunkt,\n" "der har den bedste signalstyrke.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:322 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:321 msgid "" "<p>In some networks, you need to set an <b>Authentication Mode</b>.\n" "It depends on the protection technology used, WEP or WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" @@ -3017,20 +2841,16 @@ "NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n" "potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n" "specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n" -"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n" "WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n" "authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n" "<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>I nogle netværk skal du angive en <b>autentifikationstilstand</b>.\n" -"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>" -"\n" -"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs " -"netværkstrafik,\n" -"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte " -"krypteringsnøgle.\n" +"Denne afhænger af den anvendte sikkerhedsteknologi, WEP eller WPA. <b>WEP</b>\n" +"(Wired Equivalent Privacy) er et system, der krypterer trådløs netværkstrafik,\n" +"med en valgfri autentifikation, der baseres på den anvendte krypteringsnøgle.\n" "I de fleste tilfælde, hvor WEP anvendes, er tilstanden <b>Åben</b> (ingen\n" "autentifikation) et godt valg. Dette indebærer ikke at du ikke kan bruge\n" "WEP-kryptering (brug i så fald <b>Ingen kryptering</b>). \n" @@ -3038,15 +2858,13 @@ "(delt nøgle). BEMÆRK: Autentifikation med delt nøgle gør det lettere for en\n" "potentiel cracker at bryde ind på netværket. Hvis du ikke har specielt behov\n" "for autentifikation med delt nøgle, bør du bruge tilstanden <b>Åben</b>.\n" -"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected " -"Access)\n" +"Da WEP har vist sig at være usikker, blev <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n" "indført for at fjerne sikkerhedshullerne, men ikke al hardware understøtter\n" -"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som " -"autentifikationstilstand.\n" +"WPA. Hvis du vil bruge WPA, vælges <b>WPA-PSK</b> som autentifikationstilstand.\n" "Dette er kun muligt i driftstilstanden <b>Managed</b>.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:341 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:340 msgid "" "<p>To use WEP, enter the\n" "WEP encryption key to use. It can have a key\n" @@ -3061,7 +2879,7 @@ "24 bit dynamisk, så du behøver kun at angive 40 til 232 bits.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:349 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:348 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-PSK (sometimes referred to as WPA Home),\n" "enter the preshared key. This\n" @@ -3078,7 +2896,7 @@ "nemt at gætte, som adgangsfrase.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:358 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:357 msgid "" "<p>To use WPA-EAP (sometimes referred to as WPA Enterprise),\n" "enter some additional parameters in the next dialog.</p>\n" @@ -3087,24 +2905,20 @@ "indtastes nogle yderligere parametre i den næste dialogboks.</p>\n" #. Wireless dialog help -#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:362 +#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:361 msgid "" "<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n" "'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n" -"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for " -"all\n" +"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n" "available options.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Disse værdier skrives til grænsefladens konfigurationsfil\n" -"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere " -"indstillinger,\n" -"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme " -"mappe\n" +"'ifcfg-*' i \"/etc/sysconfig/network\". Hvis du behøver yderligere indstillinger,\n" +"kan du tilføje dem manuelt. Der henvises til filen \"wireless\" i samme mappe\n" "for alle tilgængelige tilvalg.</p>" #. TextEntry label #: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:214 -#| msgid "IP Address" msgid "IPv4 &Address Label" msgstr "IPv4 &adresseetiket" @@ -3193,14 +3007,12 @@ "<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n" "and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n" "If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n" -"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.<" -"/p>\n" +"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>For TTLS og PEAP angiv din <b>Identitet</b>\n" "og <b>Adgangskode</b>, som konfigureret på serveren.\n" "Hvis du har et særligt behov for, at sætte det benyttede brugernavn som\n" -"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke " -"nødvendigt.</p>\n" +"<b>Anonym identitet</b>, kan du gøre det her. Dette er normalt ikke nødvendigt.</p>\n" #. text entry label #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:111 @@ -3222,14 +3034,12 @@ #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:128 msgid "" "<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n" -"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key " -"pair\n" +"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n" "to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n" "a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n" "the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for " -"en\n" +"<p>TLS anvender et <b>Klientcertifikat</b> til autentifikation istedet for en\n" "kombination af brugernavn og adgangskode. Det bruger et offentligt\n" "og privat nøglepar til kryptering af forhandlingskommunikation. Du behøver\n" "derfor også en <b>klientnøgle</b>-fil, som indeholder din private nøgle samt\n" @@ -3289,8 +3099,7 @@ "allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n" "authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som " -"fase 2).\n" +"<p>Her kan du konfigurere den indre autentifikationsmetode (også kendt som fase 2).\n" "Som standard tillades alle metoder. Hvis du ønsker at begrænse de\n" "tilladte metoder, eller hvis du har opdaget vanskeligheder omkring\n" "autentifikationer, skal du vælge din indre autentifikationsmetode.</p>\n" @@ -3406,8 +3215,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:562 msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode." -msgstr "" -"WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." +msgstr "WPA-autentifikationstilstand er kun muligt i driftstilstanden 'Managed'." #. Popup text #. modes: combination of operation and authentication @@ -3476,14 +3284,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n" "set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n" -"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for " -"access\n" +"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n" "points in that case.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller " -"'Ad-hoc',\n" -"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke " -"nødvendigt\n" +"<p>For at bruge et trådløst netværkskort i tilstanden 'Master'- eller 'Ad-hoc',\n" +"angives her den <b>kanal</b>, som kortet skal bruge. Dette er ikke nødvendigt\n" "for tilstanden 'Managed'. I denne tilstand søger kortet efter adgangspunkter\n" "ved at hoppe igennem kanalerne</p>\n" @@ -3615,8 +3420,7 @@ "value to 64.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Nøglelængde</b> definerer bitlængden på dine WEP-nøgler.\n" -"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 " -"bit.\n" +"Mulige værdier er 64 og 128 bit, somme tider refereret til som 40 og 104 bit.\n" "Noget ældre hardware kan ikke håndtere 128 bit-nøgler. Du kan derfor\n" "blive nødt til at sætte denne værdi til 64, hvis den trådløse\n" "netværksforbindelse ikke etableres.</p>" @@ -3665,8 +3469,7 @@ "Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n" "to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?" msgstr "" -"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre " -"forbindelser\n" +"At undlade at bruge et certifikat-autoritet-certifikat (CA) kan medføre forbindelser\n" "til usikre, forbryderiske trådløse netværk. Vil du fortsætte uden CA?" #. error popup text @@ -3731,32 +3534,31 @@ # #. Ramote Administration dialog caption -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:57 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:56 msgid "Remote Administration" msgstr "Fjernadministration" # #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:65 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:64 msgid "&Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "&Tillad fjernadministration" # #. RadioButton label -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:73 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:72 msgid "&Do Not Allow Remote Administration" msgstr "Tillad &ikke fjernadministration" #. Remote Administration dialog help #. %1 and %2 are port numbers for vnc and vnchttp, eg. 5901, 5801 -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:90 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:89 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Remote Administration Settings</big></b></p>\n" "<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n" "administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n" "client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n" -"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>" -").\n" +"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n" "This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Indstillinger for fjernadministration</big></b></p>\n" @@ -3768,18 +3570,18 @@ # #. Dialog frame title -#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:110 +#: src/include/network/remote/dialogs.rb:109 msgid "Remote Administration Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for fjernadministration" # #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:143 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144 msgid "These packages need to be installed:" msgstr "Følgende pakker skal installeres:" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:161 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162 msgid "" "The required packages are not installed.\n" "The configuration will be aborted.\n" @@ -3794,135 +3596,126 @@ #. Translators: Appended after a network card name to indicate that #. there is no carrier, no link to the network, the cable is not #. plugged in. Preferably a short string. -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:253 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:254 msgid "unplugged" msgstr "frakoblet" #. Table field (Unknown device) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:259 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:260 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:287 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288 msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:293 msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DNS-konfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:294 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:295 msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "DSL-konfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:297 msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Værtsmaskinekonfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:301 msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "ISDN-konfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:305 msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Konfigurationen af netværkskort blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:309 msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Modemkonfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:313 msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Proxy-konfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:316 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:317 msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Udbyderkonfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup headline -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:320 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321 msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved" msgstr "Rutningkonfigurationen blev gemt" # #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:329 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:330 msgid "Configure mail now?" msgstr "Konfigurér e-mail nu?" #. Popup text -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:334 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:335 msgid "Run configuration of %1?" msgstr "Kør konfiguration af %1?" +#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service +#. +#. see bnc#433084 +#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup +#. +#. returns true if items were disabled +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1008 +msgid "" +"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n" +"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options." +msgstr "" + # #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:682 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1067 msgid "Network Cards" msgstr "Netværkskort" #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:686 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1071 msgid "Modems" msgstr "Modemer" # #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:690 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1075 msgid "ISDN Cards" msgstr "ISDN-kort" # #. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:694 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1079 msgid "DSL Devices" msgstr "DSL-enheder" # -#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx) -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:700 +#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1084 msgid "All Network Devices" msgstr "Alle netværksenheder" -#. Check if we're running in "normal" stage with NM -#. see bnc#433084 -#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup -#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1100 -msgid "" -"Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" -"cannot be edited by YaST.\n" -"\n" -"To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" -"switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" -msgstr "" -"Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger " -"\n" -"kan ikke redigeres af YaST.\n" -"\n" -"For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj " -"til \n" -"NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med " -"ifup.\n" - # #. validation error popup #. Popup::Error text @@ -3953,7 +3746,6 @@ #. help #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:152 -#| msgid "&Modify DNS configuration" msgid "&Modify DNS Configuration" msgstr "Æ&ndr DNS-konfiguration" @@ -4034,12 +3826,8 @@ #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled #. @return whether valid #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:502 -msgid "" -"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it " -"at your own risk?" -msgstr "" -"Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du " -"bruge det på egen risiko?" +msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?" +msgstr "Det anbefales ikke at bruge .local som domænenavn pga. multicast-DNS. Vil du bruge det på egen risiko?" #. Popup::Error text #: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:527 @@ -4138,12 +3926,10 @@ #. CheckBox label #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:110 -#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable &IPv4 Forwarding" msgstr "Aktivér &IPv4-videresendelse" #: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:111 -#| msgid "Enable &IP Forwarding" msgid "Enable I&Pv6 Forwarding" msgstr "Aktivér I&Pv6-videresendelse" @@ -4192,7 +3978,7 @@ #. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used #. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it -#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:417 +#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:420 msgid "The default gateway is invalid." msgstr "Standard gateway er ugyldig." @@ -4347,35 +4133,27 @@ #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:152 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" -"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still " -"available.\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n" +"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n" "Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne " -"starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> " -"virker stadig.\n" +"At bruge <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er som <tt>auto</tt>. Grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> virker stadig.\n" "Brug dette når du har et NFS- eller iSCSI-rodfilsystem.\n" #. help text for Device Activation #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:162 msgid "" -"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this " -"startmode will never\n" +"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n" "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n" "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug af <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne " -"starttilstand\n" -"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker " -"stadig.\n" +"Brug af <b>Ved NFSroot</b> er næsten som 'auto'. Men grænseflader med denne starttilstand\n" +"bliver aldrig lukket ned via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' virker stadig.\n" "Anvend dette når du har et nfs eller iscsi rodfilesystem.\n" #. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..) #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:195 -#| msgid "Activate &device" msgid "Activate &Device" msgstr "Aktivér enhe&d" @@ -4384,14 +4162,12 @@ #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:201 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n" -"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> " -"activates it during system boot, \n" +"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n" "<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n" "%1</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Enhedsaktivering</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> " -"aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" +"<p>Vælg hvornår netværksgrænsefladen skal bringes op. <b>Under boot</b> aktiverer det under system-boot.\n" "<b>Aldrig</b> starter ikke enheden.\n" "%1</p>\n" @@ -4430,14 +4206,42 @@ msgid "Set &MTU" msgstr "Indstil &MTU" +#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager program +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:300 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "NetworkManager Service" +msgstr "Netværkstjenester" + +#. ifup is a program name +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" +msgid "Traditional ifup" +msgstr "&Traditionel opsætning med ifup" + +#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:316 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Bridged Devices" +msgid "Wicked Service" +msgstr "Enheder med bro" + +#. used when no network service is active or to disable network service +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:324 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Network Services" +msgid "Network Services Disabled" +msgstr "Netværkstjenester" + #. Store the NetworkManager widget #. @param [String] key id of the widget #. @param [Hash] event the event being handled -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:336 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:355 msgid "Applet needed" msgstr "Applet kræves" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:337 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:356 msgid "" "NetworkManager is controlled by desktop applet\n" "(KDE plasma widget and nm-applet for GNOME).\n" @@ -4447,50 +4251,35 @@ "(KDE plasma-widget eller nm-applet for GNOME).\n" "Sørg for at den kører. Hvis ikke, start den da manuelt." -#. radio button label -#. the user can control the network with the NetworkManager -#. program -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:359 -msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" -msgstr "&Brugerstyret med NetworkManager" - -#. radio button label -#. ifup is a program name -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:365 -msgid "&Traditional Method with ifup" -msgstr "&Traditionel opsætning med ifup" - -#. radio button label -#. wicked is network configuration backend like netconfig #: src/include/network/widgets.rb:371 -msgid "Controlled by &wicked" -msgstr "Kontrolleret af &wicked" +msgid "General Network Settings" +msgstr "Generelle netværksindstillinger" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:410 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:417 msgid "IPv6 Protocol Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for IPv6-protokol" #. enable ipv6 support -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:825 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:418 src/modules/Lan.rb:820 msgid "Enable IPv6" msgstr "Aktivér IPv6" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that device name is not known -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:428 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:435 msgid "Unknown device" msgstr "Ukendt enhed" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of label, device with IP address assigned by DHCP -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:440 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:447 msgid "DHCP address" msgstr "DHCP-adresse" #. TRANSLATORS: Informs that no IP has been assigned to the device -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:445 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:452 msgid "No IP address assigned" msgstr "Ingen IP-adresse tildelt" -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:448 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:455 msgid "" "%1 \n" "%2 - %3" @@ -4499,12 +4288,12 @@ "%2 - %3" #. #186102 -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:503 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:510 msgid "&Change Device" msgstr "&Skift enhed" #. popup dialog title -#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:537 +#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:544 msgid "Network Device Select" msgstr "Valg af netværksenhed" @@ -4516,110 +4305,104 @@ msgstr "Bekræft genstart af netværk" #: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:26 -msgid "" -"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply " -"the settings." -msgstr "" -"På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende " -"indstillingerne." +msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings." +msgstr "På grund af bro-netværk skal YaST genstarte netværket, for at anvende indstillingerne." #. Opens dialog for editing NIC name -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:97 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:95 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Device Name" -msgid "Device name:" -msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" +msgid "Device Name:" +msgstr "Enhedsnavn" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:103 -msgid "Base udev rule on" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:101 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Base udev rule on" +msgid "Base Udev Rule On" msgstr "Basér udev-regel på" #. make sure there is enough space (#367239) -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:112 -#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:110 msgid "MAC address: %s" msgstr "MAC-adresse: %s" -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:118 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:116 msgid "BusID: %s" msgstr "BusID: %s" -#. Checks if given name can be accepted as nic's new one. -#. -#. Pops up an explanation if the name is invalid -#. -#. @return [boolean] false if name is invalid -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:154 +#. check if the name is assigned to another device already +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:153 msgid "Configuration name already exists." msgstr "Konfigurationsnavnet findes allerede." -#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:158 +#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:157 msgid "Invalid configuration name." msgstr "Ugyldigt konfigurationsnavn." #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:398 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:371 msgid "Write hostname" msgstr "Skriv værtsnavn" #. Progress stage 2 #. Progress stage 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:400 src/modules/Lan.rb:538 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:373 src/modules/Lan.rb:535 msgid "Update configuration" msgstr "Opdatér konfiguration" # #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:402 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:375 msgid "Update /etc/resolv.conf" msgstr "Opdatér /etc/resolv.conf" # #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:406 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 msgid "Saving Hostname and DNS Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration" #. Allow to set hostname even if it's modified by DHCP (#13427) #. if(NetworkConfig::DHCP["DHCLIENT_SET_HOSTNAME"]:false != true) { #. Progress step 1/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:415 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:388 msgid "Writing hostname..." msgstr "Skriver værtsnavn..." #. Progress step 2/3 #. Progress step 10 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:429 src/modules/Lan.rb:640 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:405 src/modules/Lan.rb:630 msgid "Updating configuration..." msgstr "Opdaterer konfiguration..." #. if(SCR::Read(.target.size, resolv_conf) < 0) #. SCR::Write(.target.string, resolv_conf, ""); #. Progress step 3/3 -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:440 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:416 msgid "Updating /etc/resolv.conf ..." msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/resolv.conf..." #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:533 msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP" msgstr "Værtsnavn: Sættes via DHCP" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:563 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:539 msgid "Hostname: %1" msgstr "Værtsnavn: %1" -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:571 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:547 msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts" msgstr "Værtsnavnet bliver ikke skrevet til /etc/hosts" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:593 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:569 msgid "Name Servers: %1" msgstr "Navneservere: %1" #. Summary text -#: src/modules/DNS.rb:603 +#: src/modules/DNS.rb:579 msgid "Search List: %1" msgstr "Søgeliste: %1" @@ -4639,67 +4422,67 @@ msgstr "Opdaterer /etc/hosts..." #. Read dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:275 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272 msgid "Initializing Network Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer netværkskonfiguration" # #. Progress stage 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285 msgid "Detect network devices" msgstr "Søg efter netværksenheder" # #. Progress stage 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287 msgid "Read driver information" msgstr "Læs driverinformation" # #. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289 msgid "Read device configuration" msgstr "Læs enhedskonfiguration" # #. Progress stage 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291 msgid "Read network configuration" msgstr "Læs netværkskonfiguration" # #. Progress stage 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293 msgid "Read firewall settings" msgstr "Læs firewall-indstillinger" #. Progress stage 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295 msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Læs værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration" #. Progress stage 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297 msgid "Read installation information" msgstr "Læs installationsinformation" #. Progress stage 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:302 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299 msgid "Read routing configuration" msgstr "Læs rutningskonfiguration" #. Progress stage 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301 msgid "Detect current status" msgstr "Søg efter nuværende status" #. Progress step 1/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:318 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315 msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..." msgstr "Søger efter ndiswrapper..." #. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:337 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334 msgid "" "Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n" "but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n" @@ -4709,7 +4492,7 @@ "men kernemodulet blev ikke modprobet.\n" "Vil du modprobe ndiswrapper?\n" -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:345 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342 msgid "" "ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n" "Check configuration manually.\n" @@ -4719,218 +4502,223 @@ # #. Progress step 2/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:359 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356 msgid "Detecting network devices..." msgstr "Søger efter netværksenheder..." # #. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364 msgid "Reading device configuration..." msgstr "Læser enhedskonfiguration..." # #. Progress step 4/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:373 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370 msgid "Reading network configuration..." msgstr "Læser netværkskonfiguration..." # #. Progress step 5/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:382 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379 msgid "Reading firewall settings..." msgstr "Læser firewall-indstillinger..." # #. Progress step 6/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:390 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387 msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Læser værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..." # #. Progress step 7/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:397 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394 msgid "Reading installation information..." msgstr "Læser installationsinformation..." # #. Progress step 8/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:403 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400 msgid "Reading routing configuration..." msgstr "Læser rutningsinformation..." # #. Progress step 9/9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:409 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406 msgid "Detecting current status..." msgstr "Søger efter nuværende status..." #. Final progress step #. Final progress step -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:415 src/modules/Lan.rb:661 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:651 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" #. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed) #. @return Read(`cache) -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:441 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438 msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed." msgstr "Der kræves genstart for at anvende denne ændring." #. Write dialog caption -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:510 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:507 msgid "Saving Network Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer netværkskonfiguration" #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514 msgid "Write drivers information" msgstr "Skriv driverinformation" # #. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516 msgid "Write device configuration" msgstr "Skriv enhedskonfiguration" # #. Progress stage 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518 msgid "Write network configuration" msgstr "Skriv netværkskonfiguration" #. Progress stage 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520 msgid "Write routing configuration" msgstr "Skriv rutningskonfiguration" #. Progress stage 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:525 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522 msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration" msgstr "Skriv værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration" # #. Progress stage 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:524 msgid "Set up network services" msgstr "Sæt netværkstjenester op" # #. Progress stage 8 #. Progress stage 1 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531 src/modules/Remote.rb:286 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:528 src/modules/Remote.rb:289 msgid "Write firewall settings" msgstr "Skriv firewall-indstillinger" # #. Progress stage 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:535 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:532 msgid "Activate network services" msgstr "Aktivér netværkstjenester" # #. Progress step 2 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:549 msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..." msgstr "Skriver /etc/modprobe.conf..." # #. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:554 msgid "Writing device configuration..." msgstr "Skriver enhedskonfiguration..." # #. Progress step 4 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:573 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:560 msgid "Writing network configuration..." msgstr "Skriver netværkskonfiguration..." # #. Progress step 5 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:579 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:566 msgid "Writing routing configuration..." msgstr "Skriver rutningsinformation..." # #. Progress step 6 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:574 msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..." msgstr "Skriver værtsnavn og DNS-konfiguration..." # #. Progress step 7 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:587 msgid "Setting up network services..." msgstr "Sætter netværkstjenester op..." # #. Progress step 8 -#. 100; //for testing -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:608 src/modules/Remote.rb:301 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:595 src/modules/Remote.rb:303 msgid "Writing firewall settings..." msgstr "Skriver firewall-indstillinger..." # #. Progress step 9 -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:618 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:605 msgid "Activating network services..." msgstr "Aktiverer netværkstjenester..." -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:657 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:647 msgid "No network running" msgstr "Intet netværk kører" +#. Import data +#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported +#. @return true on success +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:706 +msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used." +msgstr "" + #. Create a textual summary for the general network settings #. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6) #. @return [rich text, links] -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:792 msgid "Network Mode" msgstr "Netværkstilstand" #. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:797 msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager" msgstr "Grænseflader styret af NetworkManager" #. disable NetworkManager applet -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:799 msgid "Disable NetworkManager" msgstr "Deaktivér NetworkManager" #. network mode -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:803 msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup" msgstr "Traditionel netværksopsætning med NetControl - ifup" #. enable NetworkManager applet #. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:811 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:806 msgid "Enable NetworkManager" msgstr "Aktivér NetworkManager" #. ipv6 support is enabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:817 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:812 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled" msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er aktiv" #. disable ipv6 support -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:819 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:814 msgid "Disable IPv6" msgstr "Deaktivér IPv6" #. ipv6 support is disabled -#: src/modules/Lan.rb:823 +#: src/modules/Lan.rb:818 msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled" msgstr "Understøttelse for IPv6-protokol er deaktiveret" #. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:181 -#| msgid "Not connected" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:195 msgid "connected" msgstr "forbundet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:182 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:196 msgid "datagram" msgstr "datagram" @@ -4938,96 +4726,82 @@ #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=auto #. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1190 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1194 -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1251 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1255 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1259 msgid "Started automatically at boot" msgstr "Startet automatisk under boot" # check box label #. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1202 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1263 msgid "Started automatically on cable connection" msgstr "Startet automatisk ved kabeltilslutning" #. summary description of STARTMODE=managed -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1206 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1267 msgid "Managed by NetworkManager" msgstr "Håndteret af NetworkManager" #. summary description of STARTMODE=off -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1210 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1271 msgid "Will not be started at all" msgstr "Startes ikke overhovedet" # -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1215 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276 msgid "Started manually" msgstr "Startet manuelt" #. do nothing -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1227 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 msgid "IP address assigned using" msgstr "IP-adresse tildelt via" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1231 -#| msgid "IP address: %1/%2" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1292 msgid "IP address: %s/%s" msgstr "IP-adresse: %s/%s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1234 -#| msgid "IP address: %1, subnet mask %2" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1295 msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s" msgstr "IP-adresse: %s, subnetmaske %s" #. FIXME: #. - side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item #. overview. Check and remove. -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1265 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1326 msgid "Not configured" msgstr "Ikke konfigureret" #. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1288 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1350 -#| msgid "Device Name: %1" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1349 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415 msgid "Device Name: %s" msgstr "Enhedsnavn: %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 msgid "Bonding slaves" msgstr "Bonding-slaver" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1322 -#| msgid "enslaved in %1" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1383 msgid "enslaved in %s" msgstr "slave i %s" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1384 msgid "Bonding master" msgstr "Bonding-master" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1398 msgid "Not connected" msgstr "Ikke tilsluttet" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1336 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401 msgid "No hwinfo" msgstr "Ingen hwinfo" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1356 -#| msgid "<p>Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details.</p>" -msgid "" -"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) " -"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). " -"See dmesg output for details." -msgstr "" -"Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) " -"ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for " -"wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421 +msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details." +msgstr "Ikke i stand til at konfigurere netværkskort, da kerneenheden (eth0, wlan) ikke er tilstede. Dette skyldes normalt manglende firmware (for wlan-enheder). Se dmesg-output for detaljer." -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1362 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" -#| "to configure.</p>\n" +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427 msgid "" "The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n" "to configure.\n" @@ -5035,47 +4809,60 @@ "Enheden er ikke konfigureret. Tryk på <b>Redigér</b>\n" "for at konfigurere.\n" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "Needed firmware" msgstr "Nødvendig firmware" -#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369 +#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434 msgid "unknown" msgstr "ukendt" +#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before +#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:239 +msgid "" +"Package %{package} is not installed\n" +"firewall settings will be disabled." +msgstr "" + # #. Progress stage 2 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:288 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:291 msgid "Configure display manager" msgstr "Konfigurér skærmhåndtering" #. Progress stage 3 -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:293 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 msgid "Restart the services" msgstr "Genstart tjenesterne" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:296 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:299 msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af fjernadministration" -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:307 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:308 msgid "Configuring display manager..." msgstr "Konfigurerer skærmhåndtering..." +#. Enable xinetd +#. Enable XDM +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:327 src/modules/Remote.rb:335 +msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed" +msgstr "" + #. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385) -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:359 msgid "Restarting the service..." msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten..." # -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:415 +#. description in proposal +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is enabled." msgstr "Fjernadministration er aktiveret." # -#. Label in proposal text -#: src/modules/Remote.rb:418 +#: src/modules/Remote.rb:393 msgid "Remote administration is disabled." msgstr "Fjernadministration er deaktiveret." @@ -5110,47 +4897,64 @@ #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:353 -#| msgid "Gateway: %1" msgid "Gateway: %s" msgstr "Gateway: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:357 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s" msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv4: %s" #. Summary text #: src/modules/Routing.rb:361 -#| msgid "IP Forwarding:" msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s" msgstr "IP-videresendelse for IPv6: %s" #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:82 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:121 msgid "Automatically Assigned Zone" msgstr "Automatisk tildelt zone" # #. item in combo box Firewall Zone -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:84 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:123 msgid "Firewall Disabled" msgstr "Firewall er deaktiveret" #. TRANSLATORS: Part of combo box item -> "Internal Zone (Unprotected)" -#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:96 +#: src/modules/SuSEFirewall4Network.rb:135 msgid "(Unprotected)" msgstr "(Ubeskyttet)" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Network is currently controlled by NetworkManager and its settings \n" +#~ "cannot be edited by YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n" +#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Netværket kontrolleres i øjeblikket af NetworkManager, og dets indstillinger \n" +#~ "kan ikke redigeres af YaST.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "For at redigere indstillingerne, skal du enten bruge et konfigurationsværktøj til \n" +#~ "NetworkManager, eller skifte opsætningsmetode for netværk til traditionel med ifup.\n" + +#~ msgid "&User Controlled with NetworkManager" +#~ msgstr "&Brugerstyret med NetworkManager" + +#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked" +#~ msgstr "Kontrolleret af &wicked" + +#~| msgid "Device Name" +#~ msgid "Device name:" +#~ msgstr "Enhedsnavn:" + #~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (disable and close</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive aktiveret, SSH-porten vil blive åbnet (deaktivér og luk</a>)" #~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (enable and open</a>)" #~ msgstr "SSH-tjenesten vil blive deaktiveret, SSH-porten vil blive blokeret (aktivér og åbn</a>)" -#~ msgid "General Network Settings" -#~ msgstr "Generelle netværksindstillinger" - #~ msgid "General &Network Settings" #~ msgstr "Generelle &netværksindstillinger" @@ -5710,9 +5514,6 @@ #~ msgid "Add &Provider to Existing Interface" #~ msgstr "Føj &udbyder til en eksisterende grænseflade" -#~ msgid "Network Services" -#~ msgstr "Netværkstjenester" - #~ msgid "S&kip" #~ msgstr "Spring o&ver" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/nfs.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -177,44 +177,35 @@ msgid "" "<p>Each NFS share is identified by remote NFS server address and\n" "exported directory, local directory where the remote directory is mounted, \n" -"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further " -"information \n" +"NFS type (either plain nfs or nfsv4) and mount options. For further information \n" "about mounting NFS and mount options, refer to <tt>man nfs.</tt></p>" msgstr "" "<p>Hver NFS-share identificeres ved ekstern NFS-server-adresse og\n" "eksporteret mappe, lokal mappe hvor den eksterne mappe monteres, \n" -"NFS-type (enten almindelig nfs eller nfsv4) og monteringstilvalg. For " -"yderligere \n" +"NFS-type (enten almindelig nfs eller nfsv4) og monteringstilvalg. For yderligere \n" "information om montering af NFS og monteringstilvalg, se <tt>man nfs</tt></p>" #. Help, part 3 of 3 #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:68 msgid "" -"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration " -"of\n" +"<p>To mount a new NFS share, click <B>Add</B>. To change the configuration of\n" "a currently mounted share, click <B>Edit</B>. Remove and unmount a selected\n" "share with <B>Delete</B>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>For at montere et nyt NFS-share, klik på <B>Tilføj</B>. For at ændre " -"konfigurationen\n" -"for et aktuelt monteret share, klik på <B>Redigér</B>. Fjern og afmontér et " -"valgt share med \n" +"<p>For at montere et nyt NFS-share, klik på <B>Tilføj</B>. For at ændre konfigurationen\n" +"for et aktuelt monteret share, klik på <B>Redigér</B>. Fjern og afmontér et valgt share med \n" "<B>Slet</B>.</p>\n" #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:76 msgid "" "<p>If you need to access NFSv4 shares (NFSv4 is a newer version of the NFS\n" -"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might " -"need\n" -"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct " -"setting\n" +"protocol), check the <b>Enable NFSv4</b> option. In that case, you might need\n" +"to supply specific a <b>NFSv4 Domain Name</b> required for the correct setting\n" "of file/directory access rights.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du behøver adgang til NFSv4-shares (NFSv4 er en nyere version af \n" -"NFS-protokollen), så markér indstillingen <b>Aktivér NFSv4</b>. I så fald vil " -"du måske\n" -"skulle angive specifikt <b>NFSv4 domænenavn</b>, som kræves for korrekt " -"opsætning af\n" +"NFS-protokollen), så markér indstillingen <b>Aktivér NFSv4</b>. I så fald vil du måske\n" +"skulle angive specifikt <b>NFSv4 domænenavn</b>, som kræves for korrekt opsætning af\n" "fil-/mappe-adgangsrettigheder.</p>\n" #. selection box label @@ -341,14 +332,12 @@ #: src/include/nfs/ui.rb:455 msgid "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the " -"directory should be mounted. With\n" +"For <b>Mount Point</b>, enter the path in the local file system where the directory should be mounted. With\n" "<b>Browse</b>, select your mount point\n" "interactively.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\t\t\n" -"For <b>Monteringspunkt</b> angives stien i det lokale filsystem hvor mappen " -"skal monteres. Med\n" +"For <b>Monteringspunkt</b> angives stien i det lokale filsystem hvor mappen skal monteres. Med\n" "<b>Gennemse</b> kan du vælge dit monteringspunkt interaktivt.</p>" #. help text 4/4 @@ -483,19 +472,16 @@ #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:153 -#| msgid "Unknown option: %1" msgid "Unknown option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Ukendt tilvalg: '%{key}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:157 -#| msgid "Invalid option: %1" msgid "Invalid option: '%{opt}'" msgstr "Ugyldigt tilvalg: '%{opt}'" #. To translators: error popup #: src/modules/NfsOptions.rb:161 -#| msgid "Empty value for option: %1" msgid "Empty value for option: '%{key}'" msgstr "Tom værdi for tilvalget: '%{key}'" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/nfs_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nfs_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -69,12 +69,8 @@ msgstr "Eksporttilvalg (se \"man exports\")" #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113 -msgid "" -"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' " -"etc." -msgstr "" -"Domænespecifikation for NFSv4 id-mapping, såsom \"localdomain\" eller " -"\"abc.com\" osv." +msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc." +msgstr "Domænespecifikation for NFSv4 id-mapping, såsom \"localdomain\" eller \"abc.com\" osv." #: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119 msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4." @@ -86,28 +82,28 @@ # #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196 msgid "NFS server is enabled" msgstr "NFS-server er aktiveret" # #. summary text -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199 msgid "NFS server is disabled" msgstr "NFS-server er deaktiveret" #. error message -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215 msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed." msgstr "Krævede pakker (%1) er ikke installeret." #. error #. error -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285 msgid "No mount point specified." msgstr "Intet monteringspunkt specificeret." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266 +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260 msgid "" "The exports table already\n" "contains this directory." @@ -118,20 +114,13 @@ #. CLI action handler. #. @param [Hash] options command options #. @return whether successful -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325 -msgid "" -"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." -msgstr "" -"Domæne kan ikke sættes uden at aktivere NFSv4. Brug kommandoen \"set " -"enablev4\"." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319 +msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command." +msgstr "Domæne kan ikke sættes uden at aktivere NFSv4. Brug kommandoen \"set enablev4\"." -#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336 -msgid "" -"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to " -"get information about available options." -msgstr "" -"Kommandoen \"set\" skal anvendes som i \"set tilvalg=værdi\". Brug \"set " -"help\" for at se de tilgængelige tilvalg." +#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330 +msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options." +msgstr "Kommandoen \"set\" skal anvendes som i \"set tilvalg=værdi\". Brug \"set help\" for at se de tilgængelige tilvalg." #. Then no need to check for conflict. #: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205 @@ -190,59 +179,48 @@ "Der er sandsynligvis uægte blanktegn i konfigurationsfilen.\n" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58 msgid "&Directory to Export" msgstr "&Mappe der skal eksporteres" #. button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64 msgid "&Browse..." msgstr "&Gennemse..." -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87 msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports." msgstr "Angiv en eksportsti, som ikke er tom. Eksempel: /exports." #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95 msgid "The exports table already contains this directory." msgstr "Eksporttabellen indeholder allerede denne mappe." -#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113 -msgid "" -"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" -"with spaces in their names.\n" -"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." -msgstr "" -"NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n" -"med mellemrum i deres navne.\n" -"Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette." - #. the dir does not exist -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101 msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?" msgstr "Mappen eksisterer ikke. Opret den?" #. title in the file selection dialog -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111 msgid "Select the Directory to Export" msgstr "Vælg mappen som skal eksporteres" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168 msgid "&Host Wild Card" msgstr "&Wildcard for værtsmaskine" #. text entry label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170 msgid "O&ptions" msgstr "Til&valg" #. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue #. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones). #. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set. -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222 msgid "" "'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n" "NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n" @@ -251,7 +229,7 @@ "NFSv4 er aktiveret (forrige side).\n" #. error popup message -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240 msgid "" "Options for this wild card\n" "are already set." @@ -261,16 +239,12 @@ #. Opening NFS server dialog #. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300 -msgid "" -"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the " -"domain to 'localdomain'." -msgstr "" -"Kunne ikke læse filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Sætter standardindstillingen for " -"domænet til 'localdomain'." +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272 +msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'." +msgstr "Kunne ikke læse filen /etc/idmapd.conf. Sætter standardindstillingen for domænet til 'localdomain'." #. Help, part 1 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295 msgid "" "<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n" "and export some of your directories to others.</P>" @@ -279,82 +253,73 @@ "og eksportere nogle af dine mapper til andre.</p>" #. Help, part 2 of 2 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302 msgid "" "<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n" "a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>" msgstr "" "<P>Hvis du vælger <B>Start NFS-server</B>, og klikker på <B>Næste</B>, åbnes\n" -"en konfigurationsdialog, hvori du kan angive, hvilke mapper som skal " -"eksporteres.</P>" +"en konfigurationsdialog, hvori du kan angive, hvilke mapper som skal eksporteres.</P>" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311 msgid "" "<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n" -"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. " -"Leave\n" -"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you " -"are not sure.</P>\n" +"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n" +"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Hvis serveren skal kunne håndtere NFSv4-klienter, skal du aktivere " -"funktionen <B>Aktiver NFSv4</B>\n" -" og i tekstfeltet angive navnet på det NFSv4-domæne, som id-mapping-dæmonen " -"skal anvende. Lad den stå som\n" -"localdomain, eller se man-siden for idmapd og idmapd.conf, hvis du er i " -"tvivl.</P>\n" +"<P>Hvis serveren skal kunne håndtere NFSv4-klienter, skal du aktivere funktionen <B>Aktiver NFSv4</B>\n" +" og i tekstfeltet angive navnet på det NFSv4-domæne, som id-mapping-dæmonen skal anvende. Lad den stå som\n" +"localdomain, eller se man-siden for idmapd og idmapd.conf, hvis du er i tvivl.</P>\n" #. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321 msgid "" "<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n" -"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have " -"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" +"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Hvis serveren og klienten skal autentificere via GSS-biblioteket, skal du " -"markere\n" -"afkrydsningsfeltet <B>Aktiver GSS-sikkerhed</B>. For at bruge GSS-API skal du " -"i øjeblikket have kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) på systemet.</P>\n" +"<P>Hvis serveren og klienten skal autentificere via GSS-biblioteket, skal du markere\n" +"afkrydsningsfeltet <B>Aktiver GSS-sikkerhed</B>. For at bruge GSS-API skal du i øjeblikket have kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) på systemet.</P>\n" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" # #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342 msgid "&Start" msgstr "&Start" #. radio button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351 msgid "Do &Not Start" msgstr "Start &ikke" #. frame label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369 msgid "Enable NFSv4" msgstr "Aktivér NFSv4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376 msgid "Enable NFS&v4" msgstr "Aktivér NFS&v4" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381 msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:" msgstr "Angiv NFSv4 do&mænenavn:" -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391 msgid "Enable &GSS Security" msgstr "Aktivér &GSS-sikkerhed" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411 msgid "NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af NFS-Server" #. Help, part 1 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487 msgid "" "<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n" "If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n" @@ -365,84 +330,75 @@ "montere denne mappe.</P>\n" #. Help, part 2 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495 msgid "" "<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n" "It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n" "IP networks.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><b>Wildcard til værtsmaskiner</b> sætter hvilke værtsmaskiner som har " -"adgang til den valgte mappe.\n" +"<P><b>Wildcard til værtsmaskiner</b> sætter hvilke værtsmaskiner som har adgang til den valgte mappe.\n" "Det kan være en enkelt værtsmaskine, grupper, wildcards, eller\n" "IP-netværk.</P>\n" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536 -msgid "" -"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Indtast en stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i stedet for et navn, for at angive alle " -"værtsmaskiner.</p>" +#. Help, part 3 of 4 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503 +msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Indtast en stjerne (<tt>*</tt>) i stedet for et navn, for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>" -#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544 -msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>" - #. Help, part 4 of 4 -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509 msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n" msgstr "<P>Se <tt>man exports</tt> for yderligere information.</P>\n" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524 msgid "Add &Directory" msgstr "&Tilføj mappe" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2430 #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526 msgid "&Edit" msgstr "R&edigér" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528 msgid "De&lete" msgstr "S&let" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541 msgid "Host Wild Card" msgstr "Wildcards for værtsmaskine" #. table header -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543 msgid "Options" msgstr "Tilvalg" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554 msgid "Add &Host" msgstr "Tilføj vær&tsmaskine" #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556 msgid "Ed&it" msgstr "Red&igér" # /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_custom_part.ycp:2428 #. push button label -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558 msgid "Dele&te" msgstr "Sle&t" #. dialog title -#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608 +#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565 msgid "Directories to Export" msgstr "Mapper som skal eksporteres" #. not fatal - write other dirs. -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:182 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158 msgid "" "Unable to create a missing directory:\n" "%1" @@ -451,7 +407,7 @@ "%1" #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:194 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170 msgid "" "Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n" "No changes will be made to the\n" @@ -462,77 +418,60 @@ "eksporterede mapper.\n" #. dialog label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:216 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192 msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration" msgstr "Skriver konfiguration af NFS-server" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:221 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197 msgid "Save /etc/exports" msgstr "Gem /etc/exports" #. progress stage label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:223 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199 msgid "Restart services" msgstr "Genstart tjenester" #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:227 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203 msgid "Saving /etc/exports..." msgstr "Gemmer /etc/exports..." #. progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205 msgid "Restarting services..." msgstr "Genstarter tjenester..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:231 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" #. help text -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215 msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..." msgstr "Skriver indstillinger for NFS-server. Vent venligst..." #. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001). -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:253 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229 msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf." msgstr "Kunne ikke skrive til idmapd.conf." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:302 -msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." -msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:308 -msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." -msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd." - -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:315 -msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." -msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd." - #. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left) -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:326 -msgid "" -"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is " -"correct." -msgstr "" -"Kan ikke starte svcgssd. Kontrollér at kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er sat " -"korrekt op." +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266 +msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct." +msgstr "Kan ikke starte svcgssd. Kontrollér at kerberos og gssapi (nfs-utils) er sat korrekt op." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:335 -#| msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275 msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service." msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte tjenesten \"svcgssd\"." -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:343 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283 msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it." msgstr "'svcgssd' kører. Den kan ikke genstartes." #. error popup message -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:361 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299 msgid "" "Unable to restart the NFS server.\n" "Your changes will be active after reboot.\n" @@ -541,15 +480,36 @@ "Ændringerne træder i kraft efter genstart af systemet.\n" #. summary header; directories exported by NFS -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:384 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322 msgid "NFS Exports" msgstr "NFS-eksporteringer" #. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security -#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:402 +#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340 msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1." msgstr "Og NFSv4-domænet til id-mapping er %1." +#~ msgid "" +#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n" +#~ "with spaces in their names.\n" +#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that." +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "NFS-server i brugertilstand (%1) kan ikke eksportere mapper\n" +#~ "med mellemrum i deres navne.\n" +#~ "Brug den kernebaserede server (%2) til at gøre dette." + +#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>" +#~ msgstr "<p>Efterlad feltet tomt for at angive alle værtsmaskiner.</p>" + +#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting." +#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke starte idmapd. Tjek din domæneopsætning." + +#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke genstarte idmapd." + +#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd." +#~ msgstr "Kunne ikke standse idmapd." + #~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it." #~ msgstr "'svcgssd' kører allerede. Den kan ikke genstartes." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/nis.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 19:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/nis_server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: nis_server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-05-11 09:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ #. To translators: checkbox label #. checkbox label -#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:100 +#: src/include/nis_server/master.rb:150 src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:98 msgid "This host is also a NIS &client" msgstr "Denne værtsmaskine er også en NIS-&klient" @@ -410,22 +410,31 @@ msgstr "Opsætning af NIS-servers forespørgselværtsmaskiner" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:64 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:62 msgid "<p>Enter the NIS <b>domain</b> and the IP <b>address</b> or host name of the master NIS server.</p>" msgstr "<p>Angiv NIS-<b>domæne</b> og IP-<b>adresse</b> eller værtsmaskinenavn for NIS-masterserver.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:71 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:69 msgid "<p>If this host is also a NIS client using this machine as a server, check the corresponding option.</p>" msgstr "<p>Hvis denne værtsmaskine, som bruger denne maskine som server, også er en NIS-klient , markér den tilsvarende indstilling.</p>" #. textentry label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:84 -msgid "N&IS domain name:" -msgstr "N&IS-domænenavn:" +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:82 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS &Domain Name" +msgid "N&IS Domain Name:" +msgstr "NIS-&domænenavn" +#. text entry label +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "NIS Master Server: " +msgid "NIS &Master Server:" +msgstr "NIS-masterserver: " + #. To translators: dialog label -#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:111 +#: src/include/nis_server/slave.rb:109 msgid "Slave Server Setup" msgstr "Slaveserveropsætning" @@ -896,6 +905,9 @@ msgid "Stopping NIS client." msgstr "Stopper NIS-klient." +#~ msgid "N&IS domain name:" +#~ msgstr "N&IS-domænenavn:" + #~ msgid "NIS &master server:" #~ msgstr "NIS-&masterserver:" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/ntp-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: ntp-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-03 16:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -58,21 +58,20 @@ msgstr "Ugyldigt værtsmaskinenavn på NTP-serveren %1" #. combo box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:239 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:240 msgid "&NTP Server Address" msgstr "&NTP-serveradresse" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:249 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:250 msgid "&Run NTP as daemon" msgstr "Kø&r NTP som dæmon" #. check box label -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:258 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:259 msgid "&Save NTP Configuration" msgstr "&Gem NTP-konfiguration" -#. try to line up the widgets horizontally #. push button label #: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:269 msgid "S&ynchronize now" @@ -85,7 +84,7 @@ msgstr "&Konfigurér..." #. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:388 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:386 msgid "" "Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n" "without package %1 installed." @@ -95,14 +94,24 @@ # #. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:399 +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:398 msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..." msgstr "Synkroniserer med NTP-server..." +#. update time widgets +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:443 +msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed." +msgstr "" + #. Translators: yes-no popup, #. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address -#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:481 -msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:474 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "'Test query to server '%1' failed. If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" +msgid "" +"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n" +"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n" +"click 'No' to ignore. Revisit NTP server configuration?" msgstr "Testforespørgsel til serveren \"%1\" mislykkedes. Hvis serveren endnu ikke er tilgængelig eller netværket ikke er konfigureret, så klik \"Nej\" for at ignorere. Vil du gå tilbage til konfiguration af NTP-server?" #. local clock type name @@ -646,11 +655,20 @@ #. help text 1/5 #: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:35 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" +#| "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" +#| "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" +#| "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Start NTP Daemon</big></b><br>\n" "Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n" "The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n" "network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n" +"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n" +"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n" +" You can change this when the system was set up." msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Start af NTP-dæmon</big></b><br>\n" "Vælg om NTP-dæmonen skal aktiveres nu og under hver opstart af systemet. \n" @@ -658,7 +676,7 @@ "Din netværkstilslutning skal startes, før NTP-dæmonen starter.</p>\n" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:42 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:45 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n" "To run the NTP daemon in chroot jail, set\n" @@ -670,7 +688,7 @@ "<b>Kør NTP-dæmon i chroot-varetægt</b>. Det øger sikkerheden at starte alle\n" "dæmoner i chroot-varetægt, og dette anbefales kraftigt.</p>" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:48 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n" @@ -683,7 +701,7 @@ "Adgangskontrolflag kan finjusteres i serverens oversigtstabel. Denne indstilling er ikke tilgængelig, hvis NTP konfigureres via DHCP.</p>\n" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:55 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:58 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configuring via DHCP</big></b><br>\n" "To retrieve the information about NTP servers via the DHCP protocol from\n" @@ -698,7 +716,7 @@ "om information om NTP-servere leveres af DHCP-serveren.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:63 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n" "To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n" @@ -714,7 +732,7 @@ # #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:71 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Display Log</big></b></p>\n" "<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n" @@ -723,7 +741,7 @@ "<p>For at se NTP-dæmonens logge i et nyt vindue, tryk på <b>Vis log</b>.</p>\n" #. help text to a button -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:75 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n" "To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n" @@ -734,7 +752,7 @@ "et lokalt tilsluttet ur, brug <b>Avanceret konfiguration</b>." #. help text 1/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:81 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Clock Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the driver for the clock to configure.</p>" @@ -743,7 +761,7 @@ "Vælg driveren for uret, der skal konfigureres.</p>" #. help text 2/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:85 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:88 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Unit Number</big></b><br>\n" "If you have multiple clocks of the same type, you must set\n" @@ -754,7 +772,7 @@ "<b>Enhedsnummer</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:91 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n" "To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n" @@ -774,7 +792,7 @@ # #. help text 4/4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:101 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:104 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Driver Calibration</big></b><br>\n" "To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>" @@ -783,7 +801,7 @@ "Tryk på <b>Kalibrering af driver</b> for at kalibrere urdriveren.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:105 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address of the NTP Server</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the NTP server, use the <b>Address</b> entry.\n" @@ -796,7 +814,7 @@ "netværksadministratoren.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 2/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:112 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Selecting a Server</big></b><br>\n" "To select an NTP server from those found in the local network\n" @@ -809,7 +827,7 @@ "vælg mellem <b>Lokal NTP-server</b> og <b>Offentlig NTP-server</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:119 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Testing Server Accessibility</big></b><br>\n" "To test if the selected server is up and responds properly,\n" @@ -820,7 +838,7 @@ "tryk på <b>Test</b>.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:125 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:128 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address of the host with which to synchronize mutually,\n" @@ -831,7 +849,7 @@ "der skal synkroniseres med.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 3 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:131 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address to which to broadcast, use the <b>Address</b>\n" @@ -842,7 +860,7 @@ "broadcastadressen.</p>" #. help text 1/1, alt. 4 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:137 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:140 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Address</big></b><br>\n" "To set the address from which to accept broadcast packets, use \n" @@ -854,7 +872,7 @@ #. help text 2/4, was removed #. help text 3/4, optional -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:145 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n" "To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n" @@ -866,7 +884,7 @@ "i tekstfeltet <b>Tilvalg</b>. Se detaljer i\n" "<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/xntp-doc/html/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n" -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:151 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:154 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n" "Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n" @@ -885,7 +903,7 @@ "<b>Sikkerhedsindstillinger</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 1/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:161 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:164 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Synchronization Peer Type</big></b><br>\n" "Select the kind of synchronization peer to add here.</p>" @@ -894,7 +912,7 @@ "Her vælger du den typen af peer til synkronisering.</p>" #. help text 2/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:165 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:168 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP server to which to synchronize,\n" "select <b>Server</b>.</p>" @@ -903,7 +921,7 @@ "under <b>Server</b>.</p>" #. help text 3/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:169 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:172 msgid "" "<p>To add an NTP peer to synchronize mutually, select\n" "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" @@ -912,7 +930,7 @@ "<b>Peer</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:173 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:176 msgid "" "<p>To configure a local clock connected directly to your computer,\n" "select <b>Radio Clock</b>.</p>" @@ -921,7 +939,7 @@ "vælg <b>Radiour</b>.</p>" #. help text 5/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:177 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:180 msgid "" "<p>To broadcast time information through your network, select\n" "<b>Outgoing Broadcast</b>.</p>" @@ -930,7 +948,7 @@ "<b>Udgående broadcast</b>.</p>" #. help text 6/6 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:181 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:184 msgid "" "<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n" "and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>" @@ -939,7 +957,7 @@ "og bruge dem til at definere lokal tid, vælg <b>Indkommende broadcast<b>.</p>" #. help text 1/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:185 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server Location</b></big>\n" "Select if you want to find the NTP server in the local network or select\n" @@ -950,7 +968,7 @@ "vælge den fra en liste over kendte NTP-servere.</p>" #. help text 2/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:191 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:194 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Finding Server in the Local\n" "Network</b></big><br>\n" @@ -965,7 +983,7 @@ "Vælg derefter en server i listen over fundne servere.</p>" #. help text 3/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:199 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n" "Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n" @@ -976,7 +994,7 @@ "For kun at vise NTP-servere fra et specielt land, vælg den under <b>Land</b>.</p>" #. help text 4/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:205 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Note</b></big><br>\n" "The listed NTP servers may not be available from any country, but only\n" @@ -997,7 +1015,7 @@ "for at finde en NTP-server i nærheden.</p>" #. help text 5/5 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:216 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:219 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Testing Server Accessibility</b></big><br>\n" "To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>" @@ -1007,7 +1025,7 @@ #. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org" #. rwalter, please, correct it ;) -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:221 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:224 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n" "This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n" @@ -1022,7 +1040,7 @@ "at din NTP-klient synkroniseres med forskellige servere hver time.</p>\n" #. help text 1/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:235 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n" "The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n" @@ -1035,7 +1053,7 @@ "driveren. Nogle drivere benytter ikke alle indstillingerne.</p>" #. help text 2/2 -#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:242 +#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245 msgid "" "To learn more about available options, install the package\n" "<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n" @@ -1414,125 +1432,128 @@ msgstr "Læser NTP-indstillinger..." #. progress step -#. error report +#. While calling "yast clone_system" it is possible that +#. the ntp server has not already been installed at that time. +#. (This would be done if yast2-ntp-client will be called in the UI) +#. In that case the error popup will not be shown. (bnc#889557) #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:594 -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:755 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:906 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:502 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:597 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:758 src/modules/NtpClient.rb:909 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" # #. boolean update_dhcp = original_config_dhcp != config_dhcp; #. NtpClient read dialog caption -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:728 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:731 msgid "Saving NTP Client Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af NTP-klient" # #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:745 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:748 msgid "Write NTP settings" msgstr "Skriv NTP-indstillinger" # #. progress stage -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:747 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:750 msgid "Restart NTP daemon" msgstr "Genstart NTP-dæmon" #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:751 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:754 msgid "Writing the settings..." msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." # #. progress step -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:753 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:756 msgid "Restarting NTP daemon..." msgstr "Genstarter NTP-dæmon..." #. error message -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:838 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:841 msgid "Cannot update the dynamic configuration policy." msgstr "Kan ikke opdatere den dynamiske konfigurationspolitik." # #. error report -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:876 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:879 msgid "Cannot restart the NTP daemon." msgstr "Kan ikke genstarte NTP-dæmonen." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:970 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:973 msgid "The NTP daemon starts when starting the system." msgstr "NTP-dæmonen startes under opstart af systemet." #. summary string -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:976 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:979 msgid "The NTP daemon does not start automatically." msgstr "NTP-dæmonen starter ikke automatisk." #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:982 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:985 msgid "Servers: %1" msgstr "Servere: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:986 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:989 msgid "Radio Clocks: %1" msgstr "Radioure: %1" #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:990 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:993 msgid "Peers: %1" msgstr "Peers: %1" # #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:994 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:997 msgid "Broadcast time information to: %1" msgstr "Broadcast tidsinformation til: %1" # #. summary string, %1 is list of addresses -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:998 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1001 msgid "Accept broadcasted time information from: %1" msgstr "Acceptér broadcastet tidsinformation fra: %1" #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1014 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1017 msgid "Combine static and DHCP configuration." msgstr "Kombinér statisk og DHCP-konfiguration." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1018 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 msgid "Static configuration only." msgstr "Kun statisk konfiguration." #. summary string, FIXME -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1021 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1024 msgid "Custom configuration policy." msgstr "Brugertilpasset konfigurationspolitik." # #. An informative popup label diring the NTP server testings -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1054 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1057 msgid "Testing the NTP server..." msgstr "Tester NTP-serveren..." #. message report - result of test of connection to NTP server -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1084 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1087 msgid "Server is reachable and responds properly." msgstr "Serveren er tilgængelig, og svarer som den skal." #. error message - result of test of connection to NTP server #. report error instead of simple message (#306018) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1088 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1091 msgid "Server is unreachable or does not respond properly." msgstr "Serveren er ikke tilgængelig, eller svarer ikke som den skal." #. if package is not installed (in the inst-sys, it is: bnc#399659) -#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1106 +#: src/modules/NtpClient.rb:1109 msgid "" "Cannot search for NTP server in local network\n" "without package %1 installed.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/oneclickinstall.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -39,12 +39,8 @@ msgstr "Fil som intern repræsentation af YMP skal indsættes i" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:44 -msgid "" -"File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> " -"instructions" -msgstr "" -"Fil som indeholder intern repræsentation af <b>One Click Install</b>" -"-instruktioner" +msgid "File containing internal representation of <b>One Click Install</b> instructions" +msgstr "Fil som indeholder intern repræsentation af <b>One Click Install</b>-instruktioner" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:65 msgid "Error: Nothing to do specified in the YMP file." @@ -52,8 +48,7 @@ #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:71 msgid "If you continue, the following repositories will be subscribed:" -msgstr "" -"Hvis du fortsætter, vil der blive abonneret på følgende softwarekilder:" +msgstr "Hvis du fortsætter, vil der blive abonneret på følgende softwarekilder:" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallCLI.rb:81 msgid "If you continue, the following software packages will be installed:" @@ -127,10 +122,8 @@ msgstr "Denne guide vil installere software på din computer." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:47 -msgid "" -"See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." -msgstr "" -"Se <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for mere information." +msgid "See <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for more information." +msgstr "Se <tt>http://en.opensuse.org/One_Click_Install</tt> for mere information." #. <region name="Define the UI components"> * #: src/clients/OneClickInstallUI.rb:59 @@ -203,50 +196,28 @@ msgstr "Installationstrin" #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:56 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. " -"Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at abonnere på de krævede softwarekilder. Se " -"yast2-loggene for mere information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to subscribe to the required repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at abonnere på de krævede softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." #. Remove any removals #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:96 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne de specificerede pakker. Se " -"yast2-loggene for mere information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to remove the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne de specificerede pakker. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." #. if that was successful now try and install the patterns #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:113 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede mønstre. Se " -"yast2-loggene for mere information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified patterns. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede mønstre. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." #. if that was successful now try and install the packages #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:129 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review " -"the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede pakker. Se " -"yast2-loggene for mere information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to install the specified packages. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at installere de specificerede pakker. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." #. If we don't want to remain subscribed, remove the repositories that were added for installation. #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:148 -msgid "" -"An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that " -"were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > " -"Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." -msgstr "" -"En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne abonnement på softwarekilderne, der " -"anvendtes til at udføre installationen. Du kan fjerne dem manuelt i YaST > " -"Softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." +msgid "An error occurred while attempting to unsubscribe from the repositories that were used to perform the installation. You can remove them manually in YaST > Software Repositories. Review the yast2 logs for more information." +msgstr "En fejl opstod under forsøg på at fjerne abonnement på softwarekilderne, der anvendtes til at udføre installationen. Du kan fjerne dem manuelt i YaST > Softwarekilder. Se yast2-loggene for mere information." #: src/clients/OneClickInstallWorker.rb:159 msgid "No error occurred." @@ -282,11 +253,8 @@ msgstr "Installation ikke muligt" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:71 -#| msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for this version of openSUSE." -msgid "" -"The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." -msgstr "" -"Installationslinket/-filen du åbnede indeholder ikke instruktioner til %s." +msgid "The install link or file you opened does not contain instructions for %s." +msgstr "Installationslinket/-filen du åbnede indeholder ikke instruktioner til %s." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:81 msgid "Software is being installed." @@ -315,12 +283,8 @@ msgstr "Spørg mig ikke om dette igen" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:348 -msgid "" -"These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not " -"remain subscribed." -msgstr "" -"Disse softwarekilder tilføjes kun under installation. Du forbliver ikke " -"abonnent." +msgid "These repositories will only be added during installation. You will not remain subscribed." +msgstr "Disse softwarekilder tilføjes kun under installation. Du forbliver ikke abonnent." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:352 msgid "You will remain subscribed to these repositories after installation." @@ -368,12 +332,8 @@ msgstr "Installation blev kun delvist gennemført." #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:507 -msgid "" -"The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>" -"/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " -msgstr "" -"Desværre fejlede installationen. Se logfilen i <tt>/var/log/YAST2/y2log</tt> " -"for mere information. Fejlstadiet var: " +msgid "The installation has failed. For more information, see the log file at <tt>/var/log/YaST2/y2log</tt>. Failure stage was: " +msgstr "Desværre fejlede installationen. Se logfilen i <tt>/var/log/YAST2/y2log</tt> for mere information. Fejlstadiet var: " #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWidgets.rb:515 msgid "Error Message" @@ -440,11 +400,8 @@ msgstr "ukendt" #: src/modules/OneClickInstallWorkerResponse.rb:13 -msgid "" -"Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown " -"error occurred." -msgstr "" -"Root-privilegier kræves. Enten blev de ikke givet eller en ukendt fejl opstod." +msgid "Root privileges are required. Either they were not supplied, or an unknown error occurred." +msgstr "Root-privilegier kræves. Enten blev de ikke givet eller en ukendt fejl opstod." #~ msgid "Please wait while this software is being installed." #~ msgstr "Vent mens dette software installeres." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update-configuration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -152,30 +152,16 @@ msgstr "<p>Du kan opsætte automatisk online opdatering i <b>%1</b>.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be " -"ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg et opdateringsinterval og angiv om interaktive rettelser skal " -"ignoreres og om licensafter automatisk skal accepteres.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select an update interval and specify if interactive patches should be ignored and if licenses should be automatically agreed with.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg et opdateringsinterval og angiv om interaktive rettelser skal ignoreres og om licensafter automatisk skal accepteres.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed " -"when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Alle pakker som er anbefalet af en opdateret pakke vil blive installeret " -"når <b>%1</b> er aktiveret.</p>" +msgid "<p>All packages that are recommended by an updated package will be installed when <b>%1</b> is enabled.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Alle pakker som er anbefalet af en opdateret pakke vil blive installeret når <b>%1</b> er aktiveret.</p>" #: src/include/online-update-configuration/OUCDialogs.rb:108 -msgid "" -"<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. " -"Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be " -"skipped.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Kategorifilter for rettelser kan konfigureres i sektionen <b>%1</b>. Kun " -"rettelser i de oplistede kategorier vil blive installeret. De øvrige vil " -"blive skippet.</p>" +msgid "<p>Category filter for patches can be configured in the section <b>%1</b>. Only patches of the listed categories will be installed. Others will be skipped.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Kategorifilter for rettelser kan konfigureres i sektionen <b>%1</b>. Kun rettelser i de oplistede kategorier vil blive installeret. De øvrige vil blive skippet.</p>" #. cache the base product details #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateConfiguration.rb:73 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/online-update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: online-update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -72,13 +72,8 @@ #. help text for online-update initialization #: src/clients/online_update.rb:130 -msgid "" -"<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. " -"Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> " -"module.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan " -"ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>The system is initializing the installation and update repositories. Software repositories can be altered in the <b>Installation Source</b> module.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Systemet initialiserer software- og opdateringskilder. Softwarekilder kan ændres i modulet <b>Softwarekilder</b>.</p>" #. progress stage label #: src/clients/online_update.rb:137 @@ -125,8 +120,8 @@ msgid "Initializing Online Update" msgstr "Initialiserer online opdatering" -#. yes/no message -#: src/clients/online_update.rb:204 +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:209 msgid "" "No update repository\n" "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" @@ -134,6 +129,17 @@ "Ingen opdateringskilde\n" "er konfigureret endnu. Vil du køre konfigurationsprocessen nu?" +#. error message +#: src/clients/online_update.rb:222 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "No update repository\n" +#| "configured yet. Run configuration workflow now?" +msgid "No update repository configured yet." +msgstr "" +"Ingen opdateringskilde\n" +"er konfigureret endnu. Vil du køre konfigurationsprocessen nu?" + #. progress window label #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:49 msgid "Progress Log" @@ -164,12 +170,8 @@ #. help text for online update #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:73 -msgid "" -"<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be " -"shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de " -"blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n" +msgid "<p>If special messages associated with patches are available, they will be shown in an extra dialog when the patch is installed.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Hvis der er specielle meddelelser i forbindelse med rettelser, vil de blive vist i en ekstra dialogboks, når rettelsen installeres.</p>\n" #. using SetContents (define in online_update.ycp) #: src/clients/online_update_install.rb:81 @@ -262,8 +264,7 @@ "At least one of the updates installed requires a system reboot to function\n" "properly. Reboot the system as soon as possible." msgstr "" -"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for " -"at \n" +"Mindst en af de installerede opdateringer kræver at systemet genstartes for at \n" "fungere korrekt. Genstart systemet snarest muligt." #. popup message @@ -284,16 +285,14 @@ #. continue/cancel popup text #: src/modules/OnlineUpdate.rb:76 msgid "" -"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of " -"YaST.\n" +"There are patches for package management available that require a restart of YaST.\n" "They should be installed first and all other patches after the restart.\n" "\n" "You selected some other patches to be installed now.\n" "\n" "Continue with installing your selection?" msgstr "" -"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af " -"YaST.\n" +"Der er rettelser til pakkehåndteringen tilgængelige, som kræver genstart af YaST.\n" "
De bør installeres først, og alle andre rettelser efter genstarten.\n" "
\n" "
Du valgte nogle andre rettelser til at blive installeret nu.\n" @@ -464,8 +463,7 @@ "If you abort the installation now, no patch will be installed.\n" "Your installation will remain untouched.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive " -"installeret.\n" +"Hvis du afbryder installationen nu, så vil ingen rettelser blive installeret.\n" "Din installation vil forblive urørt.\n" #. Warning text for aborting if some patches are installed, some not @@ -536,15 +534,13 @@ #. Push button for Skipping all patches that require rebooting #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:433 -#| msgid "Skip All" msgid "&Skip All" msgstr "&Undlad alle" #. Solver can't solve it automatically #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:457 msgid "Online update was unable to unselect some patches that need rebooting." -msgstr "" -"Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." +msgstr "Online opdatering kunne ikke fravælge nogle rettelser der kræver genstart." #. Dialog label above a list of products (out of support) #: src/modules/OnlineUpdateDialogs.rb:539 Added: trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po (rev 0) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/opensuse_mirror.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -0,0 +1,64 @@ +# Danish message file for YaST2 (@memory@). +# Copyright (C) 2005 SUSE Linux Products GmbH. +# Copyright (C) 2002 SuSE Linux AG. +# Copyright (C) 2001 SuSE GmbH. +# H. Merethe Eriksen , 2001. +# +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" +"Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" +"Language-Team: Danish \n" +"Language: da\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" + +#. Copyright (c) 2014 SUSE LLC. +#. All Rights Reserved. +#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or +#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General +#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation. +#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +#. GNU General Public License for more details. +#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License +#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC. +#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, +#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Directory" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Mirrored" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "yes" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:129 +msgid "no" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:139 +msgid "&Exit" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:144 +msgid "&Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:145 +msgid "&Do not Mirror" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/opensuse_mirror/main_dialog.rb:146 +msgid "Select/Deselect &All" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/packager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: packager\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:57+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:58+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "the current configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Fjern indgange ved at vælge dem i tabellen og klikke på \n" -"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende " -"konfiguration.</p>\n" +"<b>Slet</b>-knappen. Indgangene vil straks blive fjernet fra den nuværende konfiguration.</p>\n" #: src/clients/do_not_show_again_editor.rb:79 msgid "Type" @@ -170,6 +169,15 @@ msgid "&Text Mode" msgstr "&Tekstbaseret" +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#. an error popup +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:490 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:573 +#: src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:649 src/clients/inst_kickoff.rb:706 +msgid "Backup of %1 failed. See %2 for details." +msgstr "" + #. dialog heading #: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:49 msgid "Copy Installation Media" @@ -386,21 +394,13 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1266 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>" -"\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Næste</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system) #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1270 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.<" -"/p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>" -"\n" +msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Vælg de online softwarekilder du vil bruge og klik så på <b>Færdig</b>.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1275 @@ -417,9 +417,7 @@ #: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1377 #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91 msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade " -"softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>" +msgstr "<p>Håndtering af softwarekilder er ved at downloade softwarekilde-detaljerne...</p>" #. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message #. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL @@ -484,12 +482,10 @@ "Brug af online softwarekilder under selve installationen med mindre end\n" "%dMiB systemhukommelse anbefales ikke.\n" "\n" -"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere " -"pakkedata\n" +"Installationsprogrammet kan bryde ned eller fryse, hvis de yderligere pakkedata\n" "kræver for meget hukommelse.\n" "\n" -"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det " -"installerede\n" +"I stedet anbefales det at bruge online softwarekilder senere på det installerede\n" "system i sådanne tilfælde." #. continue-cancel popup @@ -515,12 +511,8 @@ #. Solve dependencies #: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368 -msgid "" -"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i " -"AutoYaST-profilen." +msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile." +msgstr "Kørsel af pakkeafhængighedsløseren fejlede. Tjek softwaresektionen i AutoYaST-profilen." #. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area #. %1 - an error message (details) @@ -545,7 +537,7 @@ #. dialog caption #. dialog caption #: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1809 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:668 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:683 msgid "Initializing..." msgstr "Initialiserer..." @@ -585,12 +577,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:72 -msgid "" -"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug " -"\"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Softwarekilder - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. pad to 3 characters #: src/clients/repositories.rb:166 @@ -612,7 +600,7 @@ #. label to be used instead of URL if not found #: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361 -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1308 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1325 msgid "URL: %1" msgstr "URL: %1" @@ -756,33 +744,21 @@ "Håndtér konfigurerede softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>\n" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:880 -msgid "" -"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol " -"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software " -"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er " -"en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en " -"eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af " -"tjenesteadministratoren.</p>" +msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>" +msgstr "<p>En <b>tjeneste</b> eller <b>Indekstjeneste for softwarekilde (RIS)</b> er en protokol til håndtering af softwarekilder. En tjeneste kan tilbyde en eller flere softwarekilder, som dynamisk kan ændres af tjenesteadministratoren.</p>" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:887 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository " -"or service.\n" -"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available " -"at the entered location.\n" +"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n" +"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tilføjelse af ny softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n" -"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv " -"softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" -"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er " -"tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny softwarekilde så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og angiv softwarekilden eller tjenesten.\n" +"YaST vil automatisk detektere om en tjeneste eller softwarekilde er tilgængelig på den angivne placering.\n" "</p>\n" #. help, continued @@ -824,65 +800,44 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n" -"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, " -"use\n" -"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh " -"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the " -"check boxes below.\n" +"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n" +"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "
<b>Ændring af status for softwarekilde eller tjeneste</b><br>\n" -"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at " -"fjerne en softwarekilde\n" -"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller " -"ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i " -"tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" +"
Til at ændre en softwarekildes placering bruges <b>Redigér</b>. Til at fjerne en softwarekilde\n" +"
bruges <b>Slet</b>. Til at aktivere eller deaktivere softwarekilden eller ændre status for genopfriskning ved initialisering, vælges softwarekilden i tabellen og brug afkrydsningsfelterne nedenfor.\n" "
</p>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:938 msgid "" "<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n" -"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) " -"and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in " -"more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" +"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>En softwarekildes prioritet</B><BR>\n" -"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 " -"(laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere " -"softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n" +"En softwarekildes prioritet er et heltal mellem 0 (højeste prioritet) og 99 (laveste prioritet). Standard er 99. Hvis en pakke er tilgængelig på flere softwarekilder, anvendes softwarekilden med højest prioritet.</P>\n" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:946 -msgid "" -"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in " -"repositories and services.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder " -"og tjenester.</p>" +msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg den passende indstilling over vinduet til navigation i softwarekilder og tjenester.</p>" #. help text, continued #: src/clients/repositories.rb:954 msgid "" "<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n" "packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n" -"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after " -"installation.</P>" +"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at " -"beholde downloadede pakker\n" +"<P><B>Behold downloadede pakker</B><BR>Markér denne indstilling for at beholde downloadede pakker\n" "i en lokal cache så de kan genbruges senere når pakkerne geninstalleres. \n" "Hvis afmarkeret slettes downloadede pakker efter installation.</P>" #: src/clients/repositories.rb:960 -msgid "" -"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>" -"/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf<" -"/B> file.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, " -"placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" +msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Standard lokal cache er placeret i mappen <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, placeringen kan ændres i filen <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>" #. popup message part 1 #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005 @@ -895,7 +850,7 @@ #. popup message part 2 followed by other info #. popup message, after message header, header of details -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1200 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1326 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310 msgid "Details:" msgstr "Detaljer:" @@ -903,7 +858,7 @@ #. popup message part 3 #. end of popup message, question #. end of popup message, question -#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1208 +#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1334 #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312 msgid "Try again?" msgstr "Forsøg igen?" @@ -999,8 +954,7 @@ #. Error popup #: src/clients/repositories.rb:1835 msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p>Der opstod fejl under genoprettelse af softwarekildekonfigurationen.</p>\n" #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame #. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame @@ -1013,8 +967,7 @@ #. warning text #: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103 #: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58 -msgid "" -"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." +msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required." msgstr "Kan ikke løse afhængighederne automatisk. Manuel indgriben kræves." #. this is a heading @@ -1029,12 +982,8 @@ #. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper" #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64 -msgid "" -"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line " -"interface, use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, " -"brug \"%1\" i stedet." +msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Softwareinstallation - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinje-interface, brug \"%1\" i stedet." #. error message (%1 is a package file name) #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194 @@ -1044,8 +993,7 @@ #. error message #: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216 msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed." -msgstr "" -"Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." +msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke tilføje en midlertidig mappe. Pakker kan ikke installeres." #. error message #. error message @@ -1176,8 +1124,7 @@ #. wrong MD5 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126 -msgid "" -"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." +msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used." msgstr "<B>Fejl</B> -- MD5-sum matcher ikke<BR>Dette medie bør ikke anvendes." #. the correct MD5 is unknown @@ -1205,8 +1152,7 @@ #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304 msgid "" "<P>When you have a problem with\n" -"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you " -"should check\n" +"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n" "whether the medium is broken.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Hvis du har problemer med\n" @@ -1216,8 +1162,7 @@ #. help text - media check 3/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310 msgid "" -"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>" -"\n" +"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n" "or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n" "The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n" "drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> " @@ -1225,19 +1170,16 @@ "<P>Vælg et drev, læg mediet i drevet og tryk <B>Start test</B>\n" "eller brug <b>Tjek ISO-fil</b> og vælg en ISO-fil.\n" "Testen kan tage adskillige minutter at fuldføre afhængig af\n" -"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 " -"checksummen.</P> " +"hastigheden på drevet og mediets størrelse. Testen verificerer MD5 checksummen.</P> " #. help text - media check 4/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317 msgid "" -"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the " -"installation.\n" +"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n" "It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P>Hvis medietesten fejler bør du ikke fortsætte med installationen.\n" -"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede " -"medie.</P>\n" +"Den kan fejle og du kan miste dine data. Du bør erstatte det beskadigede medie.</P>\n" #. help text - media check 5/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321 @@ -1250,33 +1192,22 @@ #. help text - media check 6/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.<" -"/P>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>" +msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>" +msgstr "<p><b>Bemærk:</b> Du kan ikke skifte medie, mens det anvendes af systemet.</p>" #. help text - media check 7/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329 -msgid "" -"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the " -"boot menu.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før " -"installation.</p>" +msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Brug punktet medietjek i boot-menuen til at teste mediet før installation.</p>" #. help text - media check 8/8 #: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333 msgid "" -"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your " -"recording\n" -"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>" -"\n" +"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n" +"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i " -"dit\n" -"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.<" -"/P>\n" +"<P>Hvis du brænder medierne selv så husk at bruge <B>pad</B>-indstillingen i dit\n" +"brændeprogram. På den måde undgår du læsefejl sidst på mediet under testen.</P>\n" #. advice check of the media #. for translators: split the message to more lines if needed, use max. 50 characters per line @@ -1298,7 +1229,7 @@ msgid "&Start Check" msgstr "&Start tjek" -#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:694 +#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:361 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:684 msgid "&Eject" msgstr "&Skub ud" @@ -1424,11 +1355,6 @@ "Håndtér kendte offentlige GPG-nøgler.</p>\n" #: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:212 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" -#| "To add a new GPG key, use <b>Add</b> and specify the path to the key file.\n" -#| "</p>" msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Adding a New GPG Key</b><br>\n" @@ -1464,8 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Tilføjelse af ny GPG-nøgle</b><br>\n" -"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til " -"nøglefilen.\n" +"For at tilføje en ny GPG-nøgle så brug <b>Tilføj</b> og specificér stien til nøglefilen.\n" "</p>" #. help, continued @@ -1479,8 +1404,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ændring af status for GPG-nøgle</b>\n" -"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en " -"GPG-nøgle bruges\n" +"For at ændre betroet-flaget, så brug <b>Redigér</b>. For at fjerne en GPG-nøgle bruges\n" "<b>Slet</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -1546,14 +1470,13 @@ "Der er ingen produktinformation tilgængelig på den givne placering.\n" "Hvis du forventede at henvise til et produkt, så gå tilbage og angiv\n" "den korrekte placering.\n" -"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, " -"tilgængelige\n" +"For at gøre RPM-pakker,som findes på den specificerede placering, tilgængelige\n" "i pakkeudvalget, så fortsæt nu.\n" #. popup message part 1 #. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys #: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1195 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1321 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306 msgid "" "Unable to create repository\n" "from URL '%1'." @@ -1591,75 +1514,73 @@ #. error report #. popup error #. popup error -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:502 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:604 -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:582 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:773 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:517 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:619 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:538 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:729 msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system." msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under forberedelse af installationssystemet." #. error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:639 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:654 msgid "Control file %1 not found on media." msgstr "Kontrolfilen %1 blev ikke fundet på mediet." #. TRANSLATORS: error report #. TRANSLATORS: error report -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1235 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1399 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1252 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1416 msgid "Unable to use additional products." msgstr "Kan ikke bruge yderligere produkter." #. fill up internal map (used later when item selected) -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1286 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1292 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1303 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1309 msgid "%1, URL: %2" msgstr "%1, URL: %2" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1302 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1319 msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2" msgstr "URL: %1, Sti: %2" #. TRANSLATORS: popup heading -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1333 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 msgid "Additional Products" msgstr "Yderligere produkter" #. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1339 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1356 msgid "" -"The installation repository also contains the listed additional " -"repositories.\n" +"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n" "Select the ones you want to use.\n" msgstr "" -"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på " -"listen.\n" +"Installationssoftwarekilden indeholder også de yderligere softwarekilder på listen.\n" "Vælg dem du vil bruge.\n" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1350 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367 msgid "Additional Products to Select" msgstr "Yderligere produkter at vælge" #. push button label -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1357 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1374 msgid "Add Selected &Products" msgstr "Tilføj valgte &produkter" #. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1488 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1505 msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium" msgstr "Indsæt tillægs %1-mediet" #. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD" -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1493 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1510 msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium" msgstr "Indsæt %2-mediet med %1" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1545 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1562 msgid "Unable to add product %1." msgstr "Kan ikke tilføje produktet %1." #. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625) #. no such products -#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1737 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1743 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:459 +#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1754 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1760 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:463 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" @@ -1709,7 +1630,7 @@ msgstr "Installation afbrudt af brugeren." #. the string is follwed by a media number, e.g. "Medium 1" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:35 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:50 msgid "Medium %1" msgstr "Medie %1" @@ -1717,13 +1638,13 @@ #. When data throughput goes downhill (stalled network connection etc.), #. cut off the predicted time at a reasonable maximum. #. "%1" is a predefined maximum time. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:204 msgid ">%1" msgstr ">%1" #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) #. Nothing more to install from this CD (very concise - little space!!) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:255 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:270 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:222 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:237 msgid "Done." msgstr "Færdig." @@ -1731,21 +1652,21 @@ #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) #. %3: Time remaining until this media will be needed -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:295 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:262 msgid "Next: %1 -- %2" msgstr "Næste: %1 -- %2" #. Status line informing about the next CD that will be used #. %1: Media type ("CD" / "DVD", ???) #. %2: Media name ("SuSE Linux Professional CD 2" ) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:312 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:279 msgid "Next: %1" msgstr "Næste: %1" #. Add "Total" item - at the top so it is visible by default even if there are many items #. #. List column header for total remaining MB and time to install -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1042 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:924 msgid "Total" msgstr "Total" @@ -1754,216 +1675,224 @@ #. #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1168 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1421 -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1473 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1051 src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1355 msgid "Downloading %1 (download size %2)" msgstr "Downloader %1 (downloadstørrelse %2)" -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1198 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1081 msgid " (Remaining: %1%2 packages)" msgstr " (Tilbage: %1%2 pakker)" #. display download progress in DownloadInAdvance mode #. translations: progress message (part1) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1231 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1114 msgid "Downloading Packages..." msgstr "Downloader pakker..." #. progress message (part2) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1234 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1117 msgid " (Downloaded %1 of %2 packages)" msgstr " (Downloadede %1 ud af %2 pakker)" #. Heading for the progress bar for the current package #. while it is deleted. "%1" is the package name. -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1371 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1253 msgid "Deleting %1" msgstr "Sletter %1" #. package installation - summary text #. %1 is RPM name, %2 is installed (unpacked) size (e.g. 6.20MB) -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1378 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1260 msgid "Installing %1 (installed size %2)" msgstr "Installerer %1 (installeret størrelse %2)" #. message in the installatino log, %1 is package name, #. %2 is package size -#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1456 +#: src/modules/PackageSlideShow.rb:1338 msgid "Applying delta RPM: %1" msgstr "Tilfører delta-RPM: %1" #. warning text -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:299 -msgid "" -"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a " -"32-bit distribution." -msgstr "" -"Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en " -"32-bit distribution." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:303 +msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution." +msgstr "Din computer er et 64-bit x86-64-system, men du forsøger at installere en 32-bit distribution." #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:315 -msgid "" -"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after " -"installing the system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig " -"efter installation af systemet.</p>" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:319 +msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Listen over mønstre viser hvilken funktionalitet, der vil være tilgængelig efter installation af systemet.</p>" #. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers) #. translators: help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327 -msgid "" -"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to " -"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and " -"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed " -"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free " -"space before starting the installation.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive " -"installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer " -"(midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større " -"end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller " -"omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>" +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:331 +msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Foreslaget rapporterer den samlede størrelse på filer som vil blive installeret på systemet. Systemet vil dog indeholde nogle andre filer (midlertidige og arbejdsfiler), så den brugte plads vil være en anelse større end den fremviste værdi. Derfor er det en god ide at have mindst 25% (eller omkring 300 MB) ledig plads, før start af installationen.</p>" #. help text for software proposal -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:332 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:336 msgid "" "<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n" -"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the " -"connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" +"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil " -"blive\n" -"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis " -"forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>" -"\n" +"<p>Den samlede \"Downloadstørrelse\" er størrelsen på pakkerne, som vil blive\n" +"downloadet fra eksterne softwarekilder (netværk). Denne værdi er vigtig, hvis forbindelsen er langsom, eller hvis der er en databegrænsning på download.</p>\n" #. help text for software proposal - header -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:341 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:345 msgid "<P><B>Software Proposal</B></P>" msgstr "<p><b>Softwareforeslag</b></p>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the installed product #. (e.g. openSUSE 10.3, SUSE Linux Enterprise ...) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:358 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:362 msgid "Product: %1" msgstr "Produkt: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is name of the selected desktop or system type (e.g. KDE) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:372 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:376 msgid "System Type: %1" msgstr "Systemtype: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:383 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:387 msgid "Patterns:<br>" msgstr "Mønstre:<br>" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is size of the selected packages (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:393 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:397 msgid "Size of Packages to Install: %1" msgstr "Størrelse på pakker til installation: %1" #. installation proposal - SW summary, %1 is download size of the selected packages #. which will be installed from an ftp or http repository (in MB or GB) -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:406 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:410 msgid "Downloading from Remote Repositories: %1" msgstr "Downloader fra eksterne softwarekilder: %1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:468 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:472 msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1" msgstr "Disse tillægsprodukter er blevet markeret til autofjernelse: %1" #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:492 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation " -"media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye " -"installationsmedier." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 +msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakt leverandørerne af disse tillægsprodukter for at få nye installationsmedier." #. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:496 -msgid "" -"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." -msgstr "" -"Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:500 +msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media." +msgstr "Kontakt leverandøren af tillægsproduktet for at få et nyt installationsmedie." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:537 -msgid "" -"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot " -"start installation." -msgstr "" -"Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan " -"ikke starte installation." +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:541 +msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation." +msgstr "Fejl: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i basismappen %1 (enheden %2), kan ikke starte installation." #. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:557 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:561 msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)." msgstr "Advarsel: Kan ikke kontrollere ledig plads i mappen %1 (enheden %2)." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:600 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:604 msgid "Not enough disk space." msgstr "Ikke tilstrækkelig diskplads." #. summary warning -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:602 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:606 msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection." msgstr "Ikke nok diskplads. Fjern nogle pakker i valget af enkeltpakker." #. add a backslash if it's missing -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:623 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:627 msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>" msgstr "Kun %1 (%2%%) ledig plads på partitionen %3.<BR>" +#. newly installed products +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:696 +msgid "New product <b>%s</b> will be installed" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %s is a product name +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:706 +msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will be updated" +msgstr "" + +#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:708 +msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:715 +msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed" +msgstr "" + +#. Removing another product might be an issue +#. (just warn if removed by user or by YaST) +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:725 +msgid "<b>Warning:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:726 +msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release", +#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release") +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:752 +msgid "" +"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n" +"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n" +"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n" +"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n" +"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n" +"</li></ul></li></ul>" +msgstr "" + #. error in proposal, %1 is URL -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1216 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1342 msgid "No repository found at '%1'." msgstr "Ingen softwarekilde fundet på '%1'." #. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1489 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1615 msgid "" "<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n" "media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n" "download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udgivelsesnoterne til den oprindelige udgivelse er en del af\n" -"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, " -"kan du\n" +"installationsmediet. Hvis der er internetforbindelse under konfigurationen, kan du\n" "downloade opdaterede udgivelsesnoter fra SUSE Linux webserveren.</b></p>\n" #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1516 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1642 msgid "Integrating booted media..." msgstr "Integrerer bootet medie..." # #. close the popup in order to be able to ask about the license -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1538 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1664 msgid "Failed to integrate the service pack repository." msgstr "Integration af service pack-softwarekilde fejlede." # #. popup - information label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1571 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1697 msgid "Initializing repositories..." msgstr "Initialiserer softwarekilder..." #. message popup, %1 is product name -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1803 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1929 msgid "Insert %1 CD 1" msgstr "Indsæt %1 cd 1" -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1805 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1931 msgid "%1 CD 1 not found" msgstr "%1 cd 1 ikke fundet" #. an error message -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1915 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2041 msgid "" "Error while initializing package descriptions.\n" "Check the log file %1 for more details." @@ -1972,7 +1901,7 @@ "Tjek logfilen %1 for flere detaljer." #. bnc #436925 -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2176 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2302 msgid "" "The software selection has been changed externally.\n" "Software proposal will be called again." @@ -1981,12 +1910,12 @@ "
Softwareforslaget vil blive kaldt igen." #. popup label -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2194 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2320 msgid "Evaluating package selection..." msgstr "Evaluerer pakkevalg..." #. Error message, %{pattern_name} is replaced with the missing pattern name in runtime -#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2469 +#: src/modules/Packages.rb:2595 msgid "" "Failed to select default product pattern %{pattern_name}.\n" "Pattern has not been found." @@ -1997,36 +1926,42 @@ #. Sets that the license (file) has been already accepted #. #. @param string filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:191 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:198 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:148 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:155 msgid "Cannot read license file %1" msgstr "Kan ikke læse licensfilen %1" -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:192 -msgid "" -"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root " -"of the live media when building the image." -msgstr "" -"For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af " -"livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:149 +msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image." +msgstr "For at produktlicensen vises korrekt, så læg filen license.tar.gz i roden af livemediet ved bygning af imagefilen." #. combo box -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:334 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:293 msgid "&Language" msgstr "S&prog" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 -msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +#. check box label +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:345 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "&Yes, I Agree to the License Agreement" +msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms." msgstr "&Ja, jeg accepterer licensaftalen" -#. radio button -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:399 -msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" -msgstr "&Nej, jeg accepterer ikke" +#. %{license_url} is an URL where the displayed license can be found +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:385 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" +#| "on the first media in the file %1" +msgid "" +"If you want to print this EULA, you can download it from\n" +"%{license_url}" +msgstr "" +"Hvis du ønsker at udskrive denne EULA kan du finde\n" +"den på det første medie i filen %1" #. TRANSLATORS: addition license information #. %1 is replaced with the filename -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:439 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:391 msgid "" "If you want to print this EULA, you can find it\n" "on the first media in the file %1" @@ -2035,7 +1970,7 @@ "den på det første medie i filen %1" #. help text -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:455 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:407 msgid "" "<p>Read the license agreement carefully and select\n" "one of the available options. If you do not agree to the license agreement,\n" @@ -2045,19 +1980,19 @@ "en af de tilgængelige indstillinger. Hvis du ikke accepterer licensaftalen,\n" "vil konfigurationen blive afbrudt.</p>\n" +#. dialog title #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:467 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1303 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:417 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1212 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "Licensaftale" #. popup question -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1096 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1017 msgid "Really abort the add-on product installation?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig afbryde installationen af tillægsproduktet?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1116 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1041 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the installation.\n" "Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2066,7 +2001,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig afvise aftalen?" #. text asking whether to refuse a license (Yes-No popup) -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1120 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1044 msgid "" "Refusing the license agreement cancels the add-on\n" "product installation. Really refuse the agreement?" @@ -2075,7 +2010,7 @@ "af tillægsproduktet. Vil du virkelig afvise aftalen?" #. timed ok/cancel popup -#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1137 +#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:1054 msgid "The system is shutting down..." msgstr "Systemet lukker ned..." @@ -2164,72 +2099,77 @@ #. radio button #: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:34 +msgid "&Extensions and Modules from Registration Server..." +msgstr "" + +#. radio button +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 msgid "Specify &URL..." msgstr "Angiv &URL..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:36 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 msgid "&FTP..." msgstr "&FTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:38 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 msgid "&HTTP..." msgstr "&HTTP..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:40 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 msgid "HTT&PS..." msgstr "HTT&PS..." #. radio button #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:42 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1711 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1719 msgid "&SMB/CIFS" msgstr "&SMB/CIFS" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:44 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 msgid "&NFS..." msgstr "&NFS..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:46 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 msgid "&CD..." msgstr "&Cd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:48 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 msgid "&DVD..." msgstr "&Dvd..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:50 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 msgid "&Hard Disk..." msgstr "&Harddisk..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:52 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 msgid "&USB Mass Storage (USB Stick, Disk)..." msgstr "&USB Mass Storage (USB-pen, -disk)..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:54 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 msgid "&Local Directory..." msgstr "&Lokal mappe..." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:56 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 msgid "&Local ISO Image..." msgstr "&Lokal ISO-imagefil..." #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:58 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:60 msgid "&Download repository description files" msgstr "&Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilden" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:106 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:109 msgid "" "<p>If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>" @@ -2238,7 +2178,7 @@ "af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>" #. Help text suffix for some types of the media -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:111 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>If the repository is on multiple media,\n" "set the location of the first media of the set.</p>\n" @@ -2247,87 +2187,87 @@ "så angiv placeringen af det første medie i sættet.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 msgid "&Server Name" msgstr "&Servernavn" #. text entry #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:128 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1583 msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image" msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe eller ISO-imagefil" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:136 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 msgid "&ISO Image" msgstr "&ISO-imagefil" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:146 msgid "N&FS v4 Protocol" msgstr "N&FS v4-protokol" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:144 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:152 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Monteringstilvalg" #. TRANSLATORS: "(default)" - is a combobox value and means default libzypp #. NFS mount option (users can change it to anything else, the field is editable) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:148 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:156 msgid "(default)" msgstr "(standard)" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:159 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:167 msgid "URL of the Repository" msgstr "URL for softwarekilden" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:168 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:176 msgid "P&rotocol" msgstr "P&rotokol" #. input field label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:178 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:186 msgid "&URL of the Repository" msgstr "&URL for softwarekilden" #. label / dialog caption #. bugzilla #219759 #. service label can be empty (not defined) -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:193 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:323 msgid "Repository URL" msgstr "URL for softwarekilde" # #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:195 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 msgid "NFS Server" msgstr "NFS-server" #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:197 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:199 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 msgid "CD or DVD Media" msgstr "Cd- eller dvd-medie" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:201 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 msgid "Hard Disk" msgstr "Harddisk" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:203 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 msgid "USB Stick or Disk" msgstr "USB-pen eller -disk" #. label / dialog caption #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:205 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:880 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:888 msgid "Local Directory" msgstr "Lokal mappe" #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:207 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 msgid "Local ISO Image" msgstr "Lokal ISO-imagefil" @@ -2336,65 +2276,59 @@ #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption #. label / dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:209 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:211 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:213 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:215 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:217 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:219 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:221 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:223 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:225 msgid "Server and Directory" msgstr "Server og mappe" #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:432 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:440 msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty." msgstr "Navnet på softwarekilden må ikke være tomt." # #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:444 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:452 msgid "&Repository Name" msgstr "Softwa&rekildens navn" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:459 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:467 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is " -"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.<" -"/p>\n" +"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Softwarekildens navn</b></big><br>\n" -"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. " -"Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL " -"som navn.</p>\n" +"Brug <b>Softwarekildens navn</b> til at angive navnet for softwarekilden. Hvis det er tomt vil YaST bruge produktnavnet (hvis tilgængeligt) eller URL som navn.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 msgid "&Service Name" msgstr "Tjene&stenavn" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:481 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:489 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n" -"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, " -"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" +"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Tjenestenavn</b></big><br>\n" -"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er " -"tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n" +"
Brug <b>Tjenestenavn</b> til at angive navnet på tjenesten. Hvis det er tomt, vil YaST bruge en del af tjenestens URL som navn.</p>\n" # #. popup message -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:516 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:524 msgid "URL cannot be empty." msgstr "URL må ikke være tom." #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:529 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:537 msgid "&URL" msgstr "&URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:543 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:551 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>" @@ -2406,16 +2340,16 @@ #. @return widget description map #. Get widget description map #. @return widget description map -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:716 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1843 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:724 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1851 msgid "Edit Parts of the URL" msgstr "Redigér dele af URL" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:723 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1850 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:731 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1858 msgid "Edit Complete URL" msgstr "Redigér hele URL" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:735 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:743 msgid "" "<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2425,31 +2359,29 @@ "Brug <b>Servernavn</b> og <b>Sti til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>\n" "til at angive NFS-server-værtsmaskinens navn og stien på serveren.</p>" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:742 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:750 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n" "You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n" -"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man " -"5 nfs</b>\n" +"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for details and the list of supported options." msgstr "" "<p><big><b>Monteringstilvalg</b></big><br>\n" "Du kan angive ekstra tilvalg der bruges til montering af NFS-diskområdet.\n" -"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se " -"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" +"Dette er en avanceret mulighed, det anbefales at beholde standardværdien. Se <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n" "for detaljer og listen over understøttede tilvalg." #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:797 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:805 msgid "&CD-ROM" msgstr "&Cd-rom" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:799 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:807 msgid "&DVD-ROM" msgstr "&DVD-ROM" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:804 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:812 msgid "" "<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n" "Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>" @@ -2458,12 +2390,12 @@ "Angiv <b>cd-rom</b> eller <b>dvd-rom</b> for at angive typen af medie.</p>" #. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:895 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:903 msgid "ISO Image File" msgstr "ISO-imagefil" #. error popup - the entered path is not a directory -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:918 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926 msgid "" "The entered path is not a directory\n" "or the directory does not exist.\n" @@ -2472,7 +2404,7 @@ "eller mappen eksisterer ikke.\n" #. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:948 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:956 msgid "" "The entered path is not a file\n" "or the file does not exist.\n" @@ -2481,7 +2413,7 @@ "eller filen eksisterer ikke.\n" #. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:972 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:980 msgid "" "File '%1'\n" "does not seem to be an ISO image.\n" @@ -2492,17 +2424,17 @@ "Brug den alligevel?\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:993 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 msgid "&Path to Directory" msgstr "Søgesti til ma&ppe" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1001 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1259 -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1326 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1009 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1267 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1334 msgid "&Plain RPM Directory" msgstr "Almindelig RPM-ma&ppe" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1016 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1024 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2517,20 +2449,20 @@ "markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n" #. `opt(`hstretch), -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1252 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1260 msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device" msgstr "&USB Mass Storage-enhed" #. the spacing is added to make the widget wider -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1257 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1324 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1265 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1332 msgid "&File System" msgstr "&Filsystem" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1258 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1325 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1266 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1333 msgid "Dire&ctory" msgstr "M&appe" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1263 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1271 msgid "" "<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2550,7 +2482,7 @@ #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! #. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it! -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1273 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1340 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1281 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1348 msgid "" "<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n" "if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n" @@ -2561,11 +2493,11 @@ "ønsker at bruge et bestemt filsystem, så vælg det fra listen.</p>\n" #. combobox title -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1323 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1331 msgid "&Disk Device" msgstr "&Diskenhed" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1330 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1338 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n" "Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n" @@ -2584,12 +2516,12 @@ "markér indstillingen <b>Almindelig RPM-mappe</b>.</p>\n" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1356 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364 msgid "&Path to ISO Image" msgstr "Søgesti til ISO-&imagefil" #. push button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1384 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n" @@ -2600,72 +2532,72 @@ "ISO-imagefilen.</p>" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1557 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1565 msgid "Server &Name" msgstr "Server&navn" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1561 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1569 msgid "&Port" msgstr "&Port" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1566 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1574 msgid "&Share" msgstr "&Delt ressource" #. checkbox label -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1579 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 msgid "ISO &Image" msgstr "ISO-&imagefil" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1582 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1590 msgid "&Directory on Server" msgstr "&Mappe på server" #. frame -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1587 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1595 msgid "Au&thentication" msgstr "&Godkendelse" #. check box -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1594 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1602 msgid "&Anonymous" msgstr "&Anonym" #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1611 msgid "&Workgroup or Domain" msgstr "Arbejds&gruppe eller domæne" # #. text entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1620 msgid "&User Name" msgstr "&Brugernavn" #. password entry -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1619 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1627 msgid "&Password" msgstr "&Adgangskode" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1694 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1702 msgid "&FTP" msgstr "&FTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1697 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1705 msgid "H&TTP" msgstr "H&TTP" #. radio button -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1704 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1712 msgid "HTT&PS" msgstr "HTT&PS" #. help text - server dialog -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1874 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1882 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n" "Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n" @@ -2673,8 +2605,7 @@ "To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n" "<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to " -"Directory\n" +"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n" "or ISO Image</b>. \n" "If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n" "of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n" @@ -2685,31 +2616,31 @@ "For at aktivere godkendelse så fjern afkrydsning af <b>Anonym</b> og angiv\n" "<b>Brugernavn</b> og <b>Adgangskode</b>.</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>" -"Søgesti\n" +"For SMB/CIFS-softwarekilde så angiv navn for <b>Delt ressource</b> og <b>Søgesti\n" "til mappe eller ISO-imagefil</b>. \n" "Hvis placeringen er en fil, som indeholder en ISO-imagefil\n" "af mediet så angiv <b>ISO-imagefil</b>.</p>\n" #. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1887 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1895 msgid "" "<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n" "Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en " -"HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" +"<p>Det er muligt at angive <b>port</b>-nummer for en HTTP-/HTTPS-softwarekilde.\n" "Lad det være tomt for at anvende standardporten.</p>\n" #. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file. #. #. @return [Boolean] whether defined -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1949 -msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1957 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "I would like to install an Add On Product" +msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product" msgstr "Jeg vil gerne installere et tilføjelsesprodukt" #. help text -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2067 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 msgid "" "<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n" "The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n" @@ -2720,7 +2651,7 @@ "eller på harddisken.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2076 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2085 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n" @@ -2731,7 +2662,7 @@ "skal du have produkt-cd-sættet eller -dvd tilgængelig.</p>" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2086 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2095 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n" @@ -2746,7 +2677,7 @@ "ind i samme mappe.</p>\n" #. help, continued -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2098 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2107 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Network installation requires a working network connection.\n" @@ -2759,48 +2690,51 @@ "cd er placeret, såsom /data1/CD1.</p>\n" #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2113 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2122 msgid "Select the media type" msgstr "Vælg medietype" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128 msgid "Insert the add-on product CD" msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-cd" -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2120 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2129 msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD" msgstr "Indsæt tillægsprodukt-dvd" #. ask for a medium -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2147 msgid "No USB disk was detected." msgstr "Ingen USB-disk fundet." #. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2332 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2344 msgid "" "<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n" "Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n" -"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download " -"the\n" +"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n" "files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n" "automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Download filer</b><br>\n" -"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af " -"softwarekilden.\n" -"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade " -"filer\n" +"Hver softwarekilde har beskrivelsesfiler som beskriver indholdet af softwarekilden.\n" +"Markér <b>Download beskrivelsesfiler for softwarekilde</b> for at downloade filer\n" "når YaST-modulet lukkes. Hvis indstillingen ikke er markeret vil YaST\n" "automatisk downloade filerne når de behøves senere. </p>\n" # #. dialog caption -#. dialog caption -#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2551 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2575 +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2563 msgid "Media Type" msgstr "Medietype" +#. dialog caption +#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2587 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Additional Products" +msgid "Add On Product" +msgstr "Yderligere produkter" + #. SourceManager read dialog caption #: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:100 msgid "Initializing Available Repositories" @@ -2896,7 +2830,9 @@ msgid "Configured Repositories" msgstr "Konfigurerede softwarekilder" -#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:680 +#. To adjust the width of the dialog, look for the more lengthy device label +#. (and add some extra space for the frame) +#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:670 msgid "&Drive to eject" msgstr "&Drev som skal skubbe ud" @@ -2970,12 +2906,12 @@ "Den valgte softwarekilde har ingen URL." #. progress information, %1 stands for number of services -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:520 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:493 msgid "Collecting information of %1 services found..." msgstr "Indsamler information om %1 fundne tjenester..." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:618 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:591 msgid "" "No SLP repositories have been found on your network.\n" "This could be caused by a running SuSEfirewall2,\n" @@ -2986,7 +2922,7 @@ "hvilket formentlig blokerer netværksscanningen." #. error popup -#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:627 +#: src/modules/SourceManagerSLP.rb:600 msgid "No SLP repositories have been found on your network." msgstr "Ingen SLP-softwarekilder blev fundet på dit netværk." @@ -3009,6 +2945,9 @@ msgid "Deselect some packages." msgstr "Fravælg nogle pakker." +#~ msgid "N&o, I Do not Agree" +#~ msgstr "&Nej, jeg accepterer ikke" + #~ msgid "&USB Stick or Disk..." #~ msgstr "&USB-pen eller -disk..." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/pam.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pam\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:33+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-11-06 01:24+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/pkg-bindings.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-04-01 10:15+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ #. 3 steps per repository (download, cache rebuild, load resolvables) #: src/Source_Load.cc:161 src/Source_Load.cc:483 src/Source_Set.cc:83 -#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:187 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:74 src/Target_Load.cc:204 msgid "Loading the Package Manager..." msgstr "Indlæser pakkehåndteringen..." @@ -185,6 +185,6 @@ msgid "Initialize the Target System" msgstr "Initialisér målsystemet" -#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:183 +#: src/Target_Load.cc:71 src/Target_Load.cc:200 msgid "Read Installed Packages" msgstr "Læs installerede pakker" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/printer.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: printer\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:40+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-07 17:50+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/product-creator.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: product-creator\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/proxy.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt-pkg.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt-pkg\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -50,48 +50,48 @@ msgid "&Repositories" msgstr "Software&kilder" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:418 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:419 msgid "S&earch" msgstr "&Søg" #. DEBUG -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:425 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:426 src/YQPkgSearchFilterView.cc:113 msgid "&Keywords" msgstr "&Nøgleord" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:434 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:435 msgid "&Installation Summary" msgstr "&Installationsoversigt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:519 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:520 msgid "D&escription" msgstr "B&eskrivelse" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:532 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:533 msgid "&Technical Data" msgstr "&Tekniske data" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:545 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:546 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:115 msgid "Dependencies" msgstr "Afhængigheder" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:561 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:562 msgid "&Versions" msgstr "&Versioner" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:579 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:580 msgid "File List" msgstr "Filliste" # -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:596 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:597 msgid "Change Log" msgstr "Ændringslog" #. "Cancel" button #. button #0 #. text -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:623 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:624 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:249 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:259 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:163 src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:398 @@ -101,176 +101,176 @@ msgstr "&Annullér" #. Translators: "Accept" here refers to licenses or similar -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:633 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:634 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:268 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:258 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:228 msgid "&Accept" msgstr "&Godkend" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:676 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:677 msgid "&File" msgstr "&Fil" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:678 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 msgid "&Import..." msgstr "&Importér..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:679 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:680 msgid "&Export..." msgstr "&Eksportér..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:683 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 msgid "E&xit -- Discard Changes" msgstr "A&fslut -- kassér ændringer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:684 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:685 msgid "&Quit -- Save Changes" msgstr "Af&slut -- gem ændringer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:697 msgid "&Package" msgstr "&Pakke" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:736 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:737 src/YQPkgPackageKitGroupsFilterView.cc:92 #: src/YQPkgRepoFilterView.cc:149 msgid "All Packages" msgstr "Alle pakker" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:738 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:739 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:430 msgid "Update if newer version available" msgstr "Opdatér hvis ny version er tilgængelig" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:741 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:742 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:415 #: src/YQPkgObjList.cc:436 msgid "Update unconditionally" msgstr "Opdatér betingelsesløst" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:755 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:756 msgid "&Patch" msgstr "&Rettelse" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:782 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 msgid "Confi&guration" msgstr "&Konfiguration" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:783 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 msgid "&Repositories..." msgstr "Softwa&rekilder..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:784 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:785 msgid "&Online Update..." msgstr "&Online opdatering..." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:794 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:795 msgid "&Dependencies" msgstr "Afhængighe&der" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:796 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 msgid "&Check Now" msgstr "&Tjek nu" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:797 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:798 msgid "&Autocheck" msgstr "Tjek &automatisk" #. Translators: Menu for view options (Use a noun, not a verb!) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:810 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:811 msgid "&Options" msgstr "&Indstillinger" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:813 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:814 msgid "Show -de&vel Packages" msgstr "Vis -de&vel-pakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:822 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:823 msgid "Show -&debuginfo/-debugsource Packages" msgstr "Vis -&debuginfo-/-debugsource-pakker" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:830 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:831 msgid "&System Verification Mode" msgstr "&Systemverificerings-tilstand" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:835 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:836 msgid "&Ignore Recommended Packages for Already Installed Packages" msgstr "&Ignorér anbefalede pakker for allerede installerede pakker" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:841 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:842 msgid "&Cleanup when deleting packages" msgstr "&Ryd op når pakker slettes" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:845 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:846 msgid "&Allow vendor change" msgstr "Till&ad leverandørændring" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:858 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:859 msgid "E&xtras" msgstr "&Ekstra" # -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:860 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 msgid "Show &Products" msgstr "Vis &produkter" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:861 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 msgid "Show P&ackage Changes" msgstr "Vis p&akkeændringer" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:862 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:863 msgid "Show &History" msgstr "Vis &historik" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-devel", so don't translate that "-devel"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:870 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:871 msgid "Install All Matching -&devel Packages" msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -&devel-pakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debuginfo", so don't translate that "-debuginfo"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:874 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:875 msgid "Install All Matching -de&buginfo Packages" msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&buginfo-pakker" #. Translators: This is about packages ending in "-debugsource", so don't translate that "-debugsource"! -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:877 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:878 msgid "Install All Matching -debug&source Packages" msgstr "Installér alle tilsvarende -de&bugsource-pakker" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:882 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:883 msgid "Generate Dependency Resolver &Test Case" msgstr "Generér &testcase for afhængighedsløser" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:902 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:903 msgid "&Help" msgstr "&Hjælp" #. Note: The help functions and their texts are moved out #. to a separate source file YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc #. Menu entry for help overview -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:908 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:909 msgid "&Overview" msgstr "&Oversigt" #. Menu entry for help about used symbols ( icons ) -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:911 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:912 msgid "&Symbols" msgstr "&Symboler" #. Menu entry for keyboard help -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:914 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:915 msgid "&Keys" msgstr "&Taster" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1100 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1101 msgid "All package dependencies are OK." msgstr "Alle pakkeafhængigheder er o.k." -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1116 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1117 msgid "P&atches" msgstr "&Rettelser" #. startsWith #. filter -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1178 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1179 msgid "Save Package List" msgstr "Gem pakkeliste" @@ -278,65 +278,57 @@ #. parent #. Post error popup. #. parent -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1217 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1311 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:425 src/YQPkgConflictList.cc:201 #: src/YQPkgList.cc:605 msgid "Error" msgstr "Fejl" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1218 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1219 msgid "Error exporting package list to %1" msgstr "Fejl under eksport af pakkelisten til %1" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1230 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1231 msgid "Load Package List" msgstr "Indlæs pakkeliste" #. caption -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1312 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1313 msgid "Error loading package list from %1" msgstr "Fejl ved indlæsning af pakkeliste fra %1" # #. caption #. Translators: %1 is the number of affected packages -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1414 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 msgid "%1 packages will be updated" msgstr "%1 pakker vil blive opdateret" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "&Continue" msgstr "&Fortsæt" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1415 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1416 msgid "C&ancel" msgstr "&Annullér" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1454 -msgid "" -"<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system " -"packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><small>Annullér skift</a> af " -"systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1455 +msgid "<p><small>Cancel switching</a> system packages to versions in repository %2</small></p>" +msgstr "<p><small>Annullér skift</a> af systempakker til versionerne i softwarekilden %2</small></p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1473 -msgid "" -"<p>Switch system packages</a> to the " -"versions in this repository (%2)</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i " -"denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>" +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1474 +msgid "<p>Switch system packages</a> to the versions in this repository (%2)</p>" +msgstr "<p>Skift systempakker</a> til versionerne i denne softwarekilde (%2)</p>" -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1696 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1697 msgid "Added Subpackages:" msgstr "Tilføjede underpakker:" #. "OK" button #. addHStretch( hbox ); #. "OK" button -#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1698 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 +#: src/YQPackageSelector.cc:1699 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:214 #: src/YQPkgDescriptionDialog.cc:120 src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:156 #: src/YQPkgDiskUsageList.cc:165 src/YQPkgProductDialog.cc:135 #: src/YQPkgTextDialog.cc:71 @@ -357,16 +349,8 @@ msgstr "Fejl: Ikke mere diskplads!" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:186 -msgid "" -"<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you " -"risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not " -"absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and " -"deselect some packages.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du " -"risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis " -"du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>" -"Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can choose to install anyway if you know what you are doing, but you risk getting a corrupted system that requires manual repairs. If you are not absolutely sure how to handle such a case, press <b>Cancel</b> now and deselect some packages.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan vælge at installere alligevel, hvis du ved hvad du gør, men du risikerer at få et beskadiget system, som kræver manuelle reparationer. Hvis du ikke er absolut sikker på, hvordan det skal håndteres, så tryk <b>Annullér</b> nu, og fravælg nogle pakker.</p>" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:194 msgid "C&ontinue Anyway" @@ -390,12 +374,8 @@ msgstr "Automatiske ændringer" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:301 -msgid "" -"In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been " -"changed to resolve dependencies:" -msgstr "" -"Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for " -"at løse afhængigheder:" +msgid "In addition to your manual selections, the following packages have been changed to resolve dependencies:" +msgstr "Udover dine manuelle udvælgelser, vil følgende pakker blive installeret for at løse afhængigheder:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:305 src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:326 #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:397 @@ -408,12 +388,8 @@ msgstr "Ikke-supporterede pakker" #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:322 -msgid "" -"Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or " -"requires an additional customer contract for support." -msgstr "" -"Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er " -"supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." +msgid "Please realize that the following selected software is either unsupported or requires an additional customer contract for support." +msgstr "Vær venligst opmærksom på at følgende valgte software enten ikke er supportereret, eller kræver yderligere kundekontrakt for support." #: src/YQPackageSelectorBase.cc:421 msgid "Not implemented yet. Sorry." @@ -426,11 +402,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:65 -msgid "" -"<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for " -"details." -msgstr "" -"<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." +msgid "<b>Note:</b> This is a just a short overview. Refer to the manual for details." +msgstr "<b>Bemærk:</b> Dette er kun et kort overblik. Se manualen for detaljer." #. Help specific to online update mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:72 @@ -438,195 +411,92 @@ msgstr "I denne dialog vælges rettelser til download og installation." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:73 -msgid "" -"The list on the left side contains available patches along with the " -"respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the " -"(estimated) download size." -msgstr "" -"Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den " -"respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den " -"(estimerede) downloadstørrelse." +msgid "The list on the left side contains available patches along with the respective patch kind (security, recommended, or optional) and the (estimated) download size." +msgstr "Listen på venstre side indeholder tilgængelige rettelser sammen med den respektive rettelsestype (sikkerhed, anbefalet eller valgfri) og den (estimerede) downloadstørrelse." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:76 -msgid "" -"This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your " -"system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> " -"check box below the list." -msgstr "" -"Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit " -"system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér " -"installerede rettelser</b> under listen." +msgid "This list normally contains only those patches that are not installed on your system yet. You can change that with the <b>Include Installed Patches</b> check box below the list." +msgstr "Denne liste indeholder normalt kun rettelser, som ikke er installeret på dit system endnu. Du kan ændre det med afkrydsningsboksen <b>Inkludér installerede rettelser</b> under listen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:78 -msgid "" -"The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the " -"currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description " -"here." -msgstr "" -"Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af " -"den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens " -"beskrivelse her." +msgid "The <b>Patch Description</b> field contains a longer explanation of the currently selected patch. Click a patch in the list to view its description here." +msgstr "Feltet <b>Beskrivelse af rettelse</b> indeholder en længere beskrivelse af den nuværende markerede rettelse. Klik en rettelse i listen for at se dens beskrivelse her." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:80 -msgid "" -"The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently " -"selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete " -"individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is " -"intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." -msgstr "" -"Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede " -"rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller " -"slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det " -"er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." +msgid "The package list on the right side shows the contents of the currently selected patch, i.e., the packages it contains. You cannot install or delete individual packages from a patch, only the patch as a whole. This is intentional to avoid system inconsistencies." +msgstr "Pakkelisten på højre side viser indholdet af den nuværende markerede rettelse. For eksempel pakkerne den indeholder. Du kan ikke installere eller slette individuelle pakker fra en rettelse; kun rettelsen som en helhed. Det er tilsigtet for at undgå systeminkonsistens." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" ( below the package list ) #. that show details about the ( one ) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:88 -msgid "" -"In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter " -"views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger " -"under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:" +msgid "In addition to <b>Patches</b>, you can also select one of the other filter views from <b>Filter</b> at the upper left:" +msgstr "Udover <b>Rettelser</b>, kan du også vælge en af de øvrige filtervisninger under <b>Filter</b> øverst til venstre:" #. Help specific to normal (non-online-update) mode #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:96 -msgid "" -"In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can " -"select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." -msgstr "" -"I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. " -"Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." +msgid "In this dialog, select which packages to install, update, or delete. You can select individual packages or entire package \"selections\"." +msgstr "I denne dialog udvælges pakker til installation, opdatering eller sletning. Du kan vælge individuelle pakker eller hele \"pakkeudvalg\"." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:98 -msgid "" -"Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or " -"right-click it to open a context menu." -msgstr "" -"Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller " -"højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." +msgid "Click the status icon for a package or selection to change the status or right-click it to open a context menu." +msgstr "Klik på statusikonet for en pakke eller et udvalg for at ændre status; eller højreklik på den for at åbne en kontekstmenu." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:100 -msgid "" -"Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. " -"Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only " -"be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check " -"will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn " -"you if there are dependency conflicts." -msgstr "" -"Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle " -"pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive " -"installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil " -"automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis " -"der er afhængighedskonflikter." +msgid "Use the <b>Check Dependencies</b> button to resolve package dependencies. Some packages require other packages to be installed. Some packages can only be installed if certain other packages are not installed, too. This check will automatically mark required packages for installation and it will warn you if there are dependency conflicts." +msgstr "Brug <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b>-knappen til at løse pakkeafhængigheder. Nogle pakker kræver, at andre pakker installeres. Nogle pakker kan kun blive installeret, hvis andre pakker ikke også installeres. Dette tjek vil automatisk markere krævede pakker til installation, og vil advare dig, hvis der er afhængighedskonflikter." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:105 -msgid "" -"When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically " -"be performed." -msgstr "" -"Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk " -"blive udført." +msgid "When you leave this dialog with <b>Accept</b>, this check will automatically be performed." +msgstr "Når du forlader denne dialog med <b>Godkend</b> vil dette tjek automatisk blive udført." #. Translators: Please keep the reference to "filter views" to distinguish between "filter views" that #. affect the amount of visible packages in the package list and "details views" (below the package list) #. that show details about the (one) currently selected package in the package list. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:111 -msgid "" -"Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at " -"the upper left:" -msgstr "" -"Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>" -"-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" +msgid "Select one of the available filter views with the <b>Filter</b> combo-box at the upper left:" +msgstr "Vælg en af de tilgængelige filtervisninger med <b>Filter</b>-kombinationsfeltet øverst til venstre:" #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:115 -msgid "" -"<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically " -"belong together." -msgstr "" -"<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." +msgid "<b>Selections</b> shows some predefined sets of packages that logically belong together." +msgstr "<b>Udvalg</b> Viser nogle prædefinerede sæt af pakker som logisk hører sammen." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:116 -msgid "" -"Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also " -"select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." -msgstr "" -"Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du " -"kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." +msgid "Use the check box next to the selection to select it as a whole. You can also select or deselect individual packages in the package list at the right." +msgstr "Brug afkrydsningsfeltet ved siden af udvalget for at vælge det som helhed. Du kan også vælge eller fravælge individuelle pakker i pakkelisten til højre." #. Help common to all modes: Description of the various filter views #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:124 -msgid "" -"<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse " -"tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display " -"the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." -msgstr "" -"<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller " -"sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik " -"på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre " -"side." +msgid "<b>Package Groups</b> shows packages by category. You can expand and collapse tree items to refine or generalize categories. Click any category to display the packages in that category in the package list on the right side." +msgstr "<b>Pakkegrupper</b> viser pakker efter kategori. Du kan udvide eller sammentrække træstrukturen for at uddybe eller sammenfatte kategorier. Klik på en kategori for at vise pakkerne i den kategori i pakkelisten på højre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:127 -msgid "" -" <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that " -"will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle " -"pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." +msgid " <b>Hint:</b> There is a \"zzz All\" entry at the very end of the list that will show all packages. This may take a few seconds on slow machines." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Der er et \"zzz Alle\"-punkt til slut i listen som viser alle pakker. Det kan tage et par sekunder på langsomme maskiner." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:130 -msgid "" -"<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. " -"This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." -msgstr "" -"<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige " -"kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender " -"dens navn." +msgid "<b>Search</b> allows you to search for packages that meet various criteria. This is usually the easiest way to find a package if you know its name." +msgstr "<b>Søg</b> giver dig mulighed for at søge efter pakker efter forskellige kriterier. Det er normalt den nemmeste måde at finde en pakke, hvis du kender dens navn." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:132 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a " -"certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der " -"indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also use this to find out what package contains a certain library. Search in the <b>Provides</b> RPM field." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge dette til at finde ud af hvilken pakke der indeholder et bestemt bibliotek. Søg i RPM-feltet <b>Leverer</b>." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:135 -msgid "" -"<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- " -"what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." -msgstr "" -"<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- " -"hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." +msgid "<b>Installation Summary</b> by default shows the changes to your system -- what packages will be installed, deleted, or updated." +msgstr "<b>Installationsoversigt</b> viser som standard ændringerne til dit system -- hvilke pakker der vil blive installeret, slettet eller opdateret." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:137 -msgid "" -"It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <" -"b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can " -"see all changes that will be made to your system." -msgstr "" -"Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter " -"skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne " -"måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." +msgid "It is generally a good idea to use <b>Check Dependencies</b> then switch to <b>Installation Summary</b> before clicking <b>Accept</b>. This way you can see all changes that will be made to your system." +msgstr "Det er generelt en god idé at bruge <b>Tjek afhængigheder</b> og derefter skifte til <b>Installationsoversigt</b> før klik på <b>Godkend</b>. På denne måde kan du se alle ændringer, som vil blive udført på dit system." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:140 -msgid "" -"You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; " -"use the check boxes at the left side." -msgstr "" -"Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal " -"fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." +msgid "You can also explicitly select what packages with what status to see here; use the check boxes at the left side." +msgstr "Du kan også udtrykkeligt vælge, hvilke pakker med hvilken status der skal fremvises her; brug afkrydsningsfelterne på venstre side." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:142 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what " -"packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck " -"everything else." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke " -"pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>" -"Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You can also reverse the effect of this filter. You can see what packages remain the same on your system. Simply check <b>Keep</b> and uncheck everything else." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du kan også bruge filterets effekt omvendt og derved se, hvilke pakker der forbliver sig selv på dit system. Simpelthen sæt kryds i <b>Behold</b> og fjern kryds i resten." #. Make sure all images used here are specified in #. helpimages_DATA in include/Makefile.am ! @@ -676,12 +546,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:186 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions " -"are the same)." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis " -"versionen er den samme)." +msgid "This package is already installed. Update it or reinstall it (if the versions are the same)." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret. Opdatér den eller geninstallér den (hvis versionen er den samme)." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:191 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:277 @@ -703,22 +569,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:199 -msgid "" -"This package is not installed and should not be installed under any " -"circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other " -"packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen " -"omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre " -"pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "This package is not installed and should not be installed under any circumstances, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Denne pakke er ikke installeret og bør ikke installeres under nogen omstændigheder, specielt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:203 src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:316 -msgid "" -"Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any " -"installation media." -msgstr "" -"Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på " -"installationsmediet." +msgid "Packages set to \"taboo\" are treated as if they did not exist on any installation media." +msgstr "Pakker sat til \"tabu\" behandles, som om de ikke findes på installationsmediet." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:207 src/YQPkgStatusFilterView.cc:101 @@ -727,20 +583,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:209 -msgid "" -"This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because " -"of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af " -"uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." +msgid "This package is installed and should not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get." +msgstr "Denne pakke er installeret og bør ikke ændres, særligt ikke på grund af uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:213 -msgid "" -"Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by " -"newer versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny " -"version, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "Use this status for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Brug denne status til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives af en ny version, der kan komme med distributionen." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:218 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:275 @@ -750,18 +598,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:220 -msgid "" -"This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs " -"it." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug " -"for den." +msgid "This package will be installed automatically because some other package needs it." +msgstr "Denne pakke vil blive installeret automatisk, fordi en anden pakke har brug for den." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:222 -msgid "" -"<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." -msgstr "" -"<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." +msgid "<b>Hint:</b> You may have to use \"taboo\" to get rid of such a package." +msgstr "<b>Tip:</b> Du skal måske bruge \"tabu\" for at slippe for sådan en pakke." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:226 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:276 @@ -771,12 +613,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:228 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer " -"version, so it will automatically be updated." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere " -"version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." +msgid "This package is already installed, but some other package needs a newer version, so it will automatically be updated." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men en anden pakke kræver en nyere version, så den vil automatisk blive opdateret." #. Translators: Package status short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:233 src/YQPkgObjList.cc:274 @@ -786,12 +624,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:235 -msgid "" -"This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it " -"is deleted." -msgstr "" -"Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den " -"slettes." +msgid "This package is already installed, but package dependencies require that it is deleted." +msgstr "Denne pakke er allerede installeret, men pakkeafhængigheder kræver at den slettes." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:236 msgid "This can happen, for example, if some other package obsoletes this one." @@ -815,13 +649,8 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:278 -msgid "" -"Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the " -"latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." -msgstr "" -"Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér " -"den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere " -"version." +msgid "Get this package. Install it if it is not installed yet. Update it to the latest version if it is installed and there is a newer version." +msgstr "Hent denne pakke. Installér den hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Opdatér den til seneste version, hvis den er installeret, og hvis der findes en nyere version." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:285 @@ -830,21 +659,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:287 -msgid "" -"Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed " -"yet. Delete it if it is installed." -msgstr "" -"Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er " -"installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." +msgid "Get rid of this package. Mark it as \"do not install\" if it is not installed yet. Delete it if it is installed." +msgstr "Slip af med denne pakke. Markér den som \"installér ikke\", hvis den ikke er installeret endnu. Slet den, hvis den er installeret." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:295 -msgid "" -"Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore " -"packages that are not installed." -msgstr "" -"Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. " -"Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." +msgid "Update this package if it is installed and there is a newer version. Ignore packages that are not installed." +msgstr "Opdatér denne pakke, hvis den er installeret, og der findes en nyere version. Ignorér pakker, der ikke er installeret." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:302 @@ -853,23 +674,13 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:304 -msgid "" -"Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently " -"set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." -msgstr "" -"Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu " -"er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." +msgid "Undo the effect of \">\" above: Set package to \"keep\" if it is currently set to \"update\". Ignore all other packages." +msgstr "Omgør effekten af \">\" ovenfor: Sæt pakken til \"Behold\" hvis den lige nu er sat til \"Opdatér\". Ignorér alle andre pakker." #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:312 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package " -"does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies " -"that other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke " -"bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " -"eller får." +msgid "Set this package to \"taboo\" if it is not installed: make sure this package does not get installed, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"tabu\", hvis den ikke er installeret. Sørg for den ikke bliver installeret, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #. Translators: Keyboard action short (!) description #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:322 @@ -878,22 +689,12 @@ #. Translators: Automatic word-wrapping. #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:324 -msgid "" -"Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package " -"will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that " -"other packages might have or get. " -msgstr "" -"Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne " -"pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har " -"eller får." +msgid "Set this package to \"protected\" if it is installed: make sure this package will not be modified, especially not because of unresolved dependencies that other packages might have or get. " +msgstr "Sæt denne pakke til \"Beskyttet\", hvis den er installeret. Sørg for at denne pakke ikke ændres, især pga. uløste afhængigheder som andre pakker måske har eller får." #: src/YQPackageSelectorHelp.cc:328 -msgid "" -"Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer " -"versions that may come with the distribution." -msgstr "" -"Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere " -"versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." +msgid "Use this for third-party packages that should not be overwritten by newer versions that may come with the distribution." +msgstr "Brug dette til tredjepartspakker, som ikke skal overskrives med nyere versioner, der kan komme med distributionen." #: src/YQPatternSelector.cc:180 src/YQPatternSelector.cc:248 #: src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:182 src/YQSimplePatchSelector.cc:208 @@ -953,13 +754,8 @@ msgstr "Opret testcase for afhængighedsløseren" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:391 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the " -"dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde " -"bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt><" -"/p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to generate extensive logs to help tracking down bugs in the dependency resolver. The logs will be stored in directory <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p>Anvend dette til at generere omfattende logge for at hjælpe med at finde bugs i afhængighedsløseren. Loggene vil blive gemt i mappen <br><tt>%1</tt></p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:395 @@ -967,12 +763,8 @@ msgstr "Testcase for afhængighedsløser" #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:410 -msgid "" -"<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>" -"y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered " -"et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>" +msgid "<p>Dependency resolver test case written to <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Prepare <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt> archive to attach to Bugzilla?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Testcase for afhængighedsløser skrevet til <br><tt>%1</tt></p><p>Forbered et <tt>y2logs.tgz tar</tt>-arkiv til vedhæftning for Bugzilla?</p>" #. parent #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:413 @@ -981,12 +773,8 @@ #. caption #: src/YQPkgConflictDialog.cc:426 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check " -"disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>" -"Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgid "<p><b>Error</b> creating dependency resolver test case</p><p>Please check disk space and permissions for <tt>%1</tt></p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Fejl</b> under oprettelse af testcase for afhængighedsløseren</p><p>Kontrollér venligst diskplads og tilladelser for <tt>%1</tt></p>" #. startsWith #. filter @@ -1705,25 +1493,6 @@ msgstr "Udviklere:" #: src/YQPkgUpdateProblemFilterView.cc:60 -#| msgid "" -#| "<br>\n" -#| "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "<font color='blue'>\n" -#| "The packages in this list cannot be updated automatically.\n" -#| "</font>\n" -#| "</p>\n" -#| "<p>Possible reasons:</p>\n" -#| "<ul>\n" -#| "<li>They are obsoleted by other packages\n" -#| "<li>There is no newer version to update to on any installation media\n" -#| "<li>They are third-party packages\n" -#| "</ul>\n" -#| "</p>\n" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "Please choose manually what to do with them.\n" -#| "The safest course of action is to delete them.\n" -#| "</p>" msgid "" "<br>\n" "<h2>Update Problem</h2>\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/qt.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: qt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ msgid "Stylesheet Editor" msgstr "Redigering af stilark" -#: src/YQApplication.cc:640 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:643 msgid "" "You clicked the right mouse button where a left-click was expected.\n" "Switch left and right mouse buttons?" @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ "Vil du bytte om på venstre og højre museknap?" #. Popup dialog caption -#: src/YQApplication.cc:653 +#: src/YQApplication.cc:656 msgid "Unexpected Click" msgstr "Uventet klik" @@ -125,7 +125,6 @@ #. #. Help button - intentionally without keyboard shortcut #: src/YQWizard.cc:869 -#| msgid "Release Notes..." msgid "Release Notes" msgstr "Udgivelsesnoter" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/rdp.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/rear.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/registration.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: registration\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-15 15:56+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -26,55 +26,107 @@ # dialog caption #. popup heading (in bold) -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:34 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:35 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Local Registration Servers" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:36 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:37 msgid "" -"Select a server from the list or press Cancel\n" -"to use the default SUSE registration server." +"Select a detected registration server from the list\n" +"or the default SUSE registration server." msgstr "" #. error popup -#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:64 +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:65 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Use custom registration server " msgid "No registration server selected." msgstr "Brug selvvalgt registreringsserver" +#. %s is the default SCC URL +#: src/clients/discover_registration_services.rb:100 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "SUSE Customer Center (%s)" +msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter" + # dialog caption #. popup message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 +#. popup message +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:52 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:48 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Local Registration Server" msgid "Contacting the Registration Server" msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" #. reset the user input in case an exception is raised -#. register the system -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:134 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:164 +#. nil = use the default URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:147 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:169 msgid "Registering the System..." msgstr "" # dialog caption #. then register the product(s) #. %s is name of given product -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:144 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:549 +#. register the base product +#. %s is name of given product +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:156 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:427 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:177 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:192 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registering %s ..." msgstr "Registreringskode" -#. TODO FIXME: still not the final text +# dialog caption +#. updating base product registration, %s is a new base product name +#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:206 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:236 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Updating to %s ..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +# dialog caption +#. display the registration update dialog +#. dialog title +#. dialog title +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:260 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:352 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:504 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:552 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:92 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration" +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +# dialog caption +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:261 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration is being updated..." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:262 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "The software repositories have been updated." +msgid "The previous registration is being updated." +msgstr "Softwarekilderne er blevet opdateret." + +#. automatic registration refresh during system upgrade failed, register from scratch +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:275 +msgid "" +"Automatic registration upgrade failed.\n" +"You can manually register the system from scratch." +msgstr "" + #. label text describing the registration (1/2) #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:177 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:289 msgid "" "Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n" -"User Name/EMail from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" +"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n" "Access to security and general software updates is only possible on\n" "a registered system." msgstr "" @@ -82,58 +134,60 @@ #. label text describing the registration (2/2), #. not displayed in installed system #. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line) -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189 -msgid "If you skip the registration now be sure to do so in the installed system." +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:301 +msgid "" +"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n" +"installation has completed." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:196 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:309 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" msgid "Network Configuration..." msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter" -#. make sure to revert the change if something goes wrong -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:205 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:633 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:318 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:491 msgid "The system is already registered." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:212 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:373 -msgid "&Email" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:325 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "&E-mail Address" msgstr "" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:214 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:239 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:375 +#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:327 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:167 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:96 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" msgid "Registration &Code" msgstr "Registreringskode" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:218 +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:332 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server..." +msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" + +# dialog caption +#. button label +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:335 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "&Skip Registration" msgstr "Registrering" -#. TODO: improve the help text -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:226 -msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and add-on products." +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 +msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#. dialog title -#. dialog title -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:234 src/clients/inst_scc.rb:646 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:371 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration" -msgstr "Registreringskode" - #. not set yet? -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:259 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:377 msgid "" "Registration added some update repositories.\n" "\n" @@ -141,60 +195,31 @@ "on-line updates during installation?" msgstr "" -#. use two column layout if needed -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:312 -msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:317 +# dialog caption +#. cache the available addons +#. create a new dialog for accepting and importing a SSL certificate and run it +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:406 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:101 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Details..." -msgid "Details" -msgstr "Detaljer..." +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..." +msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:320 -msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" -msgstr "" - -#. popup message, %s are product names -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:343 -msgid "" -"Automatically selecting '%s'\n" -"dependencies:\n" -"\n" -"%s" -msgstr "" - -#. check the addons requiring a reg. code -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:358 -msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s addons." -msgstr "" - -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:411 -msgid "Extension Selection" -msgstr "" - -#. cache the available addons -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:485 -msgid "Loading Available Add-on Products and Extensions..." -msgstr "" - # dialog caption #. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:582 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:458 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Module Help" msgid "Register Extensions and Modules" msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -#. dialog title -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:595 -msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:462 +msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>" msgstr "" #. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:610 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:480 msgid "" "If you do not register your system we will not be able\n" "to grant you access to the update repositories.\n" @@ -207,335 +232,417 @@ # dialog caption #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:636 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:494 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration" msgid "Register Again" msgstr "Registrering" #. button label -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:639 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:497 msgid "Select Extensions" msgstr "" +#. help text +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:507 +msgid "<p>The system is already registered.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:508 +msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:510 +msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" + #. error message -#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:672 +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:534 msgid "" "The base product was not found,\n" "check your system." msgstr "" -#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" -#: src/clients/scc.rb:42 -msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +#. TRANSLATORS: %s = bugzilla URL +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:538 +msgid "" +"The installation medium or the installer itself is seriously broken.\n" +"Report a bug at %s." msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:165 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:174 -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:194 -msgid "Contacting the SUSE Customer Center server" +#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:541 +msgid "" +"Make sure a product is installed and /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n" +"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#. register the base product -#. register addons -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:173 src/clients/scc_auto.rb:193 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registering Product..." -msgid_plural "Registering Products..." -msgstr[0] "Registreringskode" -msgstr[1] "Registreringskode" +#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "SUSEconnect" +#: src/clients/scc.rb:44 +msgid "Use '%s' instead of this YaST module." +msgstr "" #. popup message: registration finished properly -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:213 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:208 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration was successful." msgid "Registration was successfull." msgstr "Registrering lykkedes." -#. --------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:238 -msgid "Add-on &Name" +#. remove possible duplicates +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:243 +msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" msgstr "" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:267 -msgid "Really delete add-on '%s'?" -msgstr "" - -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 -msgid "Name" -msgstr "" - -# dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:301 +#. more than one server found: let the user select, we cannot automatically +#. decide which one to use, asking user in AutoYast mode is not nice +#. but better than aborting the installation... +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:259 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration Code" -msgstr "Registreringskode" +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" -# dialog caption -#. TODO FIXME: add a help text -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:312 +#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:263 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" -msgstr "Registreringskode" +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Importing SSL Certificate" +msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:349 +#. display the extension selection dialog and wait for a button click +#. @return [Symbol] user input (:import, :cancel) +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:49 msgid "Product Registration" msgstr "Produktregistrering" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:351 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:9 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" -"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" -"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" -msgstr "<p>Produktregistreringen inkluderer dit produkt i Novells database, hvilket gør det muligt for dig at hente online opdateringer og teknisk support. For automatisk at registrere under installationen, vælges <b>Kør produktregistrering</b>. For at gøre proceduren mere enkel,kan du inkludere information fra dit system via <b>Hardwareprofil</b> and <b>Valgfri information</b>.</p>" +#| msgid "Run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Run registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Kør under autoinstallation" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:356 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:10 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" -#| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" -#| "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" -msgid "" -"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" -"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" -"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +#| msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" +msgid "Skip registration during autoinstallation" +msgstr "Kør ikke under autoinstallation" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:15 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Data to Use" +msgid "Registration Settings" +msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes" + +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:17 +msgid "E-mail Address: %s" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis dit netværk opsætter en egen SMT-server, så angiv URL for SMT-serveren\n" -"og placering af SMT-certifikatet i <b>SMT-serverindstillinger</b>. Se din\n" -"SMT-manual for yderligere hjælp.</p>" # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:364 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:19 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register the Product" +msgid "Registration Code is Configured" msgstr "Registreringskode" -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:379 -msgid "Install Available Patches from Update Repositories" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Install Available Updates" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:387 +# dialog caption +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:27 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" -msgid "Server Settings" -msgstr "SMT-serverindstillinger" +#| msgid "Registration server:" +msgid "Registration Server" +msgstr "Registreringsserver:" -# dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:391 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:30 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Local Registration Server" -msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" -msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" +#| msgid "SMT Server: %1" +msgid "Server URL: %s" +msgstr "SMT-server: %1" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:396 -msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Use SLP discovery" msgstr "" -#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:403 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:36 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" -msgid "Optional Server Certificate" +msgid "SSL Server Certificate URL: %s" msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:40 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint: %s" +msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1" + # dialog caption -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:421 +#: src/data/registration/autoyast_summary.erb:48 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Register Add-ons..." -msgstr "Registreringskode" +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -#. remove possible duplicates -#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:478 -msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:6 +msgid "Secure Connection Error" msgstr "" +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:10 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details:" +msgstr "Detaljer..." + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_error.erb:14 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Select SMT certificate file" +msgid "Failed Certificate Details" +msgstr "Vælg SMT-certifikatfil" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:4 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 +msgid "Issued To" +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:7 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:16 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:61 +msgid "Common Name (CN): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:8 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:17 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:63 +msgid "Organization (O): " +msgstr "" + +#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:9 +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:18 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:65 +msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:13 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +msgid "Issued By" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:22 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Valid to: " +msgid "Validity" +msgstr "Gyldig til: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:26 +msgid "Issued On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:29 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate is not valid yet!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:32 +msgid "Expires On: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:35 +msgid "WARNING: The certificate has expired!" +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:43 +msgid "Serial Number: " +msgstr "" + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:44 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingeraftryk: " + +#: src/data/registration/certificate_summary.erb:46 +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:38 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Fingerprint: " +msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " +msgstr "Fingeraftryk: " + #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:65 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 msgid "" "Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n" "Do you want to configure the network now?" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:71 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:77 msgid "Network error, check the network configuration." msgstr "" #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:82 msgid "Connection time out." msgstr "" # dialog caption +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server." +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:96 +msgid "" +"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n" +"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n" +"might take very long time.\n" +"\n" +"If the SLE11 system was installed recently you could log into\n" +"%s to speed up the synchronization process.\n" +"Just wait several minutes after logging in and then retry \n" +"the upgrade again." +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#. add the hint to the error details #. Error popup -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:83 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:110 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "" -"The email address is not known or\n" -"the registration code is not valid." +msgid "Registration failed." msgstr "Registreringskode" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:115 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Registration can not be performed." msgid "Registration client error." msgstr "Registrering kan ikke udføres." -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:87 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:117 msgid "" "Registration server error.\n" "Retry registration later." msgstr "" -# dialog caption -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:89 -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Registration Code" -msgid "Registration failed." -msgstr "Registreringskode" - -#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use -#. the original error message from openSSL -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118 -msgid "Secure connection error: %s" +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158 +msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate." msgstr "" #. %s are error details -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:184 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Details..." msgid "Details: %s" msgstr "Detaljer..." -#. label follwed by a certificate description -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:147 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "SMT Certificate" -msgid "Certificate:" -msgstr "SMT-certifikat" +#. progress label +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:209 +msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" +msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:151 -msgid "Issued To" +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:210 +msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:154 -msgid "Issued By" +#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use +#. the original error message from openSSL +#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:228 +msgid "Secure connection error: %s" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:157 +#. progress step title +#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:34 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA1 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingeraftryk: " +#| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" +msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..." +msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter" -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:159 +#. this is just a placeholder for texts which will/might be needed after the text freeze +#. TODO FIXME: remove this file before GM! +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:8 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Fingerprint: " -msgid "SHA256 Fingerprint: " -msgstr "Fingeraftryk: " +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "SSL Certificate" +msgstr "SMT-certifikat" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:176 -msgid "Common Name (CN): " +#. checkbox: use SLP discovery later again in the installed system +#: src/lib/registration/new_messages.rb:10 +msgid "Use SLP Discovery Also Later in Installed System" msgstr "" -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:178 -msgid "Organization (O): " -msgstr "" - -#. label followed by the SSL certificate identification -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:180 -msgid "Organization Unit (OU): " -msgstr "" - -#. progress label -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:194 -msgid "Importing the SSL certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:195 -msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..." -msgstr "" - -# -#. return the boot command line parameter -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 +#. indent size used in summary text +#: src/lib/registration/ssl_certificate_details.rb:35 #, fuzzy -#| msgid "Checking..." -msgid "Searching..." -msgstr "Tjekker..." +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate:" +msgstr "SMT-certifikat" -#: src/lib/registration/helpers.rb:218 -#, fuzzy -#| msgid "Use local registration server" -msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." -msgstr "Brug lokal registreringsserver" - #. create UI label for a base product #. @param [Hash] Product (hash from pkg-bindings) #. @return [String] UI Label -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:108 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:119 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Unknown error" msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukendt fejl" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:139 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:152 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Starting registration..." msgid "Saving repository configuration failed." msgstr "Starter registrering..." #. # error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:176 +#. error message +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:190 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:201 msgid "Updating service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:182 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:196 msgid "Adding service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:189 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:208 msgid "Saving service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. error message -#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:194 +#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:213 msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed." msgstr "" #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:37 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:40 msgid "License Agreement" msgstr "" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:38 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:41 msgid "Downloading Licenses..." msgstr "" -#. go back if any EULA has not been accepted, let the user deselect the -#. not accepted extension -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:65 +#. ask user to accept an addon EULA +#. @param addon [SUSE::Connect::Product] the addon +#. @return [Symbol] :accepted, :back, :abort, :halt +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:73 msgid "Downloading License Agreement..." msgstr "" #. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:77 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:85 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Downloading SMT certificate file failed" msgid "" @@ -544,64 +651,333 @@ "failed." msgstr "Download af SMT-certifikatfil fejlede" +#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:94 +msgid "%s License Agreement" +msgstr "" + #. dialog title -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:93 -msgid "Extension and Module License Agreement" +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:37 +msgid "Extension and Module Registration Codes" msgstr "" -#. %s is an extension name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Software Development Kit" -#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_eula_dialog.rb:95 -msgid "%s License Agreement" +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:41 +msgid "" +"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n" +"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>" msgstr "" +#. round the half up (more items in the first column for odd number of items) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:87 +msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code." +msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:92 +msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below." +msgid_plural "Enter the registration codes into the fields below." +msgstr[0] "" +msgstr[1] "" + +# dialog caption +#. dialog title +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Extension and Module Selection" +msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" + +#. help text (1/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:42 +msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (2/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:45 +msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. help text (3/3) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:48 +msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>" +msgstr "" + +#. always enable Back/Next, the dialog cannot be the first in workflow +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:67 +msgid "Available Extensions and Modules" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:69 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Details..." +msgid "Details" +msgstr "Detaljer..." + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:72 +msgid "Select an extension or a module to show details here" +msgstr "" + +#. checkbox label for an unavailable extension +#. (%s is an extension name) +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:131 +msgid "%s (not available)" +msgstr "" + +#. check the addons requiring a reg. code +#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_dialog.rb:212 +msgid "YaST allows to select at most %s extensions or modules." +msgstr "" + +#. help text +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:33 +msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>" +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:36 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules" +msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:50 +msgid "Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:52 +msgid "Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:53 +msgid "Release Type" +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:54 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Registration Code" +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#. button label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:65 +msgid "Download Available Extensions..." +msgstr "" + +#. disable download on a non-registered system +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:119 +msgid "Really delete '%s'?" +msgstr "" + +#. replace the content +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:161 +msgid "Extension or Module &Identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:162 +msgid "&Version" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:163 +msgid "&Architecture" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:164 +msgid "&Release Type" +msgstr "" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:51 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Product registration includes your product in Novell's database, enabling you to get online updates and technical support. To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>. To simplify the procedure, include information from your system with <b>Hardware Profile</b> and <b>Optional Information</b>.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n" +"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n" +"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Produktregistreringen inkluderer dit produkt i Novells database, hvilket gør det muligt for dig at hente online opdateringer og teknisk support. For automatisk at registrere under installationen, vælges <b>Kør produktregistrering</b>. For at gøre proceduren mere enkel,kan du inkludere information fra dit system via <b>Hardwareprofil</b> and <b>Valgfri information</b>.</p>" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:56 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "<p>If your network deploys a custom SMT server, set the URL of the SMT Server\n" +#| "and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +#| "to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +msgid "" +"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n" +"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n" +"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>" +msgstr "" +"<p>Hvis dit netværk opsætter en egen SMT-server, så angiv URL for SMT-serveren\n" +"og placering af SMT-certifikatet i <b>SMT-serverindstillinger</b>. Se din\n" +"SMT-manual for yderligere hjælp.</p>" + +# dialog caption +#. FIXME the dialog should be created by external code before calling this +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:83 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Code" +msgid "Register the Product" +msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:100 +msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:114 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Server Settings" +msgid "Server Settings" +msgstr "SMT-serverindstillinger" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:118 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "Find Registration Server Using SLP Discovery" +msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:123 +msgid "Use Specific Server URL Instead of the Default" +msgstr "" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:130 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate URL" +msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:139 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Server CA certificate:" +msgid "Optional SSL Server Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" + +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:141 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "(none)" +msgid "none" +msgstr "(ingen)" + +#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:152 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" +msgid "SSL Certificate Fingerprint" +msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1" + +# dialog caption +#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:173 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Registration Module Help" +msgid "Register Extensions or Modules..." +msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" + #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:26 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:25 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "SMT Certificate" +msgid "Certificate has expired" +msgstr "SMT-certifikat" + +#. SSL error message +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:27 +#, fuzzy #| msgid "Server CA certificate:" msgid "Self signed certificate" msgstr "Servers CA-certifikat:" #. SSL error message -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:28 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:29 msgid "Self signed certificate in certificate chain" msgstr "" #. push button -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:95 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:90 msgid "&Trust and Import" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:124 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:118 msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:128 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122 msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:133 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:127 msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:137 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131 msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>" msgstr "" #. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5) -#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:142 +#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:136 msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>" msgstr "" +#. error message, the entered URL is not valid +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:51 +msgid "Invalid URL." +msgstr "" + +# dialog caption +#. input field label +#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:78 #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" -#~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Credentials" -#~ msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter" +#| msgid "Local Registration Server" +msgid "&Local Registration Server URL" +msgstr "Lokal registreringsserver" +# +#. return the boot command line parameter +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 #, fuzzy +#| msgid "Checking..." +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Tjekker..." + +#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:205 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Use local registration server" +msgid "Looking up local registration servers..." +msgstr "Brug lokal registreringsserver" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Registering Product..." +#~ msgid_plural "Registering Products..." +#~ msgstr[0] "Registreringskode" +#~ msgstr[1] "Registreringskode" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Optional Add-ons" +#~ msgstr "Registreringskode" + +# dialog caption +#, fuzzy +#~| msgid "Registration Code" +#~ msgid "Register Add-ons..." +#~ msgstr "Registreringskode" + +#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Novell Customer Center Configuration" #~ msgid "SUSE Customer Center Registration" #~ msgstr "Konfiguration af Novell kundecenter" @@ -658,11 +1034,6 @@ #~ msgid "Hardware Profile" #~ msgstr "Hardwareprofil" -#, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" -#~ msgid "Registration Status" -#~ msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes" - #~ msgid "Optional Information" #~ msgstr "Valgfri information" @@ -973,13 +1344,7 @@ #~ msgid "Registration is successful." #~ msgstr "Registrering lykkedes." -# dialog caption #, fuzzy -#~| msgid "Registration Code" -#~ msgid "Registration code is missing." -#~ msgstr "Registreringskode" - -#, fuzzy #~| msgid "Registration Data to Use" #~ msgid "Registration Status at: <b>%1</b>" #~ msgstr "Registreringsdata der skal anvendes" @@ -1026,12 +1391,6 @@ #~ msgid "Registration failed partially." #~ msgstr "Hjælp til registreringsmodul" -#~ msgid "Run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Kør under autoinstallation" - -#~ msgid "Do not run during autoinstallation" -#~ msgstr "Kør ikke under autoinstallation" - #, fuzzy #~| msgid "%1 item of registration data" #~| msgid_plural "%1 items of registration data" @@ -1049,12 +1408,6 @@ #~ msgid "Optional information" #~ msgstr "Valgfri information" -#~ msgid "SMT Server: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMT-server: %1" - -#~ msgid "SMT Certificate: %1" -#~ msgstr "SMT-certifikat: %1" - # #~ msgid "&Key" #~ msgstr "&Nøgle" @@ -1145,9 +1498,6 @@ #~ "Softwarekilderne blev opdaterede.\n" #~ "Find detaljer i modulet for softwarekilder." -#~ msgid "The software repositories have been updated." -#~ msgstr "Softwarekilderne er blevet opdateret." - #~ msgid "Find details in the Software Repositories module." #~ msgstr "Find detaljer i modulet for softwarekilder." @@ -1174,10 +1524,6 @@ #~ msgid "You can register for installation support." #~ msgstr "Du kan registrere for installationssupport." -# dialog caption -#~ msgid "Registration server:" -#~ msgstr "Registreringsserver:" - #~ msgid "Server CA certificate location:" #~ msgstr "Placering af servers CA-certifikat:" @@ -1263,9 +1609,6 @@ #~ msgid "Could not find SMT certificate file in local path" #~ msgstr "Kunne ikke finde SMT-certifikatfil i lokal sti" -#~ msgid "Select SMT certificate file" -#~ msgstr "Vælg SMT-certifikatfil" - #~ msgid "Do you really want to cancel and thereby skip registration?" #~ msgstr "Vil du annullere og derved undlade registrering?" @@ -1297,9 +1640,6 @@ #~ msgid "Valid from: " #~ msgstr "Gyldig fra: " -#~ msgid "Valid to: " -#~ msgstr "Gyldig til: " - #~ msgid "Trust" #~ msgstr "Betro" @@ -1337,9 +1677,6 @@ #~ msgid "(default)" #~ msgstr "(standard)" -#~ msgid "(none)" -#~ msgstr "(ingen)" - #~ msgid "Automatic Online Update" #~ msgstr "Automatisk online opdatering" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/reipl.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: reipl\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:22+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message #. %1 is replaced with a device name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:68 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ #. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name #. %3 is replaced with a LUN name #. Newline at the end is required -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:91 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system\n" @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ "med WWPN \"%2\"\n" "og LUN \"%3\".\n" -#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:105 +#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97 msgid "" "\n" "After shutdown, reload the system \n" @@ -137,7 +137,6 @@ msgstr "B&ootprogramvælger" #: src/include/reipl/dialogs.rb:150 -#| msgid "ccw parameters" msgid "nss parameters" msgstr "nss-parametre" @@ -169,8 +168,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Afbryde initialisering:</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> " -"nu.</p>\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" #. Write dialog help 1/2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44 @@ -202,36 +200,29 @@ #. Configure dialog help 2 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59 msgid "" -"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio " -"buttons\n" +"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n" "listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n" "choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n" "which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n" "necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Vælg en af metoderne, til at genstarte din maskine, med radioknapperne,\n" -"der vises i <b>reipl-metoder</b>. Afhængigt af hvad din maskine " -"understøtter,\n" +"der vises i <b>reipl-metoder</b>. Afhængigt af hvad din maskine understøtter,\n" "Vælg mellem enhederne CCW (channel command word) og SCSI, der er\n" -"tilsluttet gennem zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Fyld så indgangsfelterne ud " -"med\n" +"tilsluttet gennem zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Fyld så indgangsfelterne ud med\n" "de nødvendige parametre for den respektive metode.</p>\n" #. Configure dialog help 3 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67 msgid "" "<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n" -"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device " -"ID></i>,\n" -"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a " -"DASD or to\n" +"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n" +"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n" "an FCP adapter.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Enhed</b> skal være et gyldigt enhedsbus-ID med små bogstaver i et\n" -"sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><subkanalsæt-ID></i>.<i>" -"<enheds-ID></i>,\n" -"som f.eks. 0.0.5c51. Afhængigt af den valgte metode kan det henvise til en " -"DASD- eller\n" +"sysfs-kompatibelt format 0.<i><subkanalsæt-ID></i>.<i><enheds-ID></i>,\n" +"som f.eks. 0.0.5c51. Afhængigt af den valgte metode kan det henvise til en DASD- eller\n" "en FCP-adapter.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 4 @@ -257,14 +248,11 @@ #. Configure dialog help 6 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84 msgid "" -"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase " -"letters\n" -"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.<" -"/p>" +"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n" +"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Det <b>logiske enhedsnummer</b> (LUN) skal angives med små bogstaver som\n" -"en 16-cifret hex-værdi med alle efterfølgende nuller som f.eks. " -"0x52ca000000000000.</p>" +"en 16-cifret hex-værdi med alle efterfølgende nuller som f.eks. 0x52ca000000000000.</p>" #. Configure dialog help 7 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88 @@ -289,14 +277,11 @@ #. Configure dialog help 9 #: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98 msgid "" -"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by " -"shutdown,\n" +"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n" "and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Efter bekræftelse af denne dialog, kan du udløse en genstart (f.eks. ved " -"en\n" -"nedlukning), og systemet vil automatisk genstarte fra enheden, du har " -"angivet.</p>" +"<p>Efter bekræftelse af denne dialog, kan du udløse en genstart (f.eks. ved en\n" +"nedlukning), og systemet vil automatisk genstarte fra enheden, du har angivet.</p>" #. Initialization dialog contents #: src/include/reipl/wizards.rb:102 @@ -305,31 +290,31 @@ #. Create a textual summary and a list of unconfigured cards #. @return summary of the current configuration -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:342 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:329 msgid "Configured reipl methods" msgstr "Konfigurerede reipl-metoder" -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:336 msgid "The method ccw is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoden ccw er konfigureret og bliver brugt." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:338 msgid "The method ccw is configured." msgstr "Metoden ccw er konfigureret." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:341 msgid "The method ccw is not supported." msgstr "metoden ccw understøttes ikke." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:362 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:349 msgid "The method fcp is configured and being used." msgstr "Metoden fcp er konfigureret og bliver brugt." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:364 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:351 msgid "The method fcp is configured." msgstr "Metoden fcp er konfigureret." -#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:367 +#: src/modules/Reipl.rb:354 msgid "The method fcp is not supported." msgstr "Metoden fcp understøttes ikke." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/relocation-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2002-07-01 14:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: H. Merethe Eriksen \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/s390.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: s390\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:47+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-client.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-client\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:49+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -203,6 +203,15 @@ msgid "M&aximum" msgstr "M&aksimum" +#. require_groups +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:256 +msgid "Allowed Group(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:261 +msgid "Group Name(s) or SID(s)" +msgstr "" + #. combobox label #: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:271 msgid "&Kerberos Method" @@ -858,7 +867,10 @@ msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." #. final progress step label -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 +#. translators: progress finished +#. translators: write progress finished +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:669 src/modules/Samba.rb:642 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:761 msgid "Finished" msgstr "Færdig" @@ -932,12 +944,14 @@ msgstr "Offline godkendelse aktiveret" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1104 msgid "Yes" msgstr "Ja" #. summary value -#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 +#. translators: winbind status in summary +#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1106 msgid "No" msgstr "Nej" @@ -960,76 +974,168 @@ "Try again." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 -msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" -msgstr "Kan ikke fortsætte tilslutningen: Inkonsistent cluster-tilstand" +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:621 +msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af Samba-klient" -#~ msgid "Initializing Samba Client Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af Samba-klient" +# +#. translators: progress stage 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:632 +msgid "Read the global Samba settings" +msgstr "Læs globale Samba-indstillinger" # -#~ msgid "Read the global Samba settings" -#~ msgstr "Læs globale Samba-indstillinger" +#. translators: progress stage 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:634 +msgid "Read the winbind status" +msgstr "Læs Winbind-status" # -#~ msgid "Read the winbind status" -#~ msgstr "Læs Winbind-status" +#. translators: progress step 1/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:638 +msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." +msgstr "Læser de globale Samba-indstillinger..." # -#~ msgid "Reading the global Samba settings..." -#~ msgstr "Læser de globale Samba-indstillinger..." +#. translators: progress step 2/2 +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:640 +msgid "Reading the winbind status..." +msgstr "Læser Winbind-status..." +#. Samba-client read dialog caption +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:741 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Samba Client Configuration" +msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration af Samba-klient" + +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:745 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Write the settings" +msgid "Write the settings" +msgstr "Skriv indstillingerne" + # -#~ msgid "Reading the winbind status..." -#~ msgstr "Læser Winbind-status..." +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:748 +msgid "Disable Samba services" +msgstr "Deaktivér Samba-tjenester" # -#~ msgid "Disable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Deaktivér Samba-tjenester" +#. translators: write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:750 +msgid "Enable Samba services" +msgstr "Aktivér Samba-tjenester" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:754 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgid "Writing the settings..." +msgstr "Skriver indstillingerne..." + # -#~ msgid "Enable Samba services" -#~ msgstr "Aktivér Samba-tjenester" +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:757 +msgid "Disabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Deaktiverer Samba-tjenester..." # -#~ msgid "Disabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Deaktiverer Samba-tjenester..." +#. translators: write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:759 +msgid "Enabling Samba services..." +msgstr "Aktiverer Samba-tjenester..." +#. write progress stage +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:769 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Saving Samba Client Configuration" +msgid "Write Kerberos configuration" +msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af Samba-klient" + # -#~ msgid "Enabling Samba services..." -#~ msgstr "Aktiverer Samba-tjenester..." +#. write progress step +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:771 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgid "Writing Kerberos configuration..." +msgstr "Skriver Kerberos-konfiguration..." -#~ msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til %1." +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#. translators: error message, %1 is filename +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:825 src/modules/Samba.rb:862 src/modules/Samba.rb:879 +msgid "Cannot write settings to %1." +msgstr "Kan ikke skrive indstillinger til %1." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke starte Winbind-tjeneste." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:838 +msgid "Cannot start winbind service." +msgstr "Kan ikke starte Winbind-tjeneste." -#~ msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke starte winbind-dæmon." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:843 +msgid "Cannot start winbind daemon." +msgstr "Kan ikke starte winbind-dæmon." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe Winbind-tjeneste." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:849 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind service." +msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe Winbind-tjeneste." -#~ msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe winbind-dæmon." +#. translators: error message, do not change winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:854 +msgid "Cannot stop winbind daemon." +msgstr "Kan ikke stoppe winbind-dæmon." # -#~ msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." -#~ msgstr "Kan ikke skrive PAM-indstillinger." +#. translators: error message +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:870 +msgid "Cannot write PAM settings." +msgstr "Kan ikke skrive PAM-indstillinger." -#~ msgid "Global Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Global konfiguration" +#. summary header +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1044 +msgid "Global Configuration" +msgstr "Global konfiguration" -#~ msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" -#~ msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1" +#. autoyast summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1051 +msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1" -#~ msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" -#~ msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1060 +msgid "Create Home Directory on Login" +msgstr "Opret hjemmemappe ved login" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1067 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Off&line Authentication" +msgid "Offline Authentication Enabled" +msgstr "Off&line godkendelse" + # integer field widget label -#~ msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" -#~ msgstr "Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer: %1" +#. autoyast summary item +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1075 +msgid "Maximum Number of Shares: %1" +msgstr "Maksimalt antal delte ressourcer: %1" -#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" -#~ msgstr "<p><b>Godkendelse med SMB</b>: %1</p>" +#. summary item: configured workgroup +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1096 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Workgroup or Domain: %1" +msgid "<p><b>Workgroup or Domain</b>: %1</p>" +msgstr "Arbejdsgruppe eller domæne: %1" + +#. summary item: authentication using winbind +#: src/modules/Samba.rb:1101 +msgid "<p><b>Authentication with SMB</b>: %1</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Godkendelse med SMB</b>: %1</p>" + +#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:328 +msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state" +msgstr "Kan ikke fortsætte tilslutningen: Inkonsistent cluster-tilstand" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:54+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -30,8 +30,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for samba-server module #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66 msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)" -msgstr "" -"Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)" +msgstr "Konfigurationsmodul til Samba-server (se Samba-dokumentation for detaljer)" #. translators: command line help text for share action #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79 @@ -125,20 +124,17 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share read_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource" +msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan læse fra den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for share write_list option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource" +msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som kan skrive til den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for share browseable option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215 msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN" -msgstr "" -"Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket" +msgstr "Markér hvis den delte ressource skal skal være synlig på lokalnetværket" #. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222 @@ -148,8 +144,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229 msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share" -msgstr "" -"En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource" +msgstr "En kommaadskilt liste over brugere, som har adgang til den delte ressource" #. translators: command line help text for PDC role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236 @@ -169,8 +164,7 @@ #. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254 msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins" -msgstr "" -"Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin" +msgstr "Serveren skal give adgang til delte ressourcer, men ikke tillade domænelogin" #. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260 @@ -204,18 +198,13 @@ #. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298 -msgid "" -"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" +msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server" msgstr "LDAP-suffiks-DN for håndtering af brugerinformation på LDAP-serveren" #. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option #: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305 -msgid "" -"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing " -"passwords)" -msgstr "" -"LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af " -"adgangskode)" +msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)" +msgstr "LDAP-DN til ændring af indhold på LDAP-serveren (f.eks. ændring af adgangskode)" #. translators: error message for share command line action #. must provide the share name @@ -281,8 +270,7 @@ msgid "" "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n" "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n" -"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the " -"users,\n" +"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n" "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'" msgstr "" "Da der i øjeblikket er brugere tilsluttet til denne Samba-server,\n" @@ -916,8 +904,7 @@ "Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Afbryder initialisering</big></b><br>\n" -"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> " -"nu.</p>\n" +"Du kan trygt afbryde konfigurationsværktøjet ved at trykke på <b>Afbryd</b> nu.</p>\n" # #. Write dialog help 1/2 @@ -946,13 +933,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n" -"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and " -"click <b>Next</b>.\n" +"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Valg af arbejdsgruppe eller domæne</big></b><br>\n" -"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget " -"nye navn og tryk på <b>Næste</b>.\n" +"Vælg eksisterende navn på arbejdsgruppe eller domæne, eller skriv dit eget nye navn og tryk på <b>Næste</b>.\n" "</p>\n" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 @@ -966,36 +951,27 @@ #| "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style " -"domain.</p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n" "<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n" -"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their " -"passwords.</p>\n" -"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings " -"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be " -"phased out in future releases.</p>" +"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n" +"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et " -"Windows-domæne.</p>\n" +"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.</p>\n" "<p>Backup-styreenheden anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering.\n" -"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres " -"adgangskoder.</p>\n" -"<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af " -"indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>" +"Den primære styreenhed anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.</p>\n" +"<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>" #. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.<" -"/p>\n" +"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n" "<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n" "depend on the settings in this selection.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Samba-servertype</big></b></p>\n" -"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et " -"Windows-domæne.</p>\n" +"<p>En domænestyreenhed tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne.</p>\n" "<p>De tilgængelige indstillinger i konfigurationsdialogen \n" "afhænger af indstillingerne i dette udvalg.</p>" @@ -1009,8 +985,7 @@ "<p>This is a list of already configured shares, whether they \n" "are enabled or disabled, and some basic information about them.<br></p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt " -"de \n" +"<p>Dette er en liste over allerede konfigurerede delte ressourcer, hvorvidt de \n" "er aktiveret eller deaktiveret og noget basal information om dem.<br></p>" #. Share list dialog help 2/4 @@ -1050,8 +1025,7 @@ "already existing share, and <b>Delete</b> to \n" "remove the information about a share.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, <b>Redigér</b> for " -"at ændre\n" +"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny delt ressource, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n" "eksisterende delte ressourcer og <b>Slet</b> for at fjerne al \n" "information om en delt ressource.</p>\n" @@ -1070,18 +1044,14 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115 msgid "" "<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n" -"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain " -"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The " -"backup controller \n" +"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n" "uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n" "uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n" "If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n" "<b>Not a DC</b> value.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>De basale indstillinger bestemmer domænet og\n" -"serverens rolle. <b>Backup-domænestyreenhed</b> og <b>Primær " -"domænestyreenhed</b> tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. " -"Backup-domænestyreenheden \n" +"serverens rolle. <b>Backup-domænestyreenhed</b> og <b>Primær domænestyreenhed</b> tillader Windows-klienter at logge på et Windows-domæne. Backup-domænestyreenheden \n" "anvender en anden domænestyreenhed til validering. Den primære styreenhed\n" "anvender sin egen information om brugere og deres adgangskoder.\n" "Hvis serveren ikke skal fungere som domænestyreenhed, vælges\n" @@ -1130,12 +1100,10 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global " -"settings.</p>\n" +"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> giver adgang til \n" -"
detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede " -"globale indstillinger.</p>\n" +"
detaljeret konfiguration, kilder til brugerautentifikation og avancerede globale indstillinger.</p>\n" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147 msgid "" @@ -1190,8 +1158,7 @@ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, <b>" -"Redigér</b> for at ændre\n" +"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationindstilling, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n" "en eksisterende indstilling og <b>Slet</b> for at slette en indstilling.</p>\n" #. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2 @@ -1209,8 +1176,7 @@ "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n" "already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, <b>" -"Redigér</b> for at ændre\n" +"<p>Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny konfigurationsindstilling, <b>Redigér</b> for at ændre\n" "en eksisterende indstilling og <b>Slet</b> for at slette en indstilling.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3 @@ -1228,27 +1194,21 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188 msgid "" "<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n" -"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b>" -" is used when\n" +"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n" "creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n" "a password for write access, set the password using\n" "<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Søgebase-DN</b> (Distinguished Name) er\n" -"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og <b>Administrations-DN<" -"/b> bruges\n" +"stedet hvor søgning efter information skal begynde, og <b>Administrations-DN</b> bruges\n" "når nye brugere og grupper skal oprettes. Hvis administrations-DN kræver\n" "en adgangskode for skriveadgang, skal dette angives ved at bruge\n" "<b>Vælg adgangskode for LDAP-administration</b>.</p>\n" #. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is " -"set.</p>\n" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Bemærk:</b>Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for " -"LDAP-administration angives.</p>\n" +msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n" +msgstr "<p><b>Bemærk:</b>Indstillinger gemmes før adgangskoden for LDAP-administration angives.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200 @@ -1266,12 +1226,10 @@ #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207 msgid "" -"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current " -"one first\n" +"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n" "by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle " -"først\n" +"<p>Hvis du vil ændre kilde til brugerautentificering, så fjern den aktuelle først\n" "ved at trykke på <b>Slet</b> og tilføje en ny med <b>Tilføj</b>.</p>\n" #. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3 @@ -1331,8 +1289,7 @@ "Here, enter the basic information about a share to add.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Tilføj ny delt ressource</big></b><br>\n" -"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der " -"skal tilføjes.</p>\n" +"Her kan du indtaste grundlæggende information om en ny delt ressource, der skal tilføjes.</p>\n" #. add new share dialog help 2/3 #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:252 @@ -1381,21 +1338,11 @@ #. add new share dialog help #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276 -msgid "" -"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by " -"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only " -"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to " -"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must " -"also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further " -"details.</p>" +msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of " -"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if " -"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See " -"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>" msgstr "" #. help for LDAP Settings dialog @@ -1405,86 +1352,53 @@ "Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the " -"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store " -"SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" +"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, " -"including full Administrator DN.\n" +"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP " -"objects.\n" +"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To " -"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>" -".<p>" +"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>LDAP-indstillinger</big></b><br>\n" "Her bestemmes den LDAP-server der skal bruges til autentificering.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"At sætte <b>LDAP adgangskode-backend</b> muliggør lagring af " -"brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med <b>LDAP " -"Idmap-backend</b>, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n" +"At sætte <b>LDAP adgangskode-backend</b> muliggør lagring af brugerinformation i LDAP-træet, angivet via URL'en. Med <b>LDAP Idmap-backend</b>, lagres SID/uid/gid koblingstabeller i LDAP.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv " -"fuld administrator-DN.\n" +"I autentificeringsektionen sættes akkreditiverne for LDAP-serveren, inklusiv fuld administrator-DN.\n" "</p>\n" -"<b>Søgebase-DN</b> er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke " -"LDAP-objekter.\n" +"<b>Søgebase-DN</b> er det LDAP-suffiks der tilføjes til Samba-specifikke LDAP-objekter.\n" "</p><p>\n" -"Klik på <b>Test forbindelse</b> for at teste forbindelsen til din " -"LDAP-server. Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at sætte " -"ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier.<p>" +"Klik på <b>Test forbindelse</b> for at teste forbindelsen til din LDAP-server. Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at sætte ekspertindstillinger eller bruge standardværdier.<p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303 -msgid "" -"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The " -"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>" -"Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for " -"machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Brugersuffiks</b> angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien " -"sættes foran værdien for <b>Søgebase-DN</b>. Tilsvarende angiver <b>" -"Gruppesuffiks</b> angiver stedet for grupper, <b>Maskinesuffiks</b> for " -"maskiner og <b>Idmap-suffiks</b> for idmap-koblinger.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Brugersuffiks</b> angiver hvor brugere føjes til LDAP-træet. Værdien sættes foran værdien for <b>Søgebase-DN</b>. Tilsvarende angiver <b>Gruppesuffiks</b> angiver stedet for grupper, <b>Maskinesuffiks</b> for maskiner og <b>Idmap-suffiks</b> for idmap-koblinger.</p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307 msgid "" -"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait " -"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n" "<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Ventetid for replicering</b> er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil " -"vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge " -"med.</p>\n" +"<p><b>Ventetid for replicering</b> er antallet af millisekunder som Samba vil vente efter skrivning til LDAP-serveren, således at LDAP-replikaer kan følge med.</p>\n" "<p><b>Tidsudløb</b> angiver tidsudløbet for LDAP-operationer (i sekunder).</p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311 -msgid "" -"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med <b>Brug SSL eller " -"TLS</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Bestem om der skal bruges SSL til LDAP-forbindelse med <b>Brug SSL eller TLS</b>.</p>" #. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315 msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete " -"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" -"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the " -"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual " -"page for details.</p>" +"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n" +"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Slet DN</b> angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen " -"eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.</p>\n" -"<p>Med <b>Synkronisér adgangskoder</b> defineres mulig synkronisering af " -"LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for " -"detaljer.</p>" +"<p><b>Slet DN</b> angiver om sletningsoperationen sletter hele LDAP-indgangen eller kun Samba-specifikke attributter.</p>\n" +"<p>Med <b>Synkronisér adgangskoder</b> defineres mulig synkronisering af LDAP-adgangskoden med NT og LM-hashes. Se man-siden <tt>smb.conf</tt> for detaljer.</p>" #. translators: warning text #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322 @@ -1542,13 +1456,11 @@ #: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350 msgid "" "<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n" -"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, " -"and\n" +"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n" "expert global settings.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> giver adgang til \n" -"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til " -"brugerautentifikation og\n" +"detaljeret konfiguration, som f.eks. LDAP-indstillinger, kilder til brugerautentifikation og\n" "avancerede globale indstillinger.</p>\n" #. translators: combo box value @@ -1770,8 +1682,7 @@ #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338 msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported." -msgstr "" -"Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet." +msgstr "Kun dcObject- (dc) og organizationalUnit- (ou) klasser er understøttet." #. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP #: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624 Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/samba-users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: samba-users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/scanner.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: scanner\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:41+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:33+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/security.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: security\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-01-27 13:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/services-manager.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-18 16:19+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -17,12 +17,192 @@ "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n" +#: src/clients/default_target_finish.rb:33 +msgid "Saving default systemd target..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:26 +msgid "VNC needs graphical system to be available" +msgstr "" + #. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:51 +msgid "&Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:52 +msgid "Default systemd target" +msgstr "" + +#. create the proposal dialog and get the sequence symbol from block +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:116 +msgid "Set Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:134 +msgid "Selecting the Default Systemd Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:136 +msgid "Systemd is a system and service manager for Linux. It consists of units whose job is to activate services and other units." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:139 +msgid "Default target unit is activated on boot by default. Usually it is a symlink located in path/etc/systemd/system/default.target . See more on systemd man page." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:143 +msgid "Multi-User target is for setting up a non-graphical multi-user system with network suitable for server (similar to runlevel 3)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:146 +msgid "Graphical target for setting up a graphical login screen with network which is typical for workstations (similar to runlevel 5)." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:149 +msgid "When you are not sure what would be the best option for you then go with graphical target." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:160 +msgid "Available Targets" +msgstr "" + +#. Check if the user forced a particular target before; if he did and the +#. autodetection recommends a different one now, warn the user about this +#. and keep the default target unchanged. +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:219 +msgid "The installer is recommending you the default target '%s' " +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:231 +msgid "X11 packages have been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:234 +msgid "Live Installation is typically used for full GUI in target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:237 +msgid "Serial connection does typically not support GUI" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:241 +msgid "Text mode installation assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:244 +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:248 +msgid "Using VNC assumes a GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:251 +msgid "SSH installation mode assumes no GUI on the target system" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:254 +msgid "X11 packages have not been selected for installation" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/default_target_proposal.rb:257 +msgid "This recommendation is based on the analysis of other installation settings" +msgstr "" + +#. Default for double-click in the table +#. Default for double-click in the table +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:71 src/clients/services.rb:71 +msgid "Writing configuration..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:76 src/clients/services.rb:76 +msgid "Writing the configuration failed:\n" +msgstr "" + +#. Fills the dialog contents +#. Fills the dialog contents +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:91 src/clients/services.rb:91 +msgid "Default System &Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:99 src/clients/services.rb:99 +msgid "Service" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:100 src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 src/clients/services.rb:100 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:16 +msgid "Enabled" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state matches the futural state +#. The current state matches the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:101 src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 src/clients/services.rb:101 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:102 src/clients/services.rb:102 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:107 src/clients/services.rb:107 +msgid "&Start/Stop" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:109 src/clients/services.rb:109 +msgid "&Enable/Disable" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:111 src/clients/services.rb:111 +msgid "Show &Details" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:114 src/clients/services.rb:114 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:5 +msgid "Services Manager" +msgstr "" + +#. Redraws the services dialog +#. Redraws the services dialog +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:126 src/clients/services.rb:126 +msgid "Reading services status..." +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:130 src/clients/services-manager.rb:146 +#: src/clients/services.rb:130 src/clients/services.rb:146 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:23 +msgid "Disabled" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:131 src/clients/services-manager.rb:156 +#: src/clients/services.rb:131 src/clients/services.rb:156 +msgid "Inactive" +msgstr "" + +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#. The current state differs the the futural state +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Active (will start)" +msgstr "" + +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:163 src/clients/services.rb:163 +msgid "Inactive (will stop)" +msgstr "" + +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#. Opens up a popup with details about the currently selected service +#: src/clients/services-manager.rb:190 src/clients/services.rb:190 +msgid "Service %{service} Full Info" +msgstr "" + +#. TODO implement behaviour if force_reset parameter provided #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:52 msgid "&Services" msgstr "" #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:53 +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:15 msgid "Services" msgstr "" @@ -62,3 +242,63 @@ #: src/clients/services_proposal.rb:283 msgid "Cannot enable service %1" msgstr "" + +#: src/data/services-manager/autoyast_summary.erb:6 +msgid "Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#. Name of the systemd default target unit. Suffix '.target' is optional. +#. @return [String] if the target has been specified in the profile. Can be nil. +#: src/lib/services-manager/services_manager_profile.rb:104 +msgid "Unknown autoyast services profile schema for 'services-manager'" +msgstr "" + +#. AutoYast summary +#: src/modules/services_manager.rb:29 +msgid "Not configured yet." +msgstr "" + +#. Do not start or stop services that are already in the desired state +#. they might be coming from AutoYast import and thus they are :modified. +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:407 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service} which is currently %{status}. " +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_service.rb:426 +msgid "Could not %{change} %{service}. " +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 5) option #1 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:22 +msgid "Graphical mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Default systemd target (previously: runlevel 3) option #2 +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:24 +msgid "Text mode" +msgstr "" + +#. Systemd targets +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:27 +msgid "Graphical Interface" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:28 +msgid "Emergency Mode" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:29 +msgid "Switch Root" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:30 +msgid "Initrd Default Target" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:31 +msgid "Multi-User System" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/services_manager_target.rb:32 +msgid "Rescue Mode" +msgstr "" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/slp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: slp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-10-05 18:40+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/snapper.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -27,127 +27,127 @@ #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:124 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:245 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 msgid "Description" msgstr "Beskrivelse" #. text entry label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:291 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297 msgid "User data" msgstr "Brugerdata" #. combo box label #. text entry label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:296 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302 msgid "Cleanup algorithm" msgstr "Oprydningsalgoritme" #. popup label, %1 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:152 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158 msgid "Modify Snapshot %1" msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbillede %1" #. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range) -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:160 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166 msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2" msgstr "Ændr øjebliksbilleder %1 - %2" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:163 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169 msgid "Pre (%1)" msgstr "Præ (%1)" #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:167 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173 msgid "Post (%1)" msgstr "Post (%1)" #. popup label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:243 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249 msgid "Create New Snapshot" msgstr "Opret nyt øjebliksbillede" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:256 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262 msgid "Single snapshot" msgstr "Enkelt øjebliksbillede" #. radio button label #. 0 means there's no post -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:265 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:437 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435 msgid "Pre" msgstr "Præ" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281 msgid "Post, paired with:" msgstr "Post, parret med:" #. yes/no popup question -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:346 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352 msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette øjebliksbilledet \"%1\"?" #. summary dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:359 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365 msgid "Snapshots" msgstr "Øjebliksbilleder" #. generate list of snapshot table items -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:392 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394 msgid "Single" msgstr "Enkelt" #. pre canot be 0 -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:421 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419 msgid "Pre & Post" msgstr "Præ og post" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:456 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454 msgid "Reading list of snapshots..." msgstr "Læser liste over øjebliksbilleder..." #. combo box label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:477 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475 msgid "Current Configuration" msgstr "Nuværende konfiguration" #. table header -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486 msgid "ID" msgstr "Id" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488 msgid "Start Date" msgstr "Startdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489 msgid "End Date" msgstr "Slutdato" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491 msgid "User Data" msgstr "Brugerdata" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:499 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497 msgid "Show Changes" msgstr "Vis ændringer" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:502 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500 msgid "Modify" msgstr "Ændr" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:544 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542 msgid "" "This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n" "Showing differences is not possible." @@ -156,131 +156,131 @@ "Visning af forskelle er ikke muligt." #. dialog caption -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:590 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588 msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview" msgstr "Oversigt over valgt øjebliksbillede" #. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:636 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626 msgid "%1: %2" msgstr "%1: %2" #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:655 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645 msgid "Calculating changed files..." msgstr "Beregner ændrede filer..." #. busy popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:752 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742 msgid "Calculating file modifications..." msgstr "Beregner filændringer..." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:760 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750 msgid "New file was created." msgstr "Ny fil blev oprettet." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:764 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754 msgid "File was removed." msgstr "Filen blev fjernet." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:769 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759 msgid "File content was not changed." msgstr "Filindholdet blev ikke ændret." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:775 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765 msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot." msgstr "Filen findes ikke nogen af øjebliksbillederne." #. label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771 msgid "File content was modified." msgstr "Filindholdet blev ændret." #. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--') -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:791 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781 msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filtilstanden blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"." #. text label, %1, %2 are user names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:806 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796 msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filens brugerejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"." #. text label, %1, %2 are group names -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:822 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812 msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'." msgstr "Filens gruppeejerskab blev ændret fra \"%1\" til \"%2\"." #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:857 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847 msgid "R&estore from First" msgstr "G&enskab fra første" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:859 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849 msgid "Restore" msgstr "Genskab" -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:882 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872 msgid "Res&tore from Second" msgstr "Gen&skab fra andet" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:919 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909 msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskel mellem øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system" #. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:931 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921 msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:" msgstr "Vis forskel mellem aktuelt og det valgte øjebliksbillede:" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:978 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968 msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot" msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første og andet øjebliksbillede" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:989 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979 msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskel mellem første øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system" #. radio button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1000 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990 msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system" msgstr "Vis forskel mellem andet øjebliksbillede og det aktuelle system" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1041 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031 msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:" msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det første øjebliksbillede:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1046 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036 msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:" msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for det andet øjebliksbillede:" #. label, date string will follow at the end of line -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1054 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044 msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:" msgstr "Oprettelsestidspunkt for øjebliksbilledet:" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1076 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066 msgid "&Open" msgstr "Å&bn" #. button label -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1122 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "Restore Selected" msgstr "Genskab det valgte" #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1196 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186 msgid "" "Do you want to delete the file\n" "\n" @@ -296,7 +296,7 @@ #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number #. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1216 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1234 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224 msgid "" "Do you want to copy the file\n" "\n" @@ -311,17 +311,17 @@ "fra øjebliksbilledet \"%2\" til det nuværende system?" #. popup message -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1269 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259 msgid "No file was selected for restoring" msgstr "Ingen fil blev valg til genskabelse" #. popup headline -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1274 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264 msgid "Restoring files" msgstr "Genskaber filer" #. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files -#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1277 +#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267 msgid "" "<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n" "<p>\n" @@ -334,10 +334,8 @@ "<p>\n" "%2\n" "</p>\n" -"<p>Filer der findes i det oprindelige øjebliksbillede vil blive kopieret til " -"det nuværende system.</p>\n" -"<p>Filer der ikke fandtes i øjebliksbilledet vil blive slettet.</p>Vil du " -"fortsætte?" +"<p>Filer der findes i det oprindelige øjebliksbillede vil blive kopieret til det nuværende system.</p>\n" +"<p>Filer der ikke fandtes i øjebliksbilledet vil blive slettet.</p>Vil du fortsætte?" #. Read dialog help #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36 @@ -352,29 +350,17 @@ #: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three " -"types\n" -"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots " -"are\n" -"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post " -"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between " -"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in " -"the table.</p>\n" -"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see " -"the\n" +"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n" +"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n" +"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the table.</p>\n" +"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n" "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Konfiguration af øjebliksbilleder</big></b><p>\n" -"<p>Tabellen viser en liste over øjebliksbilleder af rodfilsystemet. Der er " -"tre typer\n" -"af øjebliksbilleder, <b>enkelt</b>, <b>præ</b> og <b>post</b>. Enkelte " -"øjebliksbilleder\n" -"bruges til at lagre filsystemtilstanden på et bestemt tidspunkt, mens Præ og " -"Post bruges til at definere de ændringer der udføres af særlige handlinger " -"der er fundet sted mellem oprettelse af de to øjebliksbilleder. Præ- og " -"Post-øjebliksbilleder kobles sammen i tabellen.</p>\n" -"<p>Vælg et øjebliksbillede eller et par af øjebliksbilleder og tryk på <b>Vis " -"ændringer</b> for at\n" +"<p>Tabellen viser en liste over øjebliksbilleder af rodfilsystemet. Der er tre typer\n" +"af øjebliksbilleder, <b>enkelt</b>, <b>præ</b> og <b>post</b>. Enkelte øjebliksbilleder\n" +"bruges til at lagre filsystemtilstanden på et bestemt tidspunkt, mens Præ og Post bruges til at definere de ændringer der udføres af særlige handlinger der er fundet sted mellem oprettelse af de to øjebliksbilleder. Præ- og Post-øjebliksbilleder kobles sammen i tabellen.</p>\n" +"<p>Vælg et øjebliksbillede eller et par af øjebliksbilleder og tryk på <b>Vis ændringer</b> for at\n" "se de nye filsystemændringer i det angivne øjebliksbillede.</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help @@ -382,28 +368,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first " -"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the " -"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of " -"creation for both snapshots.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By " -"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is " -"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Oversigt over øjebliksbillede</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Træet viser alle de filer der er blevet ændret mellem oprettelse af første " -"(\"præ\") og andet (\"post\") øjebliksbillede. På højre side kan du se " -"beskrivelsen der blev genereret da det første øjebliksbillede blev oprettet " -"og tidspunktet for oprettelsen af begge øjebliksbilleder.\n" +"Træet viser alle de filer der er blevet ændret mellem oprettelse af første (\"præ\") og andet (\"post\") øjebliksbillede. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen der blev genereret da det første øjebliksbillede blev oprettet og tidspunktet for oprettelsen af begge øjebliksbilleder.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Når filen vælges i træet, kan du se de ændringer der er foretaget. Som " -"standard vises ændringer mellem valgte koblede øjebliksbilleder, men det er " -"muligt at sammenligne filen med forskellige versioner.\n" +"Når filen vælges i træet, kan du se de ændringer der er foretaget. Som standard vises ændringer mellem valgte koblede øjebliksbilleder, men det er muligt at sammenligne filen med forskellige versioner.\n" "</p>\n" #. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots @@ -411,24 +387,18 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the " -"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time " -"of its creation.\n" +"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between " -"snapshot version and current system.\n" +"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Oversigt over øjebliksbillede</big></b><p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Træet viser alle de filer der forskellige mellem det valgte øjebliksbilleder " -"og det aktuelle system. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen af " -"øjebliksbilledet og dets oprettelsestidspunkt.\n" +"Træet viser alle de filer der forskellige mellem det valgte øjebliksbilleder og det aktuelle system. På højre side kan du se beskrivelsen af øjebliksbilledet og dets oprettelsestidspunkt.\n" "</p>\n" "<p>\n" -"Når en fil markeres i træet, kan du se forskellen mellem " -"øjebliksbilledeversionen og det aktuelle system.\n" +"Når en fil markeres i træet, kan du se forskellen mellem øjebliksbilledeversionen og det aktuelle system.\n" "</p>\n" #. popup error Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/sound.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sound\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-06 22:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/squid.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: squid\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-05-27 12:57+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/sshd.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sshd\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:56+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:11+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -27,7 +27,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:155 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:175 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:78 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD" @@ -35,7 +34,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:161 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:181 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:84 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD configuration" msgid "Read current SSHD configuration" msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -43,7 +41,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:163 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:183 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:86 -#| msgid "Read the current SSHD state" msgid "Read current SSHD state" msgstr "Læs nuværende SSHD-tilstand" @@ -51,7 +48,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:166 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:89 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD configuration..." msgid "Reading current SSHD configuration..." msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-konfiguration..." @@ -59,7 +55,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:168 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:188 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:91 -#| msgid "Reading the current SSHD state" msgid "Reading current SSHD state..." msgstr "Læser nuværende SSHD-tilstand..." @@ -67,7 +62,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:186 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:206 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:109 -#| msgid "Cannot read the current SSHD state." msgid "Cannot read current SSHD state." msgstr "Kan ikke læse nuværende SSHD-tilstand." @@ -75,7 +69,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:204 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:224 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:127 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving SSHD Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -90,7 +83,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:212 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:232 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:135 -#| msgid "Adjust SSHD service" msgid "Adjust the SSHD service" msgstr "Tilpas SSHD-tjenesten" @@ -105,7 +97,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:217 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:237 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:140 -#| msgid "Adjusting SSHD service..." msgid "Adjusting the SSHD service..." msgstr "Tilpasser SSHD-tjenesten..." @@ -113,7 +104,6 @@ #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-continue1-Sshd.ycp:228 #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-Sshd.ycp:248 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/Sshd.ycp:151 -#| msgid "Cannot write the SSHD settings." msgid "Cannot write SSHD settings." msgstr "Kan ikke skrive SSHD-indstillinger." @@ -192,7 +182,6 @@ #. a dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:106 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:100 -#| msgid "General Login Settings" msgid "SSHD Server Login Settings" msgstr "Login-indstillinger for SSHD-server" @@ -204,7 +193,6 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:113 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:107 -#| msgid "Print &Message of the Day after Login" msgid "Print &Message of the Day After Login" msgstr "Skriv dagens &besked efter login" @@ -228,33 +216,28 @@ #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:125 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:119 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "Pa&sswordAuthentication" msgstr "Adgang&skode-autentificering" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:127 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:121 -#| msgid "Pa&ssword Authentication" msgid "RSA Authenti&cation" msgstr "RSA-autentifi&cering" #. A check box #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-final-dialogs.ycp:129 #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/dialogs.ycp:123 -#| msgid "Public &Key Authentication (Protocol V. 2 Only)" msgid "Public &Key Authentication" msgstr "Autentificering med offentlig nø&gle" #. Sshd read dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Initializing the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Initializing sshd Configuration" msgstr "Initialiserer konfiguration af SSHD" #. Sshd write dialog caption #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-Sshd.ycp:53 -#| msgid "Saving the SSHD Configuration" msgid "Saving sshd Configuration" msgstr "Gemmer SSHD-konfiguration" @@ -279,15 +262,11 @@ #. Sshd configure1 dialog contents #: tutorials/tutorial-includes/sshd/t1-start-dialogs.ycp:28 -#| msgid "Configuration of sshd" msgid "First part of configuration of sshd" msgstr "Første del af konfiguration af SSHD" #. Read dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:18 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Initializing the sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#| "</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Initializing sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -297,9 +276,6 @@ #. Write dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:22 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Saving the sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#| "</p>\n" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Saving sshd Configuration</big></b><br>\n" "Please wait...<br></p>" @@ -318,9 +294,6 @@ #. Login Settings dialog help #: tutorials/tutorial-sources/clean-ycp/helps.ycp:30 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p><b><big>Server Configuration</big></b><br>\n" -#| "Configure SSHD here.<br></p>" msgid "" "<p><b><big>Login Settings</big></b><br>\n" "Configure SSHD login settings here.<br></p>" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/storage.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: storage\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-09-29 18:07+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 21:14+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ "\n" "To continue despite this warning, click Yes.\n" msgstr "" -"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af " -"harddiske.\n" +"Brug kun dette program, hvis du er fortrolig med partitionering af harddiske.\n" "\n" "Forsøg aldrig at partitionere diske, som kan være i brug på nogen måde\n" "(monterede partitioner, swap osv.), hvis du ikke er helt sikker på, hvad du\n" @@ -96,7 +95,6 @@ #. Radiobutton for partition dialog #: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:78 -#| msgid "Expert Partitioner" msgid "&Expert Partitioner..." msgstr "&Ekspertpartitionering..." @@ -107,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "&Opret partitionsopsætning..." #. popup text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:117 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:123 #: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:105 msgid "" "No automatic proposal possible.\n" @@ -120,14 +118,13 @@ #. this is the resize case #. #. this is the normal case -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:129 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:135 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:164 #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:178 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:185 -#| msgid "Proposal settings" msgid "Edit Proposal Settings" msgstr "Redigér indstillinger for forslag" #. help on suggested partitioning -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:159 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:165 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Your hard disks have been checked. The partition setup\n" @@ -139,7 +136,7 @@ #. help text continued #. %1 is replaced by button text -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:169 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:175 msgid "" "<p>\n" "To make only small adjustments to the proposed\n" @@ -154,7 +151,7 @@ "\"Ekspertpartitionering\".</p>\n" #. help text continued -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:182 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:188 msgid "" "<p>\n" "If the suggestion does not fit your needs, create\n" @@ -174,15 +171,23 @@ #. Attention! besides the testsuite, AutoYaST is using this to turn off #. the proposal screen too. See inst_autosetup.ycp -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:226 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:232 msgid "Impossible to create the requested proposal." msgstr "Umuligt at oprette det ønskede forslag." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:230 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." +msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume." +msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home." + +#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449 msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home." msgstr "Ikke nok tilgængelig plads til at foreslå separat /home." -#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:314 +#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295 msgid "" "Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n" "done so far. Continue with computing proposal?" @@ -411,8 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"<b>Windows brugt</b> er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition " -"bruger.\n" +"<b>Windows brugt</b> er størrelsen på den plads din Windows-partition bruger.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text (non-graphical mode), continued @@ -532,8 +536,7 @@ #. popup text #: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96 msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option." -msgstr "" -"Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." +msgstr "Dit system kan kun konfigureres med \"Brugertilpasset partitionering\"." #. Win NT / 2000 #. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently @@ -670,11 +673,8 @@ #. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks #. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers. #: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172 -msgid "" -"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." -msgstr "" -"Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge " -"den til installationen." +msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation." +msgstr "Ingen harddiske fundet. Hvis en opdaterings-cd er tilgængelig, prøv at bruge den til installationen." # #. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on @@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ #. Label text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6209 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6230 msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" msgstr "Foreslå en separat &home-partition" @@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ msgstr "Forslagstype" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:253 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:246 msgid "" "You have not assigned a root partition for\n" "installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n" @@ -1014,7 +1014,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:266 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:259 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n" "points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n" @@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:279 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:272 msgid "" "You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:293 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:286 msgid "" "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n" "mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n" @@ -1060,7 +1060,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a number -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:308 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:301 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n" @@ -1081,7 +1081,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text, %1 is a size -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:328 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:321 msgid "" "Warning:\n" "Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n" @@ -1096,7 +1096,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig beholde denne størrelse boot-partition?\n" #. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT /////////////////////////// -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:345 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:338 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n" "To boot from a GPT disk using grub2 such a partition is needed.\n" @@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ #. popup text #. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to #. boot from the hard drive! -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:365 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:358 msgid "" "Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n" "To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n" @@ -1130,7 +1130,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge opsætningen uden /boot-partition?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:385 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:378 msgid "" "Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n" "boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n" @@ -1149,7 +1149,7 @@ "\n" "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:403 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:398 msgid "" "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n" "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n" @@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:422 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %1\n" "installation might not be directly bootable, because\n" @@ -1175,32 +1175,8 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:443 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:433 msgid "" -"Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" -"will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" -"partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" -"This does not work.\n" -"\n" -"If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" -"partition for your files below /boot.\n" -"\n" -"Really use this setup?\n" -msgstr "" -"Advarsel: Med din nuværende opsætning får din %1-installation\n" -"problemer under boot, da du ikke har nogen \"boot\"-partition,\n" -"og din rodpartition er et LVM logisk diskområde.\n" -"Dette fungerer ikke.\n" -"\n" -"\n" -"Brug en normal partition til filerne under /boot, hvis du ikke ved\n" -"nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n" -"\n" -"Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" - -#. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:464 -msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation\n" "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no\n" "FAT partition mounted on %1.\n" @@ -1224,7 +1200,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:455 msgid "" "Warning: With your current setup, your %2 installation will\n" "encounter problems when booting, because you have no \n" @@ -1249,36 +1225,33 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:478 msgid "Really use this setup?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:517 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:486 msgid "" "\n" "You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n" "to create and assign a swap partition.\n" "Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n" -"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point " -"\"swap\".\n" +"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n" "You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n" "\n" "Really use the setup without swap partition?\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi " -"kraftigt, \n" +"Du har ikke tildelt en swap-partition. I de fleste tilfælde anbefaler vi kraftigt, \n" "at oprette og tildele en swap-partition.\n" -"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux " -"swap\".\n" +"Swap-partitioner i systemet opføres i hovedvinduet som typen \"Linux swap\".\n" "En tildelt swap-partition har monteringspunktet \"swap\".\n" "Hvis du vil, kan du tildele mere end én swap-partition.\n" "\n" "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning uden swap-partition?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:533 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:502 msgid "" "\n" "You chose to install onto an existing partition that will not be\n" @@ -1292,7 +1265,7 @@ # #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:540 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:509 msgid "" "- if this is an existing ReiserFS partition\n" "- if this partition already contains a Linux distribution that will be\n" @@ -1305,20 +1278,18 @@ "- hvis denne partitionen endnu ikke indeholder noget filsystem\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:547 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:516 msgid "" "If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n" "formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n" "like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n" msgstr "" -"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition " -"til\n" -"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne " -"såsom\n" +"Hvis du er i tvivl, er det bedst at gå tilbage og markere denne partition til\n" +"formatering, specielt hvis den er tildelt et af standard-monteringspunkterne såsom\n" "/, /boot, /opt eller /var.\n" #. continued popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:553 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:522 msgid "" "If you decide to format the partition, all data on it will be lost.\n" "\n" @@ -1329,7 +1300,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig lade partitionen være uformateret?\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:608 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:577 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n" @@ -1338,7 +1309,7 @@ "Fjern den fra RAID, før du redigerer den.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:619 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:588 msgid "" "The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n" "Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n" @@ -1347,7 +1318,7 @@ "Fjern den fra diskområdegruppen, før du redigerer den.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:629 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:598 msgid "" "The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n" "Remove the volume before editing it.\n" @@ -1356,7 +1327,7 @@ "Fjern diskområdet, før du redigerer den.\n" #. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:662 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:631 msgid "" "The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n" "Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n" @@ -1365,7 +1336,7 @@ "Fjern den fra RAID, før du sletter den.\n" #. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:673 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:642 msgid "" "The device (%2) is used by %1.\n" "Remove %1 before deleting it.\n" @@ -1373,12 +1344,12 @@ "Enheden (%2) anvendes af %1.\n" "Fjern %1, før du sletter den.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:685 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:654 msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted." msgstr "Den kan ikke slettes mens den er monteret." #. popup text, %1 is a device name -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:690 msgid "" "The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n" "another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n" @@ -1387,24 +1358,20 @@ "en anden logisk partition med et højere nummer er i brug.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:797 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:766 msgid "" -"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently " -"mounted:\n" +"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the " -"extended partition.\n" +"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" -"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er " -"monteret:\n" +"Den valgte udvidede partition indeholder partitioner, som aktuelt er monteret:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den " -"udvidede partition.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse partitioner, før du sletter den udvidede partition.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:815 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n" @@ -1419,7 +1386,7 @@ "udvidede partition.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate RAID. -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:826 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:795 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1434,7 +1401,7 @@ "udvidede partition.\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:837 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:806 msgid "" "\n" "The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n" @@ -1453,13 +1420,13 @@ #. label text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:75 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:672 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6336 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!" msgstr "Glem ikke hvad du indtaster her!" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:79 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:675 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771 msgid "Empty password allowed." msgstr "Tom adgangskode tilladt." @@ -1488,7 +1455,7 @@ #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:137 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:700 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796 msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:" msgstr "&Angiv en adgangskode til dit filsystem:" @@ -1499,7 +1466,7 @@ #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:148 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:684 src/modules/Storage.rb:3995 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:3998 msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:" msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til &verifikation:" @@ -1522,7 +1489,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:197 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3951 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3954 msgid "" "You did not enter a password.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1533,7 +1500,7 @@ #. popup text #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:204 -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3959 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962 msgid "" "The password must have at least %1 characters.\n" "Try again.\n" @@ -1572,24 +1539,20 @@ "<p><b>Montér i /etc/fstab ved:</b>\n" "Et filsystem, som skal monteres, identificeres normalt ved enhedsnavnet\n" "i /etc/fstab. Denne identifikation kan ændres, så filsystemet,\n" -"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et " -"diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" -"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et " -"tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" +"der skal monteres, findes ved at søge efter et UUID eller et diskområdemærkat. Ikke alle\n" +"filsystemer kan monteres med et UUID eller en diskområdemærkat. Hvis et tilvalg er deaktiveret,\n" "er det ikke muligt.\n" #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:480 msgid "" "<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n" -"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually " -"makes sense only \n" +"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n" "when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n" "A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Diskområdemærkat:</b>\n" -"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt " -"kun\n" +"Navnet, angivet i dette felt, bruges som diskområdemærkat. Dette er normalt kun\n" "relevant hvis du aktiverer tilvalget for montering med diskområdemærkat.\n" "Et diskområdemærkat kan ikke indeholde /-tegnet eller mellemrum.\n" @@ -1750,8 +1713,7 @@ #. Popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1326 msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume." -msgstr "" -"Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." +msgstr "Du risikerer at miste data, hvis du formindsker dette logiske diskområde." # #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1330 @@ -1832,14 +1794,12 @@ msgid "" "The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n" "%1\n" -"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the " -"partition table.\n" +"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n" "Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n" msgstr "" "Den valgte enhed indeholder partitioner, som i øjeblikket er monterede:\n" "%1\n" -"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter " -"partitionstabellen.\n" +"Vi anbefaler *kraftigt* at afmontere disse, før du sletter partitionstabellen.\n" "Tryk på \"Annullér\", hvis du ikke ved nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n" #. popup text, Do not translate LVM. @@ -1887,10 +1847,6 @@ #. help text, richtext format #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1601 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>\n" -#| "Create and remove subvolumes \n" -#| "from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n" msgstr "<p>Opret og fjern underdiskområder fra et Btrfs-filsystem.</p>\n" @@ -1923,7 +1879,7 @@ #. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1650 -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6190 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6211 msgid "Enable Snapshots" msgstr "Aktivér øjebliksbilleder" @@ -1934,24 +1890,23 @@ msgid "Subvolume Handling" msgstr "Håndtering af underdiskområde" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1721 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1724 msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed." msgstr "Tomt navn på underdiskområde er ikke tilladt." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1725 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1728 msgid "" "Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n" "Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume." msgstr "" -"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i " -"øjeblikket!\n" +"Kun navne på underdiskområder som starter med \"%1\" er tilladt i øjeblikket!\n" "Sætter automatisk \"%1\" foran navnet på underdiskområdet." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1734 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1738 msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists." msgstr "Underdiskområde-navnet %1 findes allerede." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1765 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1767 msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost." msgstr "Ændringer der er udført i dialogen hidtil vil gå tabt." @@ -1994,41 +1949,36 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:612 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or " -"/var/tmp.\n" +"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n" "If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n" "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n" "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp " -"eller /var/tmp.\n" +"Dette monteringspunkt svarer til et midlertidigt filsystem som f.eks. /tmp eller /var/tmp.\n" "Hvis du lader krypteringsadgangskoden være tom vil systemet oprette\n" -"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister " -"alle \n" +"en vilkårlig adgangskode for dig ved systemstart. Dette betyder, at du mister alle \n" "data på disse filsystemer, når systemet lukkes ned.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:627 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file " -"system.\n" +"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n" "Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n" "enter it twice.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit " -"filsystem.\n" +"Hvis du glemmer din adgangskode, mister du adgang til alle data i dit filsystem.\n" "Vær påpasselig med valg af adgangskode. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n" "anbefales. For at sikre, at adgangskoden indtastedes korrekt, \n" "skal den indtastes to gange.\n" @@ -2037,11 +1987,10 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:641 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have " -"at\n" +"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" "least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n" "(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2070,7 +2019,7 @@ #. help text, continued #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:653 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Do not forget this password!\n" @@ -2095,17 +2044,14 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore " -"is\n" +"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n" "not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n" "file system is not accessed during update.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke " -"er\n" -"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge <b>Spring over</b>. I så fald " -"tilgås\n" +"Hvis det krypterede filsystem ikke indeholder nogen systemfil, og derfor ikke er\n" +"nødvendigt for opdateringen, kan du vælge <b>Spring over</b>. I så fald tilgås\n" "filsystemet ikke under opdateringen .\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2130,12 +2076,6 @@ "tilintetgøre diskmærkatet i ekspertpartitionering.\n" #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:187 -#| msgid "" -#| "Warning: Your system states that it reqires an EFI \n" -#| "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" -#| "GPT disk label YaST will create a GPT label on this disk.\n" -#| "\n" -#| "You need to mark all partitions on this disk for removal.\n" msgid "" "Warning: Your system states that it requires an EFI \n" "boot setup. Since the selected disk does not contain a \n" @@ -2237,16 +2177,13 @@ "FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "This is not possible." msgstr "" -"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, " -"/home).\n" +"Et FAT-filsystem anvendt til system-monteringspunkt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n" "Dette er ikke muligt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:259 -msgid "" -"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." -msgstr "" -"Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." +msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point." +msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i monteringspunkt. Brug ikke \"`'!\"%#\" i et monteringspunkt." #. error popup text #: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:268 @@ -2321,28 +2258,27 @@ #. ////////////////////////////////////////////// #. modify map new -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:947 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:974 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:954 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:981 msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1." msgstr "Filsystemet er i øjeblikket monteret i %1." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:952 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:959 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." msgstr "" -"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller " -"annullere.\n" +"Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu, fortsætte uden at afmontere eller annullere.\n" "Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør." #. button text #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:963 -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:988 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:970 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:995 msgid "Unmount" msgstr "Afmontér" -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:979 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:986 msgid "" "You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n" "Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing." @@ -2350,21 +2286,20 @@ "Du kan prøve at afmontere det nu eller annullere.\n" "Tryk på Annullér medmindre du ved præcis hvad du gør." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1025 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1032 msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at formindske et filsystem mens det er monteret." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1038 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1045 msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted." msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at udvide et filsystem mens det er monteret." -#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1049 +#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1056 msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted." -msgstr "" -"Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." +msgstr "Det er ikke muligt at ændre størrelse på et filsystem mens det er monteret." #. push button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:78 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80 msgid "Rescan Devices" msgstr "Genscan enheder" @@ -2374,47 +2309,54 @@ msgstr "Importér monteringspunkter..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:94 msgid "Provide Crypt &Passwords..." msgstr "Angiv krypteringsa&dgangskoder..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:112 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:99 msgid "Configure &iSCSI..." msgstr "Konfigurér &iSCSI..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:104 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configure &zFCP..." +msgid "Configure &FCoE..." +msgstr "Konfigurér &zFCP..." + +#. menu entry text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:109 msgid "Configure &Multipath..." msgstr "Konfigurér &multipath..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:133 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:114 msgid "Configure &DASD..." msgstr "Konfigurér &DASD..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:141 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:119 msgid "Configure &zFCP..." msgstr "Konfigurér &zFCP..." #. menu entry text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:124 msgid "Configure &XPRAM..." msgstr "Konfigurér &XPRAM..." #. menu button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:157 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:129 msgid "Configure..." msgstr "Konfigurér..." #. dialog heading, %1 is replaced with hostname -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:140 msgid "Available Storage on %1" msgstr "Tilgængelig lagerplads på %1" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:184 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:155 msgid "" "<p>This view shows all storage devices\n" "available.</p>" @@ -2423,7 +2365,7 @@ "lagerenheder.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:192 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:163 msgid "" "<p>By double clicking a table entry,\n" "you navigate to the view with detailed information about the\n" @@ -2434,7 +2376,7 @@ "enheden.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:202 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:173 msgid "" "<p>By selecting a table entry you can\n" "navigate to the view with detailed information about the device.</p>" @@ -2443,7 +2385,7 @@ "navigere til visningen med detaljeret information om enheden.</p>" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:262 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:233 msgid "" "Rescaning disks cancels all current changes.\n" "Really rescan disks?" @@ -2452,7 +2394,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig genscanne diske?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:280 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:251 msgid "" "Calling iSCSI configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call iSCSI configuration?" @@ -2461,9 +2403,22 @@ "Vil du virkelig kalde iSCSI-konfigurationen?" #. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +#| "Really call zFCP configuration?" +msgid "" +"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n" +"Really call FCoE configuration?" +msgstr "" +"At kalde zFCP-konfigurationen annullerer alle nuværende ændringer.\n" +"Vil du virkelig kalde zFCP-konfigurationen?" + #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:294 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:303 +#. popup text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:274 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:283 msgid "" "Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call multipath configuration?\n" @@ -2472,7 +2427,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig kalde multipath-konfigurationen?\n" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:320 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:300 msgid "" "Calling DASD configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call DASD configuration?" @@ -2481,7 +2436,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig kalde DASD-konfigurationen?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:329 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:309 msgid "" "Calling zFCP configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call zFCP configuration?" @@ -2490,7 +2445,7 @@ "Vil du virkelig kalde zFCP-konfigurationen?" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:338 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:318 msgid "" "Calling XPRAM configuration cancels all current changes.\n" "Really call XPRAM configuration?" @@ -2763,7 +2718,41 @@ msgstr "Br&ugte enheder" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:39 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "<p>Choose the size for the new partition.</p>" +msgid "<p>Choose the role of the device.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg størrelsen for den ny partition.</p>" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Default File System" +msgid "Operating System" +msgstr "Standard filsystem" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60 +msgid "Data and ISV Applications" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65 +msgid "Swap" +msgstr "" + +#. radio button text +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70 +msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)" +msgstr "" + +#. heading for a frame in a dialog +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78 +msgid "Role" +msgstr "" + +#. helptext +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107 msgid "" "<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n" "formatted and the desired file system type.</p>" @@ -2772,18 +2761,17 @@ "samt den ønskede type af filsystem.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114 msgid "" "<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n" "volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n" "volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du vil kryptere alle data på \n" -"diskområdet, vælg da <b>Kryptér enhed</b>. Ændring af krypteringen på et " -"eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.</p>\n" +"diskområdet, vælg da <b>Kryptér enhed</b>. Ændring af krypteringen på et eksisterende diskområde vil slette alle data på det.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124 msgid "" "<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n" "be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>" @@ -2792,47 +2780,47 @@ "og angiv monteringspunkt ( /, /boot, /home, /var osv.).</p>" #. set globals -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:213 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309 msgid "Formatting Options" msgstr "Formateringstilvalg" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:221 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317 msgid "Format partition" msgstr "Formatér partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:232 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328 msgid "Do not format partition" msgstr "Formatér ikke partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:248 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344 msgid "Do not mount partition" msgstr "Montér ikke partition" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:267 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363 msgid "Mounting Options" msgstr "Monteringstilvalg" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:275 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371 msgid "Mount partition" msgstr "Montér partition" #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:281 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144 msgid "Mount Point" msgstr "Monteringspunkt" #. button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:288 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384 msgid "Fs&tab Options..." msgstr "Fs&tab-tilvalg..." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:462 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558 msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted." msgstr "Krypteringsfil skal være krypterede." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:473 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569 msgid "" "You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n" "that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n" @@ -2845,17 +2833,17 @@ "Markér også formateringstilvalget.\n" #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:489 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585 msgid "Crypt files require a mount point." msgstr "Krypteringsfiler kræver et monteringspunkt." #. error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:503 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599 msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point." msgstr "Tmpfs kræver et monteringspunkt." #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:587 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n" @@ -2870,7 +2858,7 @@ "</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:600 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696 msgid "" "<p>\n" "The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n" @@ -2880,26 +2868,25 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Filsystemet, der bruges til dette diskområde, er swap. Du kan lade\n" -"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til " -"dvale\n" +"krypteringsadgangskoden være tom, men så kan swap-enheden ikke bruges til dvale\n" "(suspendér til disk).\n" "</p>\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:670 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766 msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!" msgstr "Alle data som er gemt på diskområdet vil gå tabt!" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:693 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789 msgid "Password" msgstr "Adgangskode" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:790 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device." msgstr "Ændring af størrelse understøttes ikke af den underliggende enhed." #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:795 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891 msgid "" "\n" "You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n" @@ -2909,7 +2896,7 @@ "Du kan ikke ændre størrelse på den valgte partition, da filsystemet\n" "på denne partitionen ikke understøtter ændring af størrelse.\n" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:819 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915 msgid "" "It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n" "can be resized while it is mounted." @@ -2918,7 +2905,7 @@ "størrelse på et NTFS mens det er monteret." #. FIXME: Really? -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:838 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934 msgid "" "Partition %1 cannot be resized\n" "because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n" @@ -2927,21 +2914,21 @@ "da filsystemet synes at være inkonsistent.\n" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:865 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961 msgid "Resize Partition %1" msgstr "Ændr størrelse på partitionen %1" #. Heading for dialog -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982 msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1" msgstr "Ændr størrelse på det logiske diskområde %1" #. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:918 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014 msgid "Current size: %1" msgstr "Nuværende størrelse: %1" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:930 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026 msgid "Currently used: %1" msgstr "Nuværende brugt: %1" @@ -2949,8 +2936,8 @@ #. input field label #. combo box label #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:943 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:980 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559 @@ -2962,33 +2949,33 @@ #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535 msgid "Maximum Size (%1)" msgstr "Maksimal størrelse (%1)" #. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:963 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059 msgid "Minimum Size (%1)" msgstr "Minimal størrelse (%1)" #. radio button text #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568 msgid "Custom Size" msgstr "Brugerdefineret størrelse" #. help text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1006 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102 msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>" msgstr "<p>Vælg ny størrelse.</p>" #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes #. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1057 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359 #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692 msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2." @@ -2998,7 +2985,7 @@ #. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases #. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this #. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted) -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1100 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196 msgid "" "You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n" "This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n" @@ -3011,12 +2998,12 @@ "størrelsesændringen markant." #. label for log view -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1176 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272 msgid "Output of %1" msgstr "Output af %1" #. popup text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1203 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299 msgid "Rescanning disks..." msgstr "Genscanner diske..." @@ -3208,50 +3195,50 @@ msgstr "Det angivne område er ugyldigt." #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:537 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548 msgid "Add Partition on %1" msgstr "Tilføj partition på %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:583 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594 msgid "Edit Partition %1" msgstr "Redigér partitionen %1" #. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:616 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627 msgid "No space to moved partition %1." msgstr "Ingen plads til at flytte partitionen %1." #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:626 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637 msgid "Move partition %1 forward?" msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 frem?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:635 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646 msgid "Move partition %1 backward?" msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1 tilbage?" #. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:654 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665 msgid "Move partition %1?" msgstr "Flyt partitionen %1?" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:656 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667 msgid "Forward" msgstr "Frem" #. radio button text -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:658 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669 msgid "Backward" msgstr "Tilbage" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:714 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725 msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions" msgstr "Bekræft sletning af alle partitioner" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:716 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727 msgid "" "The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n" "If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:" @@ -3259,7 +3246,7 @@ "Disken \"%1\" indeholder mindst én partition.\n" "Hvis du fortsætter slettes følgende partitioner:" -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:721 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732 msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?" msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette alle partitioner på \"%1\"?" @@ -3272,7 +3259,7 @@ #. error popup #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5161 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5164 msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified." msgstr "Disken er i brug og kan ikke ændres." @@ -3615,8 +3602,7 @@ "software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Denne visning viser alle enheder, som bruges af\n" -"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, " -"partitionerede\n" +"den valgte harddisk. Tabellen er kun tilgængelig for BIOS RAIDs, partitionerede\n" "software-RAIDs og multipath-diske.</p>\n" #. tab heading @@ -3663,8 +3649,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Du kan vælge om de eksisterende system-diskområder,\n" "f.eks. / og /usr, skal formateres under\n" -"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive " -"formateret.</p>" +"installationen. Ikke-system-diskområder, f.eks. /home, vil ikke blive formateret.</p>" #. popup text #: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328 @@ -3821,13 +3806,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the " -"file\n" +"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n" "containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" -"<p><b>Stinavn for løkkefil:</b><br>Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den " -"fil,\n" +"<p><b>Stinavn for løkkefil:</b><br>Dette skal være den absolutte sti til den fil,\n" "der indeholder data for den krypterede løkkeenhed, som skal sættes op.</p>\n" #. helptext @@ -4045,9 +4028,7 @@ #. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118 msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?" -msgstr "" -"Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske " -"diskområder?" +msgstr "Vil du virkelig slette diskområdegruppen \"%1\" og alle tilhørende logiske diskområder?" #. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132 @@ -4089,15 +4070,12 @@ #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238 msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny " -"diskområdegruppe.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv navnet og størrelsen på den fysiske udstrækning for den ny diskområdegruppe.</p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245 msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg de logiske diskområder, som diskområdegruppen skal indeholde.</p>" #. label for input field #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283 @@ -4130,13 +4108,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491 msgid "" "<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n" -"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be " -"higher\n" +"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n" "than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Angiv størrelse samt antal og størrelse af \n" -"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være " -"større end\n" +"striber for det nye logiske diskområde. Antallet af striber kan ikke være større end\n" "antallet af diskområdegruppens fysiske diskområder.</p>" #. helptext @@ -4150,10 +4126,8 @@ "Thin Volumes cannot have a Stripe Count." msgstr "" "<p>Såkaldte <b>tynde diskområder</b> kan oprettes\n" -"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra " -"den \n" -"tildelt <b>tynde pulje</b>. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er " -"større end \n" +"med vilkårlig diskområdestørrelse. Den plads der kræves tages efter behov fra den \n" +"tildelt <b>tynde pulje</b>. Så man kan oprette et tyndt diskområde som er større end \n" "den tynde pulje. Når der faktisk skrives data til et tyndt diskområde,\n" "skal den tildelte tynde pulje naturligvis kunne opfylde pladskravet.\n" "Tynde diskområder kan ikke have et stribeantal." @@ -4189,36 +4163,30 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n" -"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before " -"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" +"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n" "If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et <b>normalt diskområde</b>.\n" -"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle " -"diskområder var før funktionen <b>Tynd provisionering</b> fandtes.\n" +"Dette er standard og betyder almindelige LVM-diskområder, ligesom alle diskområder var før funktionen <b>Tynd provisionering</b> fandtes.\n" "Hvis du er i tvivl, er dette sandsynligvis det rette valg</p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n" -"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from " -"such a pool.</p>" +"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som en <b>tynd pulje</b>.\n" -"Dette betyder at <b>tynde diskområder</b> allokerer deres nødvendige plads " -"efter behov fra sådan en pulje.</p>" +"Dette betyder at <b>tynde diskområder</b> allokerer deres nødvendige plads efter behov fra sådan en pulje.</p>" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794 msgid "" "<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n" -"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>" -".</p>" +"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan erklære det logiske diskområde som et <b>tyndt diskområde</b>.\n" -"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en <b>" -"tynd pulje</b>.</p>" +"Dette betyder at diskområdet allokerer nødvendig plads efter behov fra en <b>tynd pulje</b>.</p>" #. heading for frame #: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827 @@ -4258,12 +4226,12 @@ msgstr "Brugt pulje" #. dialog title, %1 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1017 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028 msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1" msgstr "Tilføj logisk diskområde på %1" #. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1064 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075 msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2" msgstr "Redigér logisk diskområde %1 på %2" @@ -4272,15 +4240,12 @@ msgid "" "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n" "\n" -"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one " -"unused\n" +"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n" "RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly." msgstr "" -"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en " -"diskområdegruppe.\n" +"Der er ikke ikke nok egnede ubrugte enheder til at oprette en diskområdegruppe.\n" "\n" -"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller " -"0x83) eller en\n" +"For at bruge LVM, kræves mindst en ubrugt partition af typen 0x8e (eller 0x83) eller en\n" "ubrugt RAID-enhed. Ændr din partitionstabel derefter." #. error popup @@ -4480,7 +4445,7 @@ #. tree node label #. dialog heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-main.rb:491 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:107 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:130 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger" @@ -4512,12 +4477,8 @@ #. fallback dialog content #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55 -msgid "" -"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package " -"installation." -msgstr "" -"NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken " -"yast2-nfs-client." +msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation." +msgstr "NFS-konfiguration er ikke tilgængelig. Tjek installation af pakken yast2-nfs-client." #. heading #: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127 @@ -4548,8 +4509,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n" -"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, " -"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" +"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dette niveau øger diskydelsen.\n" "Der er <b>INGEN</b> redundans i denne tilstand.\n" @@ -4559,16 +4519,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n" -"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on " -"all\n" -"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The " -"partitions\n" +"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n" +"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n" "used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan " -"bruges\n" -"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på " -"alle\n" +"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Denne tilstand har den bedste redundans. Den kan bruges\n" +"med to eller flere diske. Tilstanden laver en nøjagtig kopi af alle data på alle\n" "diske. Så længe én af diskene fungerer, vil ingen data gå tabt. Partitioner,\n" "som bruges for denne type RAID, bør have omtrent samme størrelse.</p>\n" @@ -4576,17 +4532,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106 msgid "" "<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n" -"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three " -"disks or more.\n" -"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail " -"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" +"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n" +"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og " -"har alligevel\n" -"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én " -"disk fejler,\n" -"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle " -"data.</p>\n" +"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Denne tilstand kan håndtere et større antal diske, og har alligevel\n" +"nogen redundans. Tilstanden kan bruges for tre eller flere diske. Hvis én disk fejler,\n" +"er alle data stadig intakte. Hvis to diske fejler samtidig, mistes alle data.</p>\n" #. helptext #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116 @@ -4600,14 +4551,11 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126 msgid "" "<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n" -"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), " -"the size\n" -"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>" -"\n" +"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n" +"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Føj partitioner til din RAID. Afhængigt af \n" -"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), " -"størrelsen på\n" +"RAID-type, er brugbar diskplads summen af disse partitioner (RAID0), størrelsen på\n" "den mindste partition (RAID 1) eller (N-1)*mindste partition (RAID 5).</p>\n" #. helptext @@ -4671,16 +4619,12 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338 msgid "" "<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n" -"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID " -"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" -"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect " -"the array very much.</p>\n" +"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n" +"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Fragmentstørrelse:</b><br>Dette er den mindste \"atomare\" størrelse\n" -"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for " -"RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" -"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så " -"meget.</p>\n" +"af data, der kan skrives i til enhederne. En fornuftig fragmentstørrelse for RAID 5 er 128KB. For RAID 0\n" +"er 32 KB et godt udgangspunkt. For RAID 1 betyder fragmentstørrelsen ikke så meget.</p>\n" #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346 msgid "Parity Algorithm:" @@ -4690,8 +4634,7 @@ #: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353 msgid "" "The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n" -"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks " -"with rotating platters.\n" +"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n" msgstr "" "Paritetsalgoritmen der skal bruges med RAID5/6.\n" "Venstresymmetrisk giver bedst ydelse på almindelige roterende plader.\n" @@ -4727,17 +4670,17 @@ msgstr "<p>Skift de enheder der bruges til RAID'et.</p>" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:631 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642 msgid "Add RAID %1" msgstr "Tilføj RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:665 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676 msgid "Resize RAID %1" msgstr "Ændr størrelse på RAID %1" #. dialog title -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:711 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722 msgid "Edit RAID %1" msgstr "Redigér RAID %1" @@ -4852,108 +4795,118 @@ #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:34 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:165 msgid "Label" msgstr "Mærkat" #. list entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:36 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:162 msgid "UUID" msgstr "UUID" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:38 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:147 msgid "Mount by" msgstr "Montér via" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:40 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:150 msgid "Used by" msgstr "Brugt af" #. list entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:42 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:44 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:174 msgid "BIOS ID" msgstr "BIOS-id" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:45 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:47 msgid "Cylinder information" msgstr "Cylinderinformation" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:50 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:52 msgid "Fibre Channel information" msgstr "Information om fiberkanal" #. list entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:54 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:56 msgid "Encryption" msgstr "Kryptering" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:59 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:152 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:81 msgid "Device Name" msgstr "Enhedsnavn" #. combo box entry -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:61 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:63 msgid "Volume Label" msgstr "Diskområdemærket" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:65 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:83 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:171 msgid "Device ID" msgstr "Enheds-id" #. combo box entry #. combo box entry #. Column header -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:67 -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:156 -#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:69 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:85 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:168 msgid "Device Path" msgstr "Enhedssti" +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:74 +msgid "Optimal" +msgstr "" + +#. combo box entry +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:76 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "End Cylinder" +msgid "Cylinder" +msgstr "Slutcylinder" + #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:115 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:136 msgid "Default Mount by" msgstr "Standard montér via" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:126 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:145 msgid "Default File System" msgstr "Standard filsystem" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:137 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:154 msgid "Alignment of Newly Created Partitions" msgstr "Justering af nyoprettede partitioner" #. combo box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:149 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:164 msgid "Show Storage Devices by" msgstr "Vis lagerenheder ved" #. multi selection box label -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:169 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:177 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices" msgstr "Synlig information om lagerenheder" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:183 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:191 msgid "" "<p>This view shows general storage\n" "settings:</p>" @@ -4962,27 +4915,24 @@ "lagringsindstillinger:</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:188 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:196 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n" "method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n" -"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>" -"\n" +"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n" "use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n" -"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> " -"and\n" +"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n" "<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standard montér via</b> giver \"montér via\"-metoden\n" "for nyoprettede filsystemer. <i>Enhedsnavn</i> bruger kernens\n" "enhedsnavn, hvilket ikke er persistent. <i>Enheds-id</i> og <i>Enhedssti</i>\n" "bruger navne der er genereret ud fra hardwareinformation. Disse bør være\n" -"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger <i>UUID</i> " -"og\n" +"persistente, men desværre gælder dette ikke altid. Endelig bruger <i>UUID</i> og\n" "<i>Diskområdemærkat</i> filsystemets UUID og mærkat.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:201 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 msgid "" "<p><b>Default File System</b> gives the file\n" "system type for newly created file systems.</p>\n" @@ -4991,24 +4941,20 @@ "for nyoprettede filsystemer.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:209 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217 msgid "" "<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n" -"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the " -"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> " -"aligns the \n" +"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n" "partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n" "kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Justering af nyoprettede partitioner</b>\n" -"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. <b>cylinder</b> er den " -"traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. <b>optimal</b> " -"justerer \n" +"bestemmer hvordan oprettede partitioner justeres. <b>cylinder</b> er den traditionelle justering ved ved diskens cylindergrænser. <b>optimal</b> justerer \n" "partitionerne efter bedst ydelse i henhold til tips fra Linux-kernen \n" "eller prøver at være kompatibel med Windows Vista og Windows 7.</p>\n" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:220 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 msgid "" "<p><b>Show Storage Devices by</b> controls\n" "the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>" @@ -5017,7 +4963,7 @@ "navnet, som vises for harddiske i navigationstræet.</p>" #. helptext -#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:228 +#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236 msgid "" "<p><b>Visible Information On Storage\n" "Devices</b> allows to hide information in the tables and overview.</p>" @@ -5086,8 +5032,7 @@ "have no logical volumes.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Denne visning viser enheder, som ikke har noget \n" -"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper " -"som,\n" +"monteringspunkt tildelt, diske som er upartitioneret og diskområdegrupper som,\n" "ikke har nogen logiske diskområder.</p>" #. popup message @@ -5275,33 +5220,26 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316 msgid "" "<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n" -"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many " -"cases\n" +"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n" "fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>" msgstr "" "<p>Denne dialog er til at definere klasser for RAID-enhederne\n" -"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i " -"mange tilfælde\n" +"som er indeholdt i RAID'et. Tilgængelige klasser er A, B, C, D og E, men i mange tilfælde\n" "behøves færre klasser (f.eks. kun A og B). </p>" #. dialog help text #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325 msgid "" "<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n" -"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the " -"\n" -"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class " -"in\n" -"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put " -"currently \n" +"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n" +"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n" +"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n" "selected devices into this class.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Du kan putte en enhed ind i en klasse ved at højreklikke på\n" "enheden og vælge den passende klasse fra kontekstmenuen. Ved at holde \n" -"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i " -"en klasse i\n" -"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at " -"sætte aktuelt\n" +"Ctrl- eller Skift-tasten nede kan du vælge flere enheder og sætte dem ind i en klasse i\n" +"et trin. Man kan også bruge knapperne med etiketten \"%1\" til \"%2\" til at sætte aktuelt\n" "markerede enheder ind i denne klasse.</p>" #. dialog help text @@ -5329,10 +5267,8 @@ "class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n" "second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow." msgstr "" -"<b>Sammenflettet</b> bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra " -"klasse\n" -"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra " -"klasse A,\n" +"<b>Sammenflettet</b> bruger første enhed fra klasse A, så første enhed fra klasse\n" +"B, så alle følgende klasser med tildelte enheder. Så kommer anden enhed fra klasse A,\n" "anden enhed fra klasse B og så fremdeles." #. dialog help text @@ -5350,29 +5286,21 @@ #: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379 msgid "" "By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n" -"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All " -"devices that match \n" -"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular " -"expression is \n" +"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n" +"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n" "matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n" -"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1" -") and the\n" +"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n" "the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more " -"then one\n" +"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n" "regular expression.</p>" msgstr "" "Ved at trykke på knappen \"<b>%1</b>\" kan du vælge en fil som indeholder\n" -"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle " -"enheder som matcher\n" -"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære " -"udtryk matches\n" +"linjer med et regulært udtryk og et klassenavn (f.eks. \"sda.* A\"). Alle enheder som matcher\n" +"det regulære udtryk vil blive sat ind i klassen på den linje. Det regulære udtryk matches\n" "imod kernenavnet (f.eks. /dev/sda1), \n" -"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) " -"og\n" +"udev-stinavnet (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) og\n" "udev-id'et (f.eks. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n" -"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét " -"regulært\n" +"Den første match bestemmer klassen hvis en enheds navn matcher mere end ét regulært\n" "udtryk.</p>" #. headline text @@ -5387,12 +5315,12 @@ msgstr "Mønsterfil" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:275 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:276 msgid "Tmpfs &Size" msgstr "&Størrelse på tmpfs" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:284 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:285 msgid "" "Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n" "Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again." @@ -5400,37 +5328,34 @@ "Ugyldig størrelse angivet. Brug tal efterfulgt af K, M, G eller %.\n" "Værdien skal være over 100k eller mellem 1% og 200%. Prøv igen." -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:287 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:288 msgid "Value must be between 1% and 200%. Try again." msgstr "Værdien skal være mellem 1% og 200%. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:294 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:295 msgid "" "<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n" -"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or " -"Gigabyte or\n" +"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n" "as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Størrelse på tmpfs:</b>\n" -"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, " -"Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" -"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af " -"hukommelsen.</p>" +"Størrelsen kan enten angives som et tal efterfulgt af K,M,G for hhv. Kilo-, Mega- eller Gigabytes eller\n" +"som et tal efterfulgt af et procenttegn som angiver procentdel af hukommelsen.</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:308 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:309 msgid "Swap &Priority" msgstr "Swap-&prioritet" # #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:316 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:317 msgid "Value must be between 0 and 32767. Try again." msgstr "Værdien skal være mellem 0 and 32767. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:323 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:324 msgid "" "<p><b>Swap Priority:</b>\n" "Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n" @@ -5439,69 +5364,63 @@ "Angiv swap-prioriteten. Et højere tal betyder højere prioritet.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:470 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:479 msgid "Mount &Read-Only" msgstr "Montér &som skrivebeskyttet" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:474 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:483 msgid "" "<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n" -"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During " -"installation\n" +"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n" "the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Monter som skrivebeskyttet:</b>\n" -"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under " -"installation\n" +"Det er ikke muligt at skrive til filsystemet. Standardværdien er falsk. Under installation\n" "monteres filsystemet altid som læse-skrive.</p>" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:486 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:495 msgid "No &Access Time" msgstr "Ingen &adgangstid" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:490 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:499 msgid "" "<p><b>No Access Time:</b>\n" "Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ingen adgangstid:</b>\n" -"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>" -"\n" +"Adgangstiderne opdateres ikke når en fil læses. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:500 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:509 msgid "Mountable by &User" msgstr "Kan monteres af &bruger" # #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:504 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:513 msgid "" "<p><b>Mountable by User:</b>\n" "The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Kan monteres af bruger:</b>\n" -"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.<" -"/p>\n" +"Filsystemet kan monteres af en almindelig bruger. Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:517 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:526 msgid "Do Not Mount at System &Start-up" msgstr "Montér ikke ved system&opstart" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:523 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:532 msgid "" "<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n" "The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n" "An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n" -"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point><" -"/tt>\n" -"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is " -"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" +"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n" +"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Montér ikke ved systemopstart:</b>\n" "Filsystemet monteres ikke automatisk, når systemet starter.\n" @@ -5511,13 +5430,13 @@ "Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:540 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:549 msgid "Enable &Quota Support" msgstr "Aktivér &kvote-understøttelse" # #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:546 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:555 msgid "" "<p><b>Enable Quota Support:</b>\n" "The file system is mounted with user quotas enabled.\n" @@ -5528,22 +5447,20 @@ "Standardværdien er falsk.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:565 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 msgid "Data &Journaling Mode" msgstr "Data&journaliseringstilstand" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:574 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:583 msgid "" "<p><b>Data Journaling Mode:</b>\n" "Specifies the journaling mode for file data.\n" "<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n" "written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n" -"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance " -"impact.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.<" -"/p>\n" +"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Datajournaliseringstilstand:</b>\n" "Angiver journaliseringstilstanden for fildata.\n" @@ -5551,17 +5468,16 @@ " skrives til hovedfilsystemet. Størst indvirkning på ydelsen.<br>\n" "<tt>ordered</tt> -- Alle data skrives direkte til hovedfilsystemet,\n" "før metadata gemmes i journalen. Medium indvirkning på ydelsen.<br>\n" -"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på " -"ydelsen.</p>\n" +"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Datarækkefølge gemmes ikke. Ingen indvirkning på ydelsen.</p>\n" #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:595 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:604 msgid "&Access Control Lists (ACL)" msgstr "&Adgangskontrollister (ACL)" # #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:599 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:608 msgid "" "<p><b>Access Control Lists (ACL):</b>\n" "Enable access control lists on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5571,13 +5487,13 @@ # #. button text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:610 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:619 msgid "&Extended User Attributes" msgstr "&Udvidede brugerattributter" # #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:614 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:623 msgid "" "<p><b>Extended User Attributes:</b>\n" "Allow extended user attributes on the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5586,24 +5502,19 @@ "Tillad udvidede brugerattributter på filsystemet.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:631 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 msgid "Arbitrary Option &Value" msgstr "Tilfældig &tilvalgsværdi" -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:636 -msgid "" -"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try " -"again." -msgstr "" -"Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller " -"tabulatorer. Prøv igen." +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:645 +msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again." +msgstr "Ugyldigt tegn i vilkårlig tilvalgsværdi. Brug elle mellemrum eller tabulatorer. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:640 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:649 msgid "" "<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n" -"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of " -"/etc/fstab.\n" +"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n" "Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tilfældig tilvalgsværdi:</b>\n" @@ -5611,82 +5522,73 @@ "det fjerde felt i /etc/fstab. Flere alternativer kommaadskilles.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:657 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:666 msgid "Char&set for file names" msgstr "Tegn&sæt for filnavne" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:678 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:687 msgid "" "<p><b>Charset for File Names:</b>\n" "Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tegnsæt for filnavne:</b>\n" -"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på " -"Windows-partitioner.</p>\n" +"Vælg tegnsættet, der benyttes til visning af filnavne på Windows-partitioner.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:689 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:698 msgid "Code&page for short FAT names" msgstr "Tegn&kodningstabel for korte FAT-navne" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:695 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:704 msgid "" "<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n" -"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file " -"systems.</p>\n" +"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Tegnkodningstabel for korte FAT-navne:</b>\n" -"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i " -"FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n" +"Denne tegnkodningstabel benyttes til konvertering til kortnavns-tegn i FAT-filsystemer.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:709 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:718 msgid "Number of &FATs" msgstr "Antal &FATs" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:715 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 msgid "" "<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n" -"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default " -"is 2.</p>" +"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Antal FATs:</b>\n" -"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.<" -"/p>" +"Specificér antal filallokeringstabeller i filsystemet. Standardværdien er 2.</p>" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:724 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:733 msgid "FAT &Size" msgstr "FAT-&størrelse" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 msgid "" "<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n" -"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If " -"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for " -"the file system size.</p>\n" +"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FAT-størrelse:</b>\n" -"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller " -"32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi " -"til filsystemets størrelse.</p>\n" +"Specificér hvilken type allokeringstabeller der bruges (12-, 16-, eller 32-bits). Hvis auto angives vælger YaST automatisk den mest passende værdi til filsystemets størrelse.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:744 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:753 msgid "Root &Dir Entries" msgstr "Ro&dmappeindgange" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:752 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:761 msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again." msgstr "Minimumsstørrelsen for \"rodmappeindgange\" er 112. Prøv igen." #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:756 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:765 msgid "" "<p><b>Root Dir Entries:</b>\n" "Select the number of entries available in the root directory.</p>\n" @@ -5695,69 +5597,59 @@ "Vælg antal tilgængelige indgange i rodmappen.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:769 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:778 msgid "Hash &Function" msgstr "Hash-&funktion" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:776 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 msgid "" "<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n" -"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in " -"directories.</p>\n" +"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Hash-funktion:</b>\n" -"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere " -"filnavne i mapper.</p>\n" +"Dette angiver navnet på den hash-funktion, som skal bruges til at sortere filnavne i mapper.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:785 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:794 msgid "FS &Revision" msgstr "FS-&revision" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:792 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:801 msgid "" "<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n" -"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for " -"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more " -"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to " -"2.4.</p>\n" +"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>FS-revision:</b>\n" -"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" " -"står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, " -"men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.</p>\n" +"Dette tilvalg angiver den reiserfs formatrevision, der skal bruges. \"3.5\" står for bagudkompatibilitet med kerner fra 2.2.x serien. \"3.6\" er nyere, men kan kun bruges med kerneversioner fra og med 2.4.</p>\n" #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:805 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:969 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:814 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:978 msgid "Block &Size in Bytes" msgstr "Blok&størrelse i bytes" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:812 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, " -"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size " -"of 4096 is used.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blokstørrelse:</b>\n" -"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " -"per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.</p>\n" +"Angiv blokstørrelsen i byte. Gyldige værdier er 512, 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges bruges standardblokstørrelsen 4096.</p>\n" # #. label text #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:821 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1051 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:830 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1060 msgid "&Inode Size" msgstr "&Inode-størrelse" # #. help text, richtext format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:827 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1057 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Size:</b>\n" "This option specifies the inode size of the file system.</p>\n" @@ -5766,32 +5658,29 @@ "Dette tilvalg angiver inode-størrelsen for filsystemet.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:836 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:845 msgid "&Percentage of Inode Space" msgstr "&Procentdel af Inode-plads" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:864 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 msgid "" "<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n" -"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of " -"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" +"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Procentdel af Inode-plads:</b>\n" -"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale " -"procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.</p>\n" +"Tilvalg \"Procentandel for inode-størrelse\" angiver den maksimale procentandel af filsystemet, der kan tildeles Inoder.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:873 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:882 msgid "Inode &Aligned" msgstr "Inode-&justeret" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:879 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:888 msgid "" "<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n" -"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is " -"or\n" +"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n" "is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n" "is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -5801,12 +5690,12 @@ "normalt er mere effektivt end ikke-justeret adgang.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:909 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 msgid "&Log Size in Megabytes" msgstr "&Logstørrelse i megabytes" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:918 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:927 msgid "" "The \"Log Size\" value is incorrect.\n" "Enter a value greater than zero.\n" @@ -5816,28 +5705,26 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:923 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:932 msgid "" "<p><b>Log Size</b>\n" -"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate " -"size.</p>\n" +"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Logstørrelse</b>\n" -"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien " -"være 40 % af samlet størrelse.</p>\n" +"Definér logstørrelsen (i megabytes). Hvis auto er valgt, vil standardværdien være 40 % af samlet størrelse.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:931 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:940 msgid "Invoke Bad Blocks List &Utility" msgstr "Kald &værktøj til at liste beskadigede blokke" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:945 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:954 msgid "Stride &Length in Blocks" msgstr "Skridt&længde i blokke" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:953 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:962 msgid "" "The \"Stride Length in Blocks\" value is invalid.\n" "Select a value greater than 1.\n" @@ -5847,7 +5734,7 @@ # #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:957 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:966 msgid "" "<p><b>Stride Length in Blocks:</b>\n" "Set RAID-related options for the file system. Currently, the only supported\n" @@ -5860,25 +5747,21 @@ "en RAID-stribe som dets argument.</p>\n" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:976 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 msgid "" "<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n" -"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, " -"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined " -"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" +"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Blokstørrelse:</b>\n" -"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte " -"per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, " -"og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.</p>\n" +"Specificér blokstørrelsen i bytes. Gyldige værdier er 1024, 2048 og 4096 byte per blok. Hvis auto vælges, bestemmes blokstørrelsen af filsystemstørrelsen, og filsystemets forventede anvendelse.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:985 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:994 msgid "Bytes per &Inode" msgstr "Bytes pr. &Inode" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:991 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1000 msgid "" "<p><b>Bytes per Inode:</b> \n" "Specify the bytes to inode ratio. YaST creates an inode for every\n" @@ -5894,19 +5777,17 @@ "<bytes-pr.-inode> bytes diskplads. Jo større bytes pr. Inode-værdien\n" "er, des flere Inoder vil blive oprettet.\n" "Denne værdi bør generelt ikke være mindre end blokstørrelsen i filsystemet\n" -"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at " -"udvide\n" -"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at " -"vælge\n" +"for at undgå, at for mange inoder bliver oprettet. Det er ikke muligt at udvide\n" +"antallet af inoder, efter at filsystemet er lavet, så det er vigtigt at vælge\n" "en fornuftig værdi for denne parameter.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1007 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1016 msgid "Percentage of Blocks &Reserved for root" msgstr "Procentdel af blokke &reserveret til root" #. popup text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1017 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1026 msgid "" "The \"Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root\" value is incorrect.\n" "Allowed are float numbers no larger than 99 (e.g. 0.5).\n" @@ -5916,25 +5797,17 @@ #. xgettext: no-c-format #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1022 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of " -"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally " -"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved " -"default is 0.1.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root:</b> Angiv procentdelen af " -"blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at " -"der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er " -"5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1.</p>" +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Procentdel af blokke reserveret til root:</b> Angiv procentdelen af blokke, der reserveres til superbrugeren. Standardværdien beregnes sådan at der normalt reserveres 1 GB, den øvre grænse for reserveret standardværdi er 5.0, den mindste reserverede standardværdi er 0.1.</p>" #. checkbox text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1031 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1040 msgid "Disable Regular Checks" msgstr "Deaktivér regelmæssige tjek" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1039 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1048 msgid "" "<p><b>Disable Regular Checks:</b>\n" "Disable regular file system check at booting.</p>\n" @@ -5943,45 +5816,42 @@ "Deaktivér regelmæssige tjek af filsystem under boot.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1066 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1075 msgid "&Directory Index Feature" msgstr "&Mappeindekseringsfunktion" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1073 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1082 msgid "" "<p><b>Directory Index:</b>\n" "Enables use of hashed b-trees to speed up lookups in large directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mappeindeks:</b>\n" -"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store " -"mapper.</p>\n" +"Tillader brug af hashede b-træer til at lave hurtigere opslag i store mapper.</p>\n" #. label text -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1085 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1094 msgid "&No Journal" msgstr "&Ingen journal" #. help text, richtext format -#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1092 +#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1101 msgid "" "<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n" -"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you " -"really\n" +"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n" "know what you are doing.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Ingen journal:</b>\n" -"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du " -"virkelig\n" +"Undertrykt brug af journalisering på filsystemet. Aktivér kun dette hvis du virkelig\n" "ved hvad du gør.</p>\n" #. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:922 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930 msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n" msgstr "Operationen er ikke tilladt på disk %1.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:932 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940 msgid "" "\n" "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n" @@ -5994,8 +5864,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "Partitioneringen på disken %1 kan enten ikke læses\n" -"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges " -"til at ændre\n" +"eller understøttes ikke af partitioneringsværktøjet \"parted\", som bruges til at ændre\n" "partitionstabellen\n" "\n" "Du kan bruge partitionerne på disken %1, som de er, eller\n" @@ -6004,7 +5873,7 @@ "fra denne disk her.\n" #. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:950 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958 msgid "" "\n" "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n" @@ -6025,7 +5894,7 @@ "kan ikke ændre størrelse eller fjerne partitionen fra denne disk her.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:969 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6036,12 +5905,11 @@ "\n" "\n" "Du kan initialisere diskens partitionstabel til en fornuftig status under\n" -"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny " -"partitionstabel\", \n" +"\"Ekspertpartitionering\" ved at vælge \"Ekspert\"->\"Opret ny partitionstabel\", \n" "men dette vil ødelægge alle data på alle partitioner på denne disk.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981 +#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989 msgid "" "\n" "\n" @@ -6059,7 +5927,7 @@ #. @param integer testsize #. @param [Symbol] used_fs #. @param [Boolean] verbose -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:975 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:976 msgid "Resize Not Possible:" msgstr "Størrelsen kunne ikke ændres:" @@ -6072,7 +5940,7 @@ #. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap #. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map #. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2703 src/modules/Storage.rb:3908 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2706 src/modules/Storage.rb:3911 msgid "" "Could not set encryption.\n" "System error code is %1.\n" @@ -6085,7 +5953,7 @@ "Den angivne krypteringsadgangskode kan være forkert.\n" #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3939 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3942 msgid "" "The first and the second version\n" "of the password do not match.\n" @@ -6096,7 +5964,7 @@ "Prøv igen." #. popup text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3973 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" "0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n" @@ -6108,24 +5976,24 @@ #. Label: get password for encrypted volume #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4024 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4027 msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:" msgstr "&Angiv krypteringsadgangskode:" #. Clear password fields on every round. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4083 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4086 msgid "Provide Password" msgstr "Angiv adgangskode" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4102 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4105 msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available." msgstr "Følgende krypterede diskområder er allerede tilgængelige." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4117 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4120 msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation" msgstr "Aktivering af krypteret diskområde" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4121 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124 msgid "" "The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n" "passwords are not yet known.\n" @@ -6135,15 +6003,14 @@ "Følgende diskområder indeholder en krypteringssignatur, men\n" "adgangskoderne er endnu ikke kendt.\n" "Adgangskoderne skal være kendte hvis diskområderne skal bruges\n" -"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk " -"LVM-diskområde." +"enten under en opdatering eller hvis de indeholder et krypteret fysisk LVM-diskområde." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4133 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4136 msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?" msgstr "Vil du angive krypteringsadgangskoder?" #. text in help field -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4190 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4193 msgid "" "Enter encryption password for any of the\n" "devices in the locked devices list.\n" @@ -6154,67 +6021,66 @@ "Adgangskoden vil blive prøvet på alle enheder." #. header text -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4196 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 msgid "Enter Encryption Password" msgstr "Angiv krypteringsadgangskode" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4202 msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock." msgstr "Der er ingen krypterede diskområder at låse op." #. label text, multiple device names follow -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4212 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:" msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for en af følgende enheder:" #. label text, one device name follows -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4215 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4218 msgid "Provide password for the following device:" msgstr "Angiv adgangskode for følgende enhed:" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4228 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4231 msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..." msgstr "Prøver at låse krypterede diskområder op..." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4252 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4255 msgid "Password did not unlock any volume." msgstr "Adgangskoden låste ikke nogen diskområder op." -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4338 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4341 msgid "IDE Disk" msgstr "IDE-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4344 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4347 msgid "SCSI Disk" msgstr "SCSI-disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4350 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4353 msgid "Disk" msgstr "Disk" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4378 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4381 msgid "DM RAID" msgstr "DM-RAID" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4391 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4394 msgid "MD RAID" msgstr "MD-RAID" #. TRANSLATORS: error popup -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5173 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5176 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "\n" #| "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" #| "disk %2 are used.\n" -msgid "" -"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." +msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used." msgstr "" "\n" "Partitionen %1 kan ikke fjernes da andre partitioner på\n" "disken %2 er i brug.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5199 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5202 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6224,7 +6090,7 @@ "Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n" "der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5213 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5216 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6234,7 +6100,7 @@ "Enheden %1 kan ikke ændres, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n" "som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5242 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5245 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n" @@ -6244,7 +6110,7 @@ "Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder aktiveret swap,\n" "der er nødvendig for at køre installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5251 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5254 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n" @@ -6254,7 +6120,7 @@ "Enheden %1 kan ikke fjernes, da den indeholder installationsdata,\n" "som er nødvendige for at udføre installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5280 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5283 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6266,7 +6132,7 @@ "enheden %2, der indeholder aktiveret swap, der er nødvendig for\n" "at køre installationen.\n" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5291 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5294 msgid "" "\n" "Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n" @@ -6278,7 +6144,7 @@ "udføre installationen.\n" #. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779) -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5313 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5316 msgid "" "\n" "Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n" @@ -6289,18 +6155,18 @@ "disken %2 er i brug.\n" #. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function. -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5405 msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!" msgstr "Intet tildelt som rodfilsystem!" -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5403 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5406 msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!" msgstr "Installationen vil helt sikkert fejle fatalt!" #. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over #. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now #. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil -#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6005 +#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6008 msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1" msgstr "Det mislykkedes at tilføje følgende resolvables: %1" @@ -6594,8 +6460,7 @@ #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374 msgid "" "An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n" -"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because " -"it\n" +"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n" "has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)." msgstr "" "En stjerne (*) efter et monteringspunkt \n" @@ -6664,8 +6529,7 @@ "logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n" msgstr "" "<b>Striber</b> Viser antallet af striber for LVM\n" -"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i " -"parentes.\n" +"logiske diskområder, og hvis den er større end en, vises stribestørrelsen i parentes.\n" #. helptext for table column and overview entry #: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439 @@ -6960,49 +6824,41 @@ #. enable snapshots for root volume if desired #. penalty for not having separate /home -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4545 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 -msgid "" -"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system " -"under Windows." -msgstr "" -"Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke " -"filsystemet under Windows." +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4552 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5675 +msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows." +msgstr "Ændring af størrelse er umulig pga. inkonsistent filsystem. Prøv at tjekke filsystemet under Windows." #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6143 -#| msgid "Create &LVM Based Proposal" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6164 msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal" msgstr "Opret &LVM-baseret forslag" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6158 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179 msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group" msgstr "Kr&yptér diskområdegruppe" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6176 -#| msgid "File system options:" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6197 msgid "File System for Root Partition" msgstr "Filsystem til rod-partitionen" #. TRANSLATORS: combobox label -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6223 -#| msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6244 msgid "File System for Home Partition" msgstr "Filsystem til home-partitionen" #. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6241 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6262 msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend" msgstr "Forstør &Swap til suspendering" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6251 -#| msgid "Proposal settings" +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6272 msgid "Proposal Settings" msgstr "Indstillinger for forslag" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6266 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287 #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "<p>\n" @@ -7015,7 +6871,7 @@ "For at oprette et LVM-baseret forslag, vælges den tilhørende knap.</p>\n" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6273 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6294 msgid "" "<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n" "corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n" @@ -7024,32 +6880,32 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6303 msgid "" "<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n" "the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATORS: help text -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6289 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6310 msgid "" "<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n" "the system to disk in most cases.</p>" msgstr "" -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6314 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6335 msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption." msgstr "Angiv din adgangskode til den foreslåede kryptering." #. Label: get password for user root #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6321 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6342 msgid "Password:" msgstr "Adgangskode:" #. Label: get same password again for verification #. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters -#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6332 +#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6353 msgid "Reenter the password for verification:" msgstr "Gentag adgangskoden til verifikation:" @@ -7076,26 +6932,48 @@ #. Package: yast2-storage #. Summary: Expert Partitioner #. Authors: Arvin Schnell -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:177 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 msgid "Default Mount-by:" msgstr "Standard montér via:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:178 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 msgid "Default File System:" msgstr "Standard filsystem:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:179 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 msgid "Show Storage Devices by:" msgstr "Vis lagerenheder ved:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:180 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:182 msgid "Partition Alignment:" msgstr "Partitionsjustering:" -#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:181 +#: src/modules/StorageSettings.rb:183 msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:" msgstr "Synlig information om lagerenheder:" +#~ msgid "" +#~ "Warning: With your current setup, your %1 installation\n" +#~ "will encounter problems when booting, because you have no \"boot\"\n" +#~ "partition and your \"root\" partition is an LVM logical volume.\n" +#~ "This does not work.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "If you do not know exactly what you are doing, use a normal\n" +#~ "partition for your files below /boot.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Really use this setup?\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "Advarsel: Med din nuværende opsætning får din %1-installation\n" +#~ "problemer under boot, da du ikke har nogen \"boot\"-partition,\n" +#~ "og din rodpartition er et LVM logisk diskområde.\n" +#~ "Dette fungerer ikke.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Brug en normal partition til filerne under /boot, hvis du ikke ved\n" +#~ "nøjagtigt, hvad du laver.\n" +#~ "\n" +#~ "Vil du virkelig bruge denne opsætning?\n" + #~ msgid "&Edit Partition Setup..." #~ msgstr "R&edigér partitionsopsætning..." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/sudo.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sudo\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:42+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 19:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/support.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Automatically generated\n" "Language-Team: none\n" @@ -39,11 +39,11 @@ #. Support configure1 dialog contents #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53 -msgid "Open Novell Support Center" +msgid "Open SUSE Support Center" msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58 -msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the Novell Support Center Portal." +msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal." msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68 @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770 -msgid "Novell 11-digit service request number" +msgid "11-digit service request number" msgstr "" #. abort? @@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:72 msgid "" "\n" -"<p><b><big>Opening Novell Support Center</big></b><br>\n" -"To start a Web browser that opens the Novell Support Center Portal, use <b>Open Novell Support Center</b>.\n" +"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n" +"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n" "You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n" "the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -407,7 +407,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:133 msgid "" "<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n" -"make sure you include the Novell 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" +"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n" msgstr "" #. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1 @@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ #: src/include/support/helps.rb:164 src/include/support/helps.rb:189 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Privacy Policy</big></b><br>\n" -"Find Novell's privacy policy at\n" +"Find SUSE's privacy policy at\n" "<i>%1</i>.</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -754,7 +754,7 @@ msgstr "" #: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218 -msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is Novell's public ftp server." +msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server." msgstr "" #. Initialization dialog caption Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/sysconfig.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: sysconfig\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-10 18:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -492,51 +492,111 @@ "Vent venligst...<br></p>\n" "\n" -#~ msgid "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" -#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" -#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" -#~ msgstr "" -#~ "<p> SuSEconfig gemmer en checksum for alle konfigurationsfiler, så den kan se hvis\n" -#~ " du på noget tidspunkt har ændret noget i dem. Hvis du har ændret i en konfigurations fil manuelt,\n" -#~ " vil den ikke røre den.</p>\n" +#. Translation: Progress bar label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:159 +msgid "Searching..." +msgstr "Søger..." -#~ msgid "Searching..." -#~ msgstr "Søger..." +#. Display confirmation dialog +#. @param [String] message Confirmation message +#. @param [String] command Command to confirm +#. @return [Symbol] `cont - start command, `skip - skip this command, `abort - skip all remaining commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:883 +msgid "Command: " +msgstr "Kommando: " -#~ msgid "Command: " -#~ msgstr "Kommando: " +#. button label +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:889 +msgid "S&kip" +msgstr "S&pring over" -#~ msgid "S&kip" -#~ msgstr "S&pring over" +#. get activation map for variable +#. start generic commands +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:967 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1171 +msgid "A command will be executed" +msgstr "En kommando vil eksekveres" -#~ msgid "A command will be executed" -#~ msgstr "En kommando vil eksekveres" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:968 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1172 +msgid "Starting command: %1..." +msgstr "Starter kommando: %1..." -#~ msgid "Starting command: %1..." -#~ msgstr "Starter kommando: %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:969 src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1173 +msgid "Command %1 failed" +msgstr "Kommandoen %1 fejlede" -#~ msgid "Command %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Kommandoen %1 fejlede" +#. write dialog caption +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1009 +msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" +msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af sysconfig" -#~ msgid "Saving sysconfig Configuration" -#~ msgstr "Gemmer konfiguration af sysconfig" +#. progress bar item +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1036 +msgid "Write the new settings" +msgstr "Skriver de nye indstillinger" -#~ msgid "Write the new settings" -#~ msgstr "Skriver de nye indstillinger" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1037 +msgid "Activate the changes" +msgstr "Aktivér ændringerne" -#~ msgid "Activate the changes" -#~ msgstr "Aktivér ændringerne" +#. error popup: %1 - variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER), %2 - file name (/etc/sysconfig/displaymanager) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1060 +msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." +msgstr "Gemning af variablen %1 til filen %2 fejlede." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1 to the file %2 failed." -#~ msgstr "Gemning af variablen %1 til filen %2 fejlede." +#. progress bar label, %1 is variable name (e.g. DISPLAYMANAGER) +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1068 +msgid "Saving variable %1..." +msgstr "Gemmer variablen %1..." -#~ msgid "Saving variable %1..." -#~ msgstr "Gemmer variablen %1..." +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1073 +msgid "Saving changes to the files..." +msgstr "Gemmer filændringerne..." -#~ msgid "Saving changes to the files..." -#~ msgstr "Gemmer filændringerne..." +#. service is running, reload it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1100 +msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" +msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genindlæst" +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1103 +msgid "Reloading service %1..." +msgstr "Genindlæser tjenesten %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1105 +msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Genindlæsning af tjenesten %1 fejlede" + +#. service is running, restart it +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1143 +msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" +msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genstartet" + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1146 +msgid "Restarting service %1..." +msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten %1..." + +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1148 +msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" +msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten %1 fejlede" + +#. set 100% in progress bar +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1186 +msgid "Finished" +msgstr "Færdig" + +#. configuration summary headline +#: src/modules/Sysconfig.rb:1269 +msgid "Configuration Summary" +msgstr "Konfigurationsopsummering" + +#~ msgid "" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig saves a checksum of each configuration file, so it can detect if\n" +#~ " you have manually changed any of them. If you have changed a configuration file manually,\n" +#~ " it will not touch it.</p>\n" +#~ msgstr "" +#~ "<p> SuSEconfig gemmer en checksum for alle konfigurationsfiler, så den kan se hvis\n" +#~ " du på noget tidspunkt har ændret noget i dem. Hvis du har ændret i en konfigurations fil manuelt,\n" +#~ " vil den ikke røre den.</p>\n" + #~ msgid "All configuration scripts will be started." #~ msgstr "Alle konfigurations-scripts startes." @@ -555,30 +615,6 @@ #~ msgid "Configuration module %1 failed." #~ msgstr "Konfigurationsmodulet %1 fejlede." -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be reloaded" -#~ msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genindlæst" - -#~ msgid "Reloading service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Genindlæser tjenesten %1..." - -#~ msgid "Reload of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Genindlæsning af tjenesten %1 fejlede" - -#~ msgid "Service %1 will be restarted" -#~ msgstr "Tjenesten %1 vil blive genstartet" - -#~ msgid "Restarting service %1..." -#~ msgstr "Genstarter tjenesten %1..." - -#~ msgid "Restart of the service %1 failed" -#~ msgstr "Genstart af tjenesten %1 fejlede" - -#~ msgid "Finished" -#~ msgstr "Færdig" - -#~ msgid "Configuration Summary" -#~ msgstr "Konfigurationsopsummering" - #~ msgid "" #~ "Here, see the values YaST2 will change.\n" #~ "Choose \"OK\" for YaST2 to save these changes.\n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/tftp-server.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tftp-server\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:03+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -95,12 +95,8 @@ #. dialog help text #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:83 -msgid "" -"<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The " -"server will be started using xinetd.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Anvend dette til at aktivere en server til TFTP (Trivial File Transfer " -"Protocol). Serveren startes med xinetd.</p>" +msgid "<p>Use this to enable a server for TFTP (trivial file transfer protocol). The server will be started using xinetd.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Anvend dette til at aktivere en server til TFTP (Trivial File Transfer Protocol). Serveren startes med xinetd.</p>" #. enlighten newbies, #102946 #. dialog help text @@ -114,14 +110,12 @@ "<p><b>Boot Image Directory</b>:\n" "Specify the directory where served files are located. The usual value is\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. The directory will be created if it does not exist. \n" -"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>" -"\n" +"The server uses this as its root directory (using the <tt>-s</tt> option).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Mappe for boot-imagefil</b>:\n" "Angiv mappen, hvor udbudte filer er placeret. Den normale værdi er\n" "<tt>/tftpboot</tt>. Mappen oprettes hvis den ikke findes. \n" -"Serveren vil bruge den som dens rodmappe (med brug af tilvalget <tt>-s</tt> " -").</p>\n" +"Serveren vil bruge den som dens rodmappe (med brug af tilvalget <tt>-s</tt> ).</p>\n" #. Radio button label, disable TFTP server #: src/include/tftp-server/dialogs.rb:115 @@ -204,4 +198,3 @@ #: src/modules/TftpServer.rb:308 msgid "Boot Image Directory:" msgstr "Mappe for boot-imagefil:" - Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/timezone_db.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: timezone_db\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-08-28 09:28+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/tune.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: tune\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-08-04 16:02+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:04+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -26,40 +26,36 @@ "X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n" #. Command line help text for the hardware detection module, %1 is "hwinfo" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:47 -msgid "" -"Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, " -"use '%1' instead." -msgstr "" -"Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, " -"brug '%1' i stedet." +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:49 +msgid "Hardware Detection - this module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead." +msgstr "Hardwaredetektion - dette modul understøtter ikke kommandolinjegrænseflade, brug '%1' i stedet." #. translators: popup heading -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:71 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:73 msgid "Probing Hardware..." msgstr "Undersøger hardware..." #. progress bar label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:74 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:76 msgid "Progress" msgstr "Fremgang" #. title label -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:292 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:311 msgid "&All Entries" msgstr "&Alle indgange" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:304 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:323 msgid "&Save to File..." msgstr "&Gem til fil..." #. dialog header -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:313 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:332 msgid "Hardware Information" msgstr "Hardware-information" #. help text -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:316 +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:335 msgid "" "<P>The <B>Hardware Information</B> module displays the hardware\n" "details of your computer. Click any node for more information.</p>\n" @@ -67,22 +63,25 @@ "<P>Modulet <b>Hardwareinformation</B> viser hardware-detaljerne\n" "
for din computer. Klik på et knudepunkt for yderligere information.</p>\n" -#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:319 -msgid "" -"<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and " -"enter the filename.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik <b>Gem til fil</b> og " -"angiv filnavnet.</p>" +#: src/clients/hwinfo.rb:338 +msgid "<P>You can save hardware information to a file. Click <B>Save to File</B> and enter the filename.</P>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan gemme hardware-information til en fil. Klik <b>Gem til fil</b> og angiv filnavnet.</p>" +#. installation proposal header +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:31 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "System Settings" +msgid "System and Hardware Settings" +msgstr "Systemindstillinger" + #. this is a heading #. tree node string -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:48 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:471 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:50 +#: src/clients/hwinfo_proposal.rb:52 msgid "S&ystem" msgstr "S&ystem" @@ -93,12 +92,8 @@ #. help text #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:95 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are " -"displayed here.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Detaljer</b></p><p>Detaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist " -"her.</p>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B></P><P>The details of the selected hardware component are displayed here.</P>" +msgstr "<p><b>Detaljer</b></p><p>Detaljerne om den valgte hardware-komponent er vist her.</p>" #. heading text, %1 is component name (e.g. "USB UHCI Root Hub") #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:101 @@ -149,27 +144,16 @@ #. help text - part 1/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:180 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components " -"detected in your system.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Fundet hardware</B><BR>Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter " -"fundet i dit system.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Detected Hardware</B><BR>This table contains all hardware components detected in your system.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Fundet hardware</B><BR>Denne tabel indeholder alle hardware-komponenter fundet i dit system.</P>" #. help text - part 2/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:184 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a " -"more detailed description of the component.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Detaljer</b><br>Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk <b>Detaljer</b> for at " -"se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten.</p>" +msgid "<P><B>Details</B><BR>Select a component and press <B>Details</B> to see a more detailed description of the component.</P>" +msgstr "<p><b>Detaljer</b><br>Vælg nogle komponenter og tryk <b>Detaljer</b> for at se en mere detaljeret beskrivelse af komponenten.</p>" #. help text - part 3/3 #: src/clients/inst_hwinfo.rb:188 -#| msgid "" -#| "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" -#| " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file or floppy disk. Select the target type in <B>Save to File</B>.</P>" msgid "" "<P><B>Save to File</B><BR>You can save\n" " hardware information (<I>hwinfo</I> output) to a file.</P>" @@ -308,50 +292,28 @@ #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:411 -msgid "" -"<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal " -"database of known supported devices.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens " -"interne database over kendte understøttede enheder.</P>" +msgid "<P>It is possible to add a PCI ID to a device driver to extend its internal database of known supported devices.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Det er muligt at tilføje et PCI ID til en enheds driver for at udvide dens interne database over kendte understøttede enheder.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:415 -msgid "" -"<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS " -"Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it " -"is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal <b>SysFS-mappe</b> " -"er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er " -"drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn..</P>" +msgid "<P>PCI ID numbers are entered and displayed as hexadecimal numbers. <b>SysFS Dir.</b> is the directory name in the /sys/bus/pci/drivers directory. If it is empty, the driver name is used as the directory name.</P>" +msgstr "<P>PCI-ID numrene er indsat og vist som hexadecimale tal <b>SysFS-mappe</b> er mappenavnet i /sys/bus/pci/drivers-mappen. Hvis det er tomt, er drivernavnet brugt som mappenavn..</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:419 -msgid "" -"<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and " -"enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og " -"gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet.</P>" +msgid "<P>If the driver is compiled into the kernel, leave the driver name empty and enter the SysFS directory name instead.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Hvis driveren er kompileret ind i kernen, efterlad drivernavnet tomt, og gå ind i SysFS-mappen i stedet.</P>" #. PCI ID help text, %1 stands for a button name (OK or Finish -- depends on the situation) #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:424 -msgid "" -"<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%" -"1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P>Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk <b>%1<" -"/b> til at aktivere indstillingerne.</P>" +msgid "<P>Use the buttons below the table to change the list of PCI IDs. Press <b>%1</b> to activate the settings.</P>" +msgstr "<P>Brug knapperne under tabellen for ændre listen over PCI-IDer. Tryk <b>%1</b> til at aktivere indstillingerne.</P>" #. PCI ID help text #: src/include/hwinfo/newid.rb:431 -msgid "" -"<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know " -"what you are doing.</P>" -msgstr "" -"<P><B>Advarsel:</B> Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du " -"ved hvad du gør.</P>" +msgid "<P><B>Warning:</B> This is an expert configuration. Only continue if you know what you are doing.</P>" +msgstr "<P><B>Advarsel:</B> Dette er en avanceret konfiguration. Fortsæt kun hvis du ved hvad du gør.</P>" #. tree node string #: src/include/hwinfo/routines.rb:26 @@ -1113,21 +1075,16 @@ msgid "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O Scheduler</big></b><br>\n" "Select the algorithm which orders and sends commands to disk\n" -"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in " -"the\n" -"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually " -"'cfq')\n" -"will be used. See the documentation in the " -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"devices. This is a global option, it will be used for all disk devices in the\n" +"system. If the option is not configured, the default scheduler (usually 'cfq')\n" +"will be used. See the documentation in the /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "directory (package kernel-source) for more information.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Global I/O-skematisering</big></b><br>\n" "Vælg den algoritme, som ordner og sender kommandoer til disk-\n" -"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle " -"diskenheder\n" +"enheder. Dette er en global valgmulighed, den vil blive anvendt for alle diskenheder\n" "i systemet. Hvis tilvalget ikke er konfigureret vil standard skematisering\n" -"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i " -"/usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" +"(normalt 'cfq') blive anvendt. Se dokumentationen i /usr/src/linux/Documentation/block\n" "mappen (pakken kernel-source) for mere information.</p>\n" #. .sysconfig.sysctl @@ -1139,21 +1096,17 @@ #: src/include/hwinfo/system_settings_dialogs.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Enable SysRq Keys</big></b><br>\n" -"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if " -"it\n" -"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key " -"combination\n" +"If you enable SysRq keys, you will have some control over the system even if it\n" +"crashes (such as during kernel debugging). If it is enabled, the key combination\n" "Alt-SysRq- will start the respective command (e.g. reboot the\n" "computer, dump kernel information). For further information, see\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (package kernel-source).</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b><big>Aktivér SysRq-taster</big></b><br>\n" "Hvis du aktiverer SysRq-taster vil du have en vis kontrol over systemet selv\n" -"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil " -"taste-\n" +"hvis det bryder ned (f.eks. under kerne-debugging). Hvis det er aktiveret vil taste-\n" "kombinationen Alt-SysRq- starte den pågældende kommando\n" -"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere " -"information, se\n" +"(f.eks. genstarte computeren, dumpe kerneinformation). For yderligere information, se\n" "<tt>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</tt> (pakken kernel-source).<p>\n" #. Short sleep between reads or writes @@ -1523,6 +1476,3 @@ #~ msgid "&System Settings..." #~ msgstr "&Systemindstillinger..." - -#~ msgid "System Settings" -#~ msgstr "Systemindstillinger" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/update.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: update\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-13 13:22+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-17 18:42+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ #. screen title for update options #. this is a heading -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:298 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:48 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:278 msgid "Update Options" msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger" @@ -171,18 +171,18 @@ #. Table item (unknown file system) #. label - name of sustem to update #. starts with >`< -#. label for an unknown installed system +#. Get installed release name +#. TRANSLATORS: label for an unknown installed system #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:69 src/clients/inst_update.rb:74 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:95 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:101 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:121 src/modules/RootPart.rb:156 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1441 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1969 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:100 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:106 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:126 src/modules/RootPart.rb:155 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1434 src/modules/RootPart.rb:1440 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1981 msgid "Unknown" msgstr "Ukendt" #. label showing to which version we are updating -#. TRANSLATORS: proposal summary item, %1 is a product name -#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:198 +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:80 msgid "Update to %1" msgstr "Opdatér til %1" @@ -256,9 +256,19 @@ "Aktivér <b>Slet ikke-vedligeholdte pakker</b> for at slette disse\n" "pakker under opdateringen.</p>\n" -#. yes/no question +#. warning / question #: src/clients/inst_update.rb:231 msgid "" +"Changing the update method to 'Update packages only' might\n" +"lead into non-bootable or non-working system if you do not\n" +"adjust the list of packages yourself.\n" +"\n" +"Really continue?" +msgstr "" + +#. yes/no question +#: src/clients/inst_update.rb:243 +msgid "" "Do you really want\n" "to reset your detailed selection?" msgstr "" @@ -268,13 +278,13 @@ #. error report #. inform user in the proposal about the failed mount #. error report -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:70 -#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:379 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:79 +#: src/clients/rootpart_proposal.rb:110 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:385 msgid "Failed to mount target system" msgstr "Montering af målsystem fejlede" #. Correctly mounted but incomplete installation found -#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:75 +#: src/clients/inst_update_partition_auto.rb:84 msgid "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected." msgstr "En mulig ukomplet installation er blevet registreret." @@ -347,12 +357,12 @@ # #. error message in proposal #. part of error popup message -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:83 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:404 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:85 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:384 msgid "Cannot read the current RPM Database." msgstr "Kan ikke læse den nuværende RPM-database." #. error message in proposal -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:99 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:101 msgid "The installed product is not compatible with the product on the installation media." msgstr "Det installerede produkt er ikke kompatibelt med produktet på installationsmediet." @@ -360,14 +370,14 @@ #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product (label) #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name #. TRANSLATORS: unknown product name -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:108 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:126 -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:169 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:175 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:110 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:128 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:171 src/clients/update_proposal.rb:177 msgid "Unknown product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal error, %1 is the version of installed system #. %2 is the version being installed -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:141 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:143 msgid "" "Updating system to another version (%1 -> %2) is not supported on the running system.<br>\n" "Boot from the installation media and use a normal upgrade\n" @@ -378,22 +388,22 @@ "eller deaktivér softwarekilder til produkter med andet versionsnummer.\n" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal warning, both %1 and %2 are replaced with product names -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:162 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:164 msgid "Warning: Updating from '%1' to '%2', products do not exactly match." msgstr "Advarsel: Opdatering fra '%1' til '%2', produkter stemmer ikke overens." #. Proposal for backup during update -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:214 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:191 msgid "Only update installed packages" msgstr "Opdatér kun installerede pakker" #. proposal string -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:229 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:206 msgid "Update based on patterns" msgstr "Opdatér baseret på mønstre" #. TRANSLATORS: proposal dialog help -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:255 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:232 msgid "" "<p><b><big>Update Options</big></b> Select how your system will be updated.\n" "Choose if only installed packages should be updated or new ones should be\n" @@ -406,17 +416,17 @@ "slettes.</p>\n" #. this is a menu entry -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:300 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:280 msgid "&Update Options" msgstr "&Opdateringsindstillinger" #. part of error popup message, %1 stands for newline-separated list of files -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:407 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:387 msgid "None of these files exist:%1" msgstr "Ingen af disse filer eksisterer: %1" #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:541 +#: src/clients/update_proposal.rb:517 msgid "" "The installed product is not compatible with the product\n" "on the installation media. If you try to update using the\n" @@ -429,28 +439,28 @@ "eller nogle programmer vil måske ikke køre ordentligt." #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:88 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:93 msgid "Unknown Linux" msgstr "Ukendt Linux" # #. Table item (unknown system) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:91 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:96 msgid "Unknown or Non-Linux" msgstr "Ukendt eller ikke-Linux" #. is a linux fs, can be a root fs, has a fs name -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:113 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:118 msgid "%1 (%2)" msgstr "%1 (%2)" #. label for selection of root partition (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:181 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:186 msgid "Partition or System to Boot:" msgstr "Partition eller system der skal bootes:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for boot) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:184 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:189 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to boot.\n" @@ -461,12 +471,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. label for selection of root partition (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:191 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:196 msgid "Partition or System to Update:" msgstr "Partition eller system til opdatering:" #. help text for root partition dialog (for update) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:194 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:199 msgid "" "<p>\n" "Select the partition or system to update.\n" @@ -477,12 +487,12 @@ "</p>\n" #. headline for dialog "Select for update" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:202 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:207 msgid "Select for Update" msgstr "Vælg til opdatering" #. help text for root partition dialog (general part) -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:209 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:214 msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Show All Partitions</b> expands the list to a\n" @@ -495,43 +505,43 @@ "</p>\n" #. table header -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:229 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:234 msgid "System" msgstr "System" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:231 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:236 msgid "Partition" msgstr "Partition" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:233 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:238 msgid "Architecture" msgstr "Arkitektur" # type of item (displayed in the table) #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:235 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:240 msgid "File System" msgstr "Filsystem" #. table header item -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:237 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:242 msgid "Label" msgstr "Etiket" #. check box -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:247 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:252 msgid "&Show All Partitions" msgstr "&Vis alle partitioner" #. pushbutton to (rightaway) boot the system selected above -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:278 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:283 msgid "&Boot" msgstr "&Boot" -#. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:348 +#. error popup +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:354 msgid "" "No installed system that can be upgraded with this product was found\n" "on the selected partition." @@ -540,7 +550,7 @@ "på den valgte partition." #. continue-cancel popup -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:358 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:364 msgid "" "The architecture of the system installed in the selected partition\n" "is different from the one of this product.\n" @@ -549,7 +559,7 @@ "er ikke den samme som på dette produkt.\n" #. pop-up question -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:388 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:394 msgid "" "A possibly incomplete installation has been detected on the selected partition.\n" "Are sure you want to use it anyway?" @@ -558,13 +568,13 @@ "Vil du virkelig bruge det alligevel?" #. button label -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:392 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:398 msgid "&Yes, Use It" msgstr "&Ja, brug det" #. Target load failed, #466803 #. Target load failed, #466803 -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:426 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:451 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:436 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:461 msgid "" "Initializing the system for upgrade has failed for unknown reason.\n" "It is highly recommended not to continue the upgrade process.\n" @@ -576,12 +586,12 @@ "\n" "Vil du virkelig fortsætte?" -#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:432 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:457 +#: src/include/update/rootpart.rb:442 src/include/update/rootpart.rb:467 msgid "&Yes, Continue" msgstr "&Ja, fortsæt" #. Link to SDB article concerning renaming of devices. -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:109 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:108 msgid "" "See the SDB article at %1 for details\n" "about how to solve this problem." @@ -590,17 +600,17 @@ "om hvordan dette problem løses." #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:147 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:146 msgid "Unknown Linux System" msgstr "Ukendt Linux-system" #. label - name of sustem to update -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:152 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:151 msgid "Non-Linux System" msgstr "Ikke-Linux-system" #. error report, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1) -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:308 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:307 msgid "" "Cannot unmount partition %1.\n" "\n" @@ -615,7 +625,7 @@ "eller genstart din computer.\n" #. label, %1 is partition -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:379 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:378 msgid "Checking partition %1" msgstr "Tjekker partitionen %1" @@ -624,24 +634,24 @@ #. @param string button (true) #. @param string button (false) #. @param [String] details (hidden under [Details] button; optional; to disable, use "") -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:416 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:415 msgid "Show &Details" msgstr "Vis &detaljer" # #. #176292, run fsck before jfs is mounted -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:498 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:497 msgid "Checking file system on %1..." msgstr "Tjekker filsystem på %1..." #. popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:530 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:529 msgid "File System Check Failed" msgstr "Tjek af filsystem fejlede" #. popup question (continue/cancel dialog) #. %1 is a device name such as /dev/hda5 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:534 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:533 msgid "" "The file system check of device %1 has failed.\n" "\n" @@ -652,24 +662,24 @@ "Vil du fortsætte med at montere enheden?\n" #. button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:543 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:542 msgid "&Skip Mounting" msgstr "&Spring montering over" #. yes-no popup -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1059 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1058 msgid "Incorrect password. Try again?" msgstr "Forkert adgangskode. Prøv igen?" #. TRANSLATORS: a popup headline -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1162 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1161 msgid "Warning" msgstr "Advarsel" #. TRANSLATORS: error message, #. %1 is replaced with the current /boot partition size #. %2 with the recommended size -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1167 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1166 msgid "" "Your /boot partition is too small (%1 MB).\n" "We recommend a size of no less than %2 MB or else the new Kernel may not fit.\n" @@ -686,7 +696,7 @@ "Vil du fortsætte med at opdatere det nuværende system?\n" #. label in a popup, %1 is device (eg. /dev/hda1), %2 is output of the 'mount' command -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1259 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1258 msgid "" "The partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -708,27 +718,27 @@ # #. push button -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1277 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1276 msgid "&Specify Mount Options" msgstr "&Angiv monteringstilvalg" #. popup heading -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1293 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1292 msgid "Mount Options" msgstr "Monteringstilvalg" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1296 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1295 msgid "&Mount Point" msgstr "&Monteringspunkt" #. tex entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1299 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1298 msgid "&Device" msgstr "&Enhed" #. text entry label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1304 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1303 msgid "" "&File System\n" "(empty for autodetection)" @@ -737,12 +747,12 @@ "(tom betyder autodetektion)" #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1381 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1380 msgid "The /var partition %1 could not be mounted.\n" msgstr "/var-partitionen %1 kunne ikke monteres.\n" #. Informational text about selected partition, %x are replaced with values later -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1422 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1421 msgid "" "<b>File system:</b> %1, <b>Type:</b> %2,<br>\n" "<b>Label:</b> %3, <b>Size:</b> %4,<br>\n" @@ -754,17 +764,17 @@ "<b>udev id'er:</b> %5,<br>\n" "<b>udev-sti:</b> %6" -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1436 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1435 msgid "None" msgstr "Ingen" #. a popup caption -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1459 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1458 msgid "Unable to find the /var partition automatically" msgstr "Kan ikke find /var-partitionen automatisk" #. a popup message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1464 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1463 msgid "" "Your system uses a separate /var partition which is required for the upgrade\n" "process to detect the disk-naming changes. Select the /var partition manually\n" @@ -775,23 +785,23 @@ "/var-partitionen manuelt for at fortsætte opgraderingsprocessen." #. a combo-box label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1477 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1476 msgid "&Select /var Partition Device" msgstr "&Vælg enhed med /var-partitionen" #. an informational rich-text widget label -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1483 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1482 msgid "Device Info" msgstr "Enhedsinfo" # #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1624 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1623 msgid "Unable to mount /var partition with this disk configuration.\n" msgstr "Kan ikke montere /var-partitionen med denne diskkonfiguration.\n" #. popup message, %1 will be replace with the name of the logfile -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1655 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1654 msgid "" "Partitions could not be mounted.\n" "\n" @@ -804,7 +814,7 @@ #. read the keyboard settings now, so that it used when #. typing passwords for encrypted partitions #. Calling a script because otherwise this module would depend on yast2-country -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1699 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1698 msgid "" "Some partitions in the system on %1 are mounted by kernel-device name. This is\n" "not reliable for the update since kernel-device names are unfortunately not\n" @@ -817,17 +827,17 @@ "montér-via-metoden til en anden metode for alle partitioner." #. error message -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1717 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1716 msgid "No fstab found." msgstr "Ingen fstab fundet." #. message part 1 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1742 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1741 msgid "The root partition in /etc/fstab has an invalid root device.\n" msgstr "Rodpartitionen i /etc/fstab har en ugyldig rodenhed.\n" #. message part 2 -#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1747 +#: src/modules/RootPart.rb:1746 msgid "It is currently mounted as %1 but listed as %2.\n" msgstr "Den er i øjeblikket monteret som %1 men er vist som %2.\n" @@ -846,39 +856,68 @@ msgid "Searching for Available Systems" msgstr "Søger efter tilgængelige systemer" +#. Returns product name as found in SuSE-release file. +#. Compatible with OSRelease.ReleaseInformation. +#. Returns SUSEReleaseFileMissingError if SuSE-release file is missing. +#. Returns IOError is SuSE-release could not be open. +#. +#. @param [String] system base-directory, default is "/" +#. @return [String] product name +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:65 +msgid "Release file %{file} not found" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/SUSERelease.rb:74 +msgid "Cannot read release file %{file}" +msgstr "" + #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- #. GLOBAL FUNCTIONS #. ----------------------------------------------------------------------- -#: src/modules/Update.rb:304 +#: src/modules/Update.rb:309 msgid "Unknown Product" msgstr "Ukendt produkt" -#. TRANSLATORS: check-box, it might happen that we need to downgrade some packages during update -#: src/modules/Update.rb:817 -msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" -msgstr "Tillad nedgradering af pakker" +#. If the current default desktop is not installed, it's a valid use case +#. and we don't continue further +#: src/modules/Update.rb:791 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these patterns required for installation:\n" +"%{patterns}" +msgstr "" +#: src/modules/Update.rb:796 +msgid "" +"Cannot select these packages required for installation:\n" +"%{packages}" +msgstr "" + # -#: control/update.glade:18 control/update.glade:42 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:3 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:5 msgid "Update Settings" msgstr "Opdateringsindstillinger" -#: control/update.glade:34 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:4 msgid "Update" msgstr "Opdatér" -#: control/update.glade:48 control/update.glade:52 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:6 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:7 msgid "Perform Update" msgstr "Udfør opdatering" -#: control/update.glade:63 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:8 msgid "Update System Configuration" msgstr "Opdatér systemkonfiguration" -#: control/update.glade:71 +#: control/update.glade.translations.glade:9 msgid "Update Configuration" msgstr "Opdatér konfiguration" +#~ msgid "Allow Package Downgrade" +#~ msgstr "Tillad nedgradering af pakker" + #~ msgid "Clean Up" #~ msgstr "Ryd op" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/users.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: users\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -106,12 +106,8 @@ #. translators: command line help text for 'user' option #: src/clients/groups.rb:218 -msgid "" -"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of " -"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." -msgstr "" -"Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen " -"over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret." +msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons." +msgstr "Liste over gruppemedlemmer, normalt brugernavne, adskilt af kommaer. Listen over LDAP-bruger-DN'er skal være kolonsepareret." #. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option #: src/clients/groups.rb:225 @@ -162,26 +158,13 @@ #. helptext 2/3 #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2 #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162 -msgid "" -"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>" -"/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>" -"/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg <b>Lokal</b> for at godkende brugere kun med de lokale filer <i>/etc/passwd</i> og <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>" #. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued) #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133 -msgid "" -"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to " -"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a " -"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home " -"directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." -msgstr "" -"Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det " -"muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du " -"vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling " -"anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, " -"på det sted der er angivet for denne installation." +msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation." +msgstr "Hvis du har en tidligere installation eller et alternativt system, er det muligt, at oprette brugere baseret på denne kilde. For at gøre dette skal du vælge <b>Læs brugerdata fra en tidligere installation</b>. Denne indstilling anvender en eksisterende hjemmemappe, eller opretter en ny for hver bruger, på det sted der er angivet for denne installation." #. radiobutton to select ldap user auth. #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141 @@ -220,28 +203,21 @@ #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n" -"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. " -"Then\n" +"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n" "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller " -"hvis du vil\n" -"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante " -"værdi. Klik\n" -" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<" -"/p>" +"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n" +"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n" +" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195 msgid "" "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du " -"vælge den \n" -"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med " -"konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" +"<p>Hvis du bruger en NIS- eller LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n" +"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205 @@ -251,30 +227,22 @@ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, eller hvis du vil\n" -"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante " -"værdi. Klik\n" -" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.<" -"/p>" +"godkende brugere i forhold til en NT-server, skal du vælge den relevante værdi. Klik\n" +" derefter på <b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" #. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215 msgid "" "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n" -"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of " -"your client.</p>" +"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis du bruger en LDAP-server til at lagre brugerdata, skal du vælge den \n" -"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med " -"konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" +"relevante værdi. Klik<b> derefter på </b>Næste</b> for at fortsætte med konfigurationen af klienten.</p>" #. helptext: additional kerberos support #: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after " -"configuring the user data source.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere " -"Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Opsætning af Kerberos-godkendelse</b> for at konfigurere Kerberos, efter at have konfigureret brugerdatakilden.</p>" #. check box label #. check box label @@ -317,7 +285,7 @@ msgstr "Adgangskode for systemadministratoren \"root\"" #. advise user to remember his new password -#. advise user to remember his new password +#. advise users to remember their new password #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67 msgid "Do not forget what you enter here." msgstr "Glem ikke det du skriver her." @@ -371,16 +339,14 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n" -"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and " -"numbers\n" +"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n" "is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n" "reenter it in a second field.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Fordi brugeren root er udstyret med omfattende beføjelser, skal adgangskoden\n" -"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og " -"tal\n" +"for \"root\" være valgt meget omhyggeligt. En kombination af bogstaver og tal\n" "anbefales. For at sikre at adgangskoden er skrevet rigtigt, vil du blive\n" "bedt om at indtaste det igen i det andet felt.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -392,8 +358,7 @@ "<p>\n" "All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n" "Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n" -"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or " -"umlauts.\n" +"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" @@ -426,12 +391,8 @@ #. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry' #: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187 -msgid "" -"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering " -"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at " -"skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>" +msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>" +msgstr "<p>For at tjekke hvorvidt dit nuværende tastaturlayout er korrekt, prøv at skrive tekst i <b>Test tastaturlayout</b>-feltet.</p>" #. report misspellings of the password #. report misspellings of the password @@ -572,27 +533,19 @@ #. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:160 -#| msgid "<p><b>Login Settings</b></p>" msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>" msgstr "<p><b>Autentifikation</b><br></p>" #. Help text for password expert dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:166 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg metode til adgangskode-kryptering for lokale og systembrugere.</p>" #. Help text for password expert dialog #. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5 #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491 -msgid "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms " -"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre " -"algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af " -"kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> er den nuværende standardmetode til hash. Brug af andre algoritmer anbefales ikke, medmindre det er nødvendigt af kompatibilitetsmæssige årsager.</p>" #. text entry #. text entry @@ -682,22 +635,17 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:448 src/include/users/helps.rb:73 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be " -"between\n" +"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n" " %2 and %3 characters.\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden " -"være\n" +"Med den nuværende adgangskodekryptering (%1), skal længden på adgangskoden være\n" "mellem %2 og %3 tegn.\n" "</p>" #. additional help text about password #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:458 -#| msgid "" -#| "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" -#| "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>" msgid "" "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n" "it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>" @@ -723,32 +671,23 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, " -"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>" -"Brugernavn</b>. \n" +"Brug kun bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n" "Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n" "Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n" -"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere " -"oplysninger.\n" +"begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n" "</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:473 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same " -"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den " -"adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.<" -"/p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Afkryds <b>Brug denne adgangskode for systemadministrator</b>, hvis den adgangskode, som angives for den første bruger, også skal benyttes for root.</p>" #. help text for main add user dialog #. these are used only during installation time @@ -756,26 +695,20 @@ #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476 src/include/users/helps.rb:259 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with " -"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure " -"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit " -"Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes " -"login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n" +"Brugernavnet og adgangskoden der oprettes her, bruges til at logge ind på dit Linux-system. Med <b>Automatisk login</b> aktiveret, springes login-proceduren over. Denne bruger logges automatisk ind.</p>\n" #. help text for main add user dialog #. help text 5/7 (only during installation) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:480 src/include/users/helps.rb:264 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail<" -"/b>.</p>\n" +"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>" -"Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n" +"Få post til root-brugeren videresendt til denne bruger ved at afkrydse <b>Modtager Systempost</b>.</p>\n" #. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well #. as password encryption (see fate 302980) @@ -791,13 +724,11 @@ #. summary label #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:619 -#| msgid "The password encryption method is %1." msgid "The password encryption method is %s." msgstr "Adgangskodens krypteringsmetode er %s." #. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated) #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:626 -#| msgid "User %1 will be imported." msgid "User %s will be imported." msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported." msgstr[0] "Brugeren %s vil blive importeret." @@ -815,9 +746,6 @@ #. yes/no popup question, %s is a number #: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:700 -#| msgid "" -#| "If you intend to create certificates,\n" -#| "the password should have at least %1 characters." msgid "" "If you intend to create certificates,\n" "the password should have at least %s characters." @@ -955,12 +883,10 @@ #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that " -"were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" +"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP " -"postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger.</p>" +"Her kan ses en tabel af alle tilladte egenskaber for den valgte LDAP postering som ikke blev sat i tidligere dialoger.</p>" #. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"), #. %1 is list of values @@ -983,13 +909,11 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n" -"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client " -"Module</b>.</p>\n" +"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ret hver egenskab med <b>Ret</b>. Nogle egenskaber \n" -"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i <b>LDAP klientmodul<" -"/b>.</p>\n" +"kan være påkrævet som defineret for brugerens skabelon i <b>LDAP klientmodul</b>.</p>\n" #. table header 1/2 #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235 @@ -1008,14 +932,8 @@ #. helptext #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91 -msgid "" -"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy " -"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified " -"user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i <b>DN af " -"adgangskoderegelobjekt</b>. Aktiver <b>Nulstil adgangskode</b> for at " -"nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger.</p>" +msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Tildel et adgangskoderegelobjekt til denne bruger i <b>DN af adgangskoderegelobjekt</b>. Aktiver <b>Nulstil adgangskode</b> for at nulstille adgangskoden for den ændrede bruger.</p>" #. check box label #: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107 @@ -1115,91 +1033,50 @@ #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for brugeren på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n" -"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 KB-blokke\n" -"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en " -"inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.<" -"/p>\n" +"brugeren må have på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du definere en inode-grænse som angiver antallet af inodes brugere må have på filsystemet.</p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af " -"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere " -"informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer " -"grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket brugere informeres om, at de nærmer sig grænsen, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for " -"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride " -"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter " -"straks.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Så snart brugeren har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor brugeren tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks.</p>" #. helptext for quota #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115 msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Konfigurér kvoteindstillinger for gruppen på udvalgte filsystemer.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119 msgid "" "<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n" -"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode " -"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.<" -"/p>\n" +"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Definér en størrelsesgrænse ved at angive antallet af 1 kB-blokke\n" -"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, " -"der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.</p>\n" +"gruppen må bruge på dette filsystem. Derudover kan du angive en inode-grænse, der angiver antallet af inodes, gruppen må bruge på filsystemet.</p>\n" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123 -msgid "" -"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. " -"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are " -"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write " -"requests are denied.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af " -"inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper " -"informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser " -"definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>" +msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Du kan specificere både bløde og hårde grænser for størrelse og antal af inodes. De bløde grænser definerer et advarselsniveau, på hvilket grupper informeres om at de nærmer sig deres grænse, hvorimod de hårde grænser definerer grænsen, hvor skriveanmodninger nægtes.</p>" #. helptext for quota, cont. #: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127 -msgid "" -"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the " -"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is " -"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace " -"interval starts immediately.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for " -"nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride " -"den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter " -"straks.</p>" +msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Så snart gruppen har nået den bløde grænse, aktiveres input-felterne for nådeintervallet. Angiv den tidsperiode hvor gruppen tillades at overskride den bløde grænse angivet ovenfor. Nedtællingen af nådeintervallet starter straks.</p>" # type of item (displayed in the table) #. combo box label @@ -1521,15 +1398,13 @@ "'%1' and '%2'\n" "were found. Use them for current user?\n" "\n" -"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home " -"directory." +"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory." msgstr "" "Krypteret mappe-imagefil og nøglefilerne\n" "\"%1\" og \"%2\"\n" " blev fundet. Vil du bruge dem til den aktuelle bruger?\n" "\n" -"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den " -"aktuelle hjemmemappe." +"Dette betyder at data fra denne imagefil vil blive brugt i stedet for den aktuelle hjemmemappe." #. popup label, %1 is path to directory #: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369 @@ -1842,8 +1717,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Ved angivelse af adgangskode, skelnes der mellem store og\n" -"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller " -"omlyd.\n" +"små bogstaver. Adgangskoder bør ikke indeholde tegn med accenter eller omlyd.\n" "</p>\n" #. Help text 0/6 @@ -1854,8 +1728,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye " -"lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n" +"Her kan du angive de standardværdier, der skal bruges, når du opretter nye lokale brugere eller systembrugere.\n" " </p>\n" #. Help text 1/6 @@ -1888,25 +1761,21 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:123 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n" -"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter " -"your own path to the shell.</P>\n" +"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standard login-skal</b><br>\n" -"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din " -"egen sti til skallen.</P>\n" +"Navnet på den nye brugers login skal. Vælg en fra listen eller indtast din egen sti til skallen.</P>\n" #. Help text 3/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:127 msgid "" "<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n" -"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is " -"added\n" +"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n" "to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n" "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Standardhjem</b><br>\n" -" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet " -"tilføjes\n" +" Den oprindelige søgestis præfiks til en ny brugers hjemmemappe. Brugernavnet tilføjes\n" " i slutningen af denne værdi for at danne hjemmemappens standardnavn.\n" " </P>\n" @@ -1914,12 +1783,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:134 msgid "" "<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n" -"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a " -"new user is added. </p>\n" +"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Skelet-mappe</b><br>\n" -"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der " -"tilføjes en ny bruger. </p>\n" +"Indholdet af denne mappe kopieres til en brugers hjemmemappe, når der tilføjes en ny bruger. </p>\n" #. Help text 4.5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:138 @@ -1935,8 +1802,7 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:143 msgid "" "<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n" -"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the " -"format\n" +"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n" "YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udløbsdato</b><br>\n" @@ -1952,10 +1818,8 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Dage efter adgangskodens udløb at login er brugbart</B><BR>\n" -"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange " -"dage\n" -" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset " -"adgang.\n" +"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at udgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage\n" +" efter adgangskodens udløb at der kan logges ind. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n" " </P>\n" #. For translators: read dialog help, part 1 of 2 @@ -2028,8 +1892,7 @@ "Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n" "clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" "restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -2039,10 +1902,8 @@ "ved at klikke på<b>Forslag</b> knappen. Dette kan ændres, men brug kun\n" "standardbogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), tal og <tt>._-</tt>.\n" "Brug ikke store bogstaver i denne linje, medmindre du ved hvad du gør.\n" -"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere " -"disse\n" -"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere " -"information.\n" +"Brugernavne har strengere restriktioner end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere disse\n" +"restriktioner i /etc/login.defs-filen. Læs dens man-side for mere information.\n" "</p>\n" #. alternative help text 2/7 @@ -2051,32 +1912,23 @@ "<p>\n" "For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n" "letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n" -"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are " -"doing.\n" +"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n" "Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n" -"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for " -"information.\n" +"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "Brug kun\n" -" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn<" -"/b>. \n" +" bogstaver (ingen tegn med accent), cifre og <tt>._-</tt> til <b>Brugernavn</b>. \n" " Brug ikke store bogstaver i dette felt, medmindre du ved, hvad du gør.\n" -" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere " -"\n" -" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere " -"oplysninger.\n" +" Brugernavne har strengere begrænsninger end adgangskoder. Du kan omdefinere \n" +" begrænsningerne i filen /etc/login.defs. Læs man-siden for at få yderligere oplysninger.\n" " </p>\n" #. help text 6/7 (only during installation) #: src/include/users/helps.rb:269 -msgid "" -"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Klik på <b>Brugeradministration</b> for at tilføje flere brugere eller " -"grupper i systemet.</p>" +msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Klik på <b>Brugeradministration</b> for at tilføje flere brugere eller grupper i systemet.</p>" #. alternative help text 4/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:278 @@ -2095,12 +1947,10 @@ #: src/include/users/helps.rb:286 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, " -"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" +"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. " -"udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på <b>Adgangskode indstillingerne</b>.</p>\n" +"Du kan redigere forskellige adgangskodeindstillinger for denne bruger, f.eks. udløbsdatoen, ved at klikke på <b>Adgangskode indstillingerne</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 7/7 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:296 @@ -2165,8 +2015,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Password:</b>\n" -"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves " -"when\n" +"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n" "switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n" "password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n" "here. This entry is not required.\n" @@ -2175,8 +2024,7 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Adgangskode:</b>\n" " Hvis brugere, som ikke er medlem af gruppen, skal identificere sig, når de\n" -" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele " -"gruppen en\n" +" skifter til denne gruppe (se man-siden for <tt>newgrp</tt>), skal du tildele gruppen en\n" " adgangskode. Af sikkerhedsmæssige grunde vises adgangskoden ikke\n" " her. Den er ikke påkrævet.\n" " </p>\n" @@ -2214,8 +2062,7 @@ " group. The default group can only be changed by editing the user." msgstr "" "Den anden liste viser de brugere, som har denne gruppe som\n" -" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere " -"brugeren." +" standardgruppe. Standardgruppen kan kun ændres ved at redigere brugeren." # #. help text 1/8 @@ -2282,12 +2129,8 @@ #. help text for user's home directory mode #: src/include/users/helps.rb:430 -msgid "" -"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's " -"home directory different from the default.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Sæt eventuelt <b>Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand</b> for denne brugers " -"hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden.</p>" +msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Sæt eventuelt <b>Hjemmemappens tilladelsestilstand</b> for denne brugers hjemmemappe til noget andet end standarden.</p>" #. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel') #: src/include/users/helps.rb:440 @@ -2302,16 +2145,8 @@ #. help text for Move to new location checkbox #: src/include/users/helps.rb:452 -msgid "" -"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of " -"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. " -"Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.<" -"/p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte " -"indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med <b>Flyt til ny placering</b>, der som " -"standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de " -"eksisterende data.</p>" +msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hvis du ændrer placeringen af en brugers hjemmemappe, skal du flytte indholdet af den aktuelle mappe med <b>Flyt til ny placering</b>, der som standard er aktiveret. Ellers oprettes en ny hjemmemappe uden nogen af de eksisterende data.</p>" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:464 @@ -2320,28 +2155,18 @@ "Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n" "does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n" "among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n" -"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted " -"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically " -"shared.</p>" +"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>Brug krypteret hjemmemappe</b> for at kryptere brugerens " -"hjemmemappe\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>Brug krypteret hjemmemappe</b> for at kryptere brugerens hjemmemappe\n" "og angiv mappestørrelsen. Kryptering af en brugers hjemmemappe \n" "giver ikke stærk sikkerhed imod andre brugere. Hvis computeren deles af\n" "flere brugere, er det muligt for en bruger at bryde systemsikkerheden,\n" -"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis " -"der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk.</p>" +"ved at finde en anden brugers nøgle og få adgang til de krypterede data. Hvis der kræves høj sikkerhed, bør systemet ikke deles fysisk.</p>" #. help text for directory encryption #: src/include/users/helps.rb:476 -msgid "" -"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is " -"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration " -"first.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. " -"For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk " -"først deaktiveres.</p>" +msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hjemmemapper kan ikke krypteres hvis fingeraftrykslæser-enheden anvendes. For kryptering af brugerens hjemmemappe, skal konfigurationen af fingeraftryk først deaktiveres.</p>" #. alternate helptext 5/8 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:487 @@ -2434,12 +2259,8 @@ #. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:552 -msgid "" -"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>" -"Launch</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge <b>" -"Start</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Start den detaljerede konfiguration af en bestemt plug-in ved at vælge <b>Start</b>.</p>" #. help texts 1/1 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:562 @@ -2459,10 +2280,8 @@ "password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n" "<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Aktivér <b>Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode</b> for at tvinge brugeren " -"til at ændre\n" -"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis <b>Sidste ændring af adgangskode</b> er sat " -"til\n" +"<p>Aktivér <b>Gennemtving ændring af adgangskode</b> for at tvinge brugeren til at ændre\n" +"adgangskode ved næste login. Hvis <b>Sidste ændring af adgangskode</b> er sat til\n" "<i>Aldrig</i>, vil brugeren blive tvunget til at ændre adgangskoden.</p>" #. Help text 2/6 @@ -2478,8 +2297,7 @@ "<p>\n" "<b>Dage før adgangskoden udløber for at udsende en advarsel</B><BR>\n" " Brugere kan få vist en advarsel, før deres adgangskode udløber. Angiv,\n" -" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 " -"for at deaktivere\n" +" hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarslen skal vises. Angiv -1 for at deaktivere\n" " advarslen. \n" " </p>\n" @@ -2492,31 +2310,26 @@ "</P>\n" msgstr "" "<P><B>Dage efter adgangskoden udløber med muligt login</B><BR>\n" -"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange " -"dage login\n" +"Brugere kan logge ind, efter at adgangskoden er udløbet. Angiv, hvor mange dage login\n" "skal tillades. Brug -1 for ubegrænset adgang.\n" "</P>\n" #. Help text 4/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:595 msgid "" -"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a " -"user \n" +"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n" "can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, hvor mange " -"dage en bruger\n" +"<P><B>Maksimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, hvor mange dage en bruger\n" "kan bruge den samme adgangskode, før den udløber.</P>\n" #. Help text 5/6 #: src/include/users/helps.rb:599 msgid "" -"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age " -"of \n" +"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n" "a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n" msgstr "" -"<P><B>Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, i hvor lang " -"tid\n" +"<P><B>Minimalt antal dage for den samme adgangskode</B><BR>Angiv, i hvor lang tid\n" "en adgangskode skal bruges, før brugeren kan ændre den.</P>\n" #. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format @@ -2550,173 +2363,88 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n" -"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the " -"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" +"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" "<b>Ændring af værdier</b><br>\n" -" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. " -"Vælg modulet med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n" +" Du kan konfigurere disse indstillinger ved at køre de relevante moduler. Vælg modulet med <b>Konfigurer</b>.\n" " </p>\n" #. help text for Password Policy Dialog #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62 -msgid "" -"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>" -", and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of " -"attributes to configure.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg fanebladene <b>Politik for adgangskodeændring</b>, <b>Politik for " -"adgangskodeforældelse</b> og <b>Politik for udlåsning</b> for at vælge " -"politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal " -"konfigureres.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg fanebladene <b>Politik for adgangskodeændring</b>, <b>Politik for adgangskodeforældelse</b> og <b>Politik for udlåsning</b> for at vælge politikgrupper for LDAP-adgangskoder for de attributter der skal konfigureres.</p>" #. help text for pwdInHistory attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set " -"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not " -"be used.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv <b>Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken</b> for at " -"sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte " -"adgangskoder kan ikke bruges.</p>" +msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv <b>Maksimalt antal adgangskoder der gemmes i historikken</b> for at sætte hvor mange tidligere brugte adgangskoder der skal gemmes. Gemte adgangskoder kan ikke bruges.</p>" #. help text for pwdMustChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to " -"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an " -"administrator.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling</b> for at " -"tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet " -"nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Brugeren skal ændre adgangskode efter nulstilling</b> for at tvinge brugere til at ændre deres adgangskoder efter adgangskoden er blevet nulstillet eller ændret af en administrator.</p>" #. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their " -"passwords.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode</b> for at tillade brugere at " -"ændre deres adgangskoder.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Brugeren kan ændre adgangskode</b> for at tillade brugere at ændre deres adgangskoder.</p>" #. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82 -msgid "" -"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, " -"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny " -"adgangskode, så markér <b>Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring</b>" -".</p>" +msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Hvis den eksisterende adgangskode skal angives sammen med den ny adgangskode, så markér <b>Gammel adgangskode kræves for adgangskodeændring</b>.</p>" #. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86 -msgid "" -"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are " -"modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be " -"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are " -"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has " -"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> " -"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be " -"checked.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder " -"ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg <b>Tjek ikke</b> hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal " -"tjekkes. Med <b>Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes</b> accepteres " -"adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har " -"angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med <b>Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder<" -"/b> afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden " -"ikke kan tjekkes.</p>" +msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Vælg om kvaliteten af adgangskoden skal verificeres mens adgangskoder ændres eller tilføjes. Vælg <b>Tjek ikke</b> hvis adgangskoder slet ikke skal tjekkes. Med <b>Acceptér adgangskoder som ikke kan tjekkes</b> accepteres adgangskoder selvom tjekket ikke kan udføres, f.eks. hvis brugeren har angivet en krypteret adgangskode. Med <b>Acceptér kun tjekkede adgangskoder</b> afvises adgangskoder hvis kvalitetstesten fejler eller hvis adgangskoden ikke kan tjekkes.</p>" #. help text for pwdMinLength attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>" -"Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under <b>Mindste " -"længde på adgangskode</b>.</p>" +msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>" +msgstr "Angiv mindste antal tegn som skal bruges i en adgangskode under <b>Mindste længde på adgangskode</b>.</p>" #. help text for pwdMinAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between " -"modifications to the password.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Mindste alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå " -"mellem ændring af adgangskoden.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Mindste alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tider der skal gå mellem ændring af adgangskoden.</p>" #. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password " -"expires.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Maksimal alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring " -"en adgangskode udløber.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Maksimal alder på adgangskode</b> angiver hvor lang tid efter ændring en adgangskode udløber.</p>" #. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102 -msgid "" -"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long " -"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should " -"be given to an authenticating user.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Under <b>Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel</b> " -"angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal " -"gives til en bruger der autentificerer.</p>" +msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Under <b>Tid før udløb af adgangskode hvor der udsendes en advarsel</b> angiver hvor lang tid før adgangskoden udløber, at advarsel om udløb skal gives til en bruger der autentificerer.</p>" #. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in " -"<b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere " -"under <b>Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv antal gange en udløben adgangskode kan bruges til at autentificere under <b>Tilladt brug af udløben adgangskode</b>.</p>" #. help text for pwdLockout attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110 -msgid "" -"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a " -"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Markér <b>Aktivér låsning af adgangskode</b> for at forbyde brug af en " -"adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk.</p>" +msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Markér <b>Aktivér låsning af adgangskode</b> for at forbyde brug af en adgangskode efter et angivet antal mislykkedes bind-forsøg i træk.</p>" #. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114 -msgid "" -"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the " -"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the " -"Password</b>.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må " -"bruges til at autentificere under <b>Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv antal mislykkede bind-forsøg i træk, hvorefter adgangskoden ikke må bruges til at autentificere under <b>Bind-fejl før adgangskoden låses</b>.</p>" #. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118 -msgid "" -"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>" -".</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under <b>Varighed af låst " -"adgangskode</b>.</p>" +msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Angiv hvor længe adgangskoden ikke kan bruges under <b>Varighed af låst adgangskode</b>.</p>" #. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures " -"are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication " -"has occurred.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Varighed af bind-fejl-cache</b> angiver hvor længe der går før " -"adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført " -"nogen autentifikation.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Varighed af bind-fejl-cache</b> angiver hvor længe der går før adgangskodefejl slettes fra fejltælleren selvom der ikke er blevet gennemført nogen autentifikation.</p>" # Frame label #. tab label @@ -2849,8 +2577,7 @@ "user home directories.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Hvis hjemmemapper for LDAP-brugere skal lagres på denne maskine,\n" -"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke " -"nogen direkte\n" +"så markér den tilsvarende indstilling. Ændring af denne værdi medfører ikke nogen direkte\n" "handling. Det er kun information til YaST's brugermodul, som kan håndtere\n" "brugeres hjemmemapper.</p>\n" @@ -2859,13 +2586,11 @@ #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675 msgid "" "<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n" -"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet " -"or\n" +"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n" "have changed your configuration.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>Tryk på <b>Konfigurér</b> for at konfigurere indstillinger som er gemt på\n" -"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er " -"forbundet eller\n" +"LDAP-serveren. Du vil blive spurgt om adgangskoden hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet eller\n" "har ændret din konfiguration.</p>\n" #. password policy help text caption @@ -2876,13 +2601,10 @@ #. password policy help #: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683 msgid "" -"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to " -"add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" +"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n" " if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p>Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med <b>Redigér</b>. Brug <b>" -"Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun " -"mulig,\n" +"<p>Konfigurér den valgte adgangskodepolitik med <b>Redigér</b>. Brug <b>Tilføj</b> for at tilføje en ny adgangskodepolitik. Konfigurationen er kun mulig,\n" " hvis adgangskodepolitikkerne allerede er aktiveret på LDAP-serveren.</p>" #. checkbox label @@ -3167,8 +2889,7 @@ msgid "" "<p>\n" "Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n" -"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but " -"it\n" +"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n" "restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" @@ -3187,10 +2908,8 @@ "</p>" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"<b>MD5</b> tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, " -"men nogle\n" -" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med " -"NIS.\n" +"<b>MD5</b> tillader længere adgangskoder og giver dermed en højere sikkerhed, men nogle\n" +" netværksprotokoller understøtter det ikke, så der kan opstå problemer med NIS.\n" " </p>" #. Label @@ -3247,25 +2966,18 @@ #. helptext 2/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730 -msgid "" -"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default " -"search filters.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale " -"søgefilter.</p>" +msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Her kan du udvide søgefilteret for brugere og grupper udover det normale søgefilter.</p>" #. helptext 3/4 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734 msgid "" "<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n" -"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' " -"attributes).\n" +"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n" "If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n" msgstr "" -"<p>Med <b>Standard</b> kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og " -"gruppe-\n" -"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for " -"'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n" +"<p>Med <b>Standard</b> kan du indlæse standardfilteret fra de bruger- og gruppe-\n" +"konfigurationsmoduler, der er gemt på LDAP-serveren (værdier for 'suseSearchFilter'-attributter).\n" "Hvis du endnu ikke er forbundet, vil du blive bedt om adgangskoden.</p>\n" #. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font)) @@ -3363,39 +3075,32 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM " -"as the login manager.\n" +"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger " -"KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n" +"De funktioner, der er beskrevet herunder, er kun tilgængelige, hvis du bruger KDM eller GDM til login-håndtering.\n" " </p>\n" #. helptext 2/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975 msgid "" "<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n" -"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from " -"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" +"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Automatisk login</b><br>\n" -"Hvis du indstiller <b>Automatisk login</b>, kan du springe login-proceduren " -"over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.</p>\n" +"Hvis du indstiller <b>Automatisk login</b>, kan du springe login-proceduren over. Den bruger, der er valgt på listen, logges ind automatisk.</p>\n" #. helptext 3/3 #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979 msgid "" "<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n" "If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n" -"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user " -"to log in automatically.</p>\n" +"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p><b>Login uden adgangskode</b><br>\n" -"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind " -"uden at angive deres\n" -"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en " -"bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.</p>\n" +"Hvis denne indstilling er markeret, har alle brugere lov til at logge ind uden at angive deres\n" +"adgangskode. Ellers skal du angive adgangskoden, selvom du angiver, at en bruger skal kunne logge ind automatisk.</p>\n" #. dialog label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004 @@ -3576,13 +3281,11 @@ #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown " -"in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" +"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n" "Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der " -"vises i tabellen, med <b>Sæt filter</b>.\n" +"Brugere og grupper opdeles i forskellige sæt. Du kan redigere det sæt, der vises i tabellen, med <b>Sæt filter</b>.\n" " Tilpas visningen med <b>Definér filter</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 2/3 @@ -3595,13 +3298,10 @@ "all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at redigere forskellige " -"avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n" -"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for " -"nye\n" +"Klik på <b>Avancerede indstillinger</b> for at redigere forskellige avancerede indstillinger, f.eks.\n" +"adgangskodens krypteringstype, brugergodkendelsesmetode, standardværdier for nye\n" "brugere eller login-indstillinger. Du kan gemme alle de ændringer,\n" -"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med <b>" -"Skriv ændringer nu</b>.</p>\n" +"du har foretaget indtil videre, uden at afslutte konfigurationsmodulet med <b>Skriv ændringer nu</b>.</p>\n" #. help text 3/3, %1 is translated button label #: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1550 @@ -3627,8 +3327,7 @@ msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og " -"tilføje eller ændre\n" +" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende brugere og tilføje eller ændre\n" " brugere. \n" " </p>\n" @@ -3665,8 +3364,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra " -"listen og\n" +"For at ændre eller slette en eksisterende bruger skal du vælge en bruger fra listen og\n" "trykke på knappen <b>Ændr</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.\n" "</p>\n" @@ -3675,14 +3373,12 @@ msgid "" "\n" "<p>\n" -"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify " -"groups.\n" +"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n" "</p>\n" msgstr "" "\n" "<p>\n" -" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og " -"tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n" +" Brug denne dialogboks til at få oplysninger om eksisterende grupper og tilføje eller ændre grupper.\n" " </p>\n" #. help text 2/4 @@ -3718,8 +3414,7 @@ "</p>\n" msgstr "" "<p>\n" -"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på " -"listen og derefter\n" +"Du kan redigere eller slette en eksisterende gruppe ved at vælge en gruppe på listen og derefter\n" " klikke på <b>Rediger</b> eller <b>Slet</b>.\n" " </p>\n" @@ -4275,8 +3970,7 @@ #. label #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452 msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read." -msgstr "" -"Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses." +msgstr "Flere skabeloner er defineret som standard. Vælg den skabelon, som skal læses." #. error message 2/2 (= next sentence) #: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491 @@ -4537,14 +4231,12 @@ "Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted." msgstr "" "\n" -"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive " -"krypteret." +"Understøttelse af kryptering er ikke installeret. Hjemmemapper vil IKKE blive krypteret." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101 msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail." -msgstr "" -"Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post." +msgstr "Der opstod en fejl under indstilling af videresending af root-brugerens post." #. error popup #: src/modules/Users.pm:4861 @@ -4862,22 +4554,22 @@ "Fjern disse brugere fra gruppen først." #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6596 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6601 msgid "<h3>Users</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Brugere</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6606 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6611 msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Grupper</h3>" #. summary label -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6617 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6622 msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>" msgstr "<h3>Login-indstillinger</h3>" #. summary item, %1 is user name -#: src/modules/Users.pm:6619 +#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624 msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login" msgstr "Brugeren %1 er konfigureret til automatisk login" @@ -4898,7 +4590,6 @@ #. plugin name #: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122 -#| msgid "Quota Configuration" msgid "Kerberos Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af Kerberos" @@ -5046,7 +4737,7 @@ "%2" #. the ']' is or-ed... -#. error popup +#. error popup #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505 msgid "" "The password may only contain the following characters:\n" @@ -5061,8 +4752,7 @@ #: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540 msgid "" "<p>\n" -"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English " -"keyboard\n" +"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n" "layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n" "localized keyboard layout.\n" "</p>" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/vm.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: vm\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:35+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-06 20:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -36,16 +36,12 @@ msgstr "Installér Hypervisor og værktøjer" #. check for kernel-bigsmp -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:148 -msgid "" -"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your " -"architecture is " -msgstr "" -"x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle " -"maskiner. Din arkitektur er " +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:157 +msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is " +msgstr "x86_64 er den eneste understøttede arkitektur til værtskab af virtuelle maskiner. Din arkitektur er " #. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:167 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:176 msgid "" "Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n" "Start installation in the host system.\n" @@ -55,150 +51,166 @@ # #. progress stage 1/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:184 +#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:193 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:281 msgid "Verify Installed Packages" msgstr "Verificér installerede pakker" #. progress stage 2/2 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:186 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:195 msgid "Network Bridge Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af netværksbro" #. Headline for management domain installation -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:201 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:210 msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)" msgstr "Konfigurerer VM-serveren (domæne 0)" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:204 -msgid "" -"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM " -"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><big><b>Konfiguration af VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfiguration af " -"VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele.</p>" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:213 +msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>" +msgstr "<p><big><b>Konfiguration af VM-server</b></big></p><p>Konfiguration af VM-serveren (domæne 0) har to dele.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot " -"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added " -"to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes " -"bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes " -"til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler.</p>" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:217 +msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>" +msgstr "<p>De nødvendige pakker installeres på systemet først. Derefter skiftes bootloader til GRUB, hvis den ikke allerede bruges, og Xen-sektionen tilføjes til bootloader-menuen, hvis den mangler.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:212 -msgid "" -"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot " -"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves " -"for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen.</p>" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>" +msgstr "<p>GRUB er nødvendig, da den understøtter multiboot-standarden, som kræves for at boote Xen og Linux-kernen.</p>" #. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4 -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:216 -msgid "" -"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM " -"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra " -"bootloader-menuen.</p>" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:225 +msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Når konfigurationen er gennemført, kan du boote VM-serveren fra bootloader-menuen.</p>" #. error popup -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:221 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:230 msgid "The installation will be aborted." msgstr "Installationen vil blive afbrudt." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:224 -#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:233 msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install" msgstr "Vælg hypervisors der skal installeres" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:241 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:236 +msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:237 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Configuring the virtual machine..." +msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines" +msgstr "Konfigurerer den virtuelle maskine..." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:250 msgid "KVM Hypervisor" msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:249 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:252 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "KVM Hypervisor" +msgid "KVM server" +msgstr "KVM-hypervisor" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:253 +msgid "KVM tools" +msgstr "" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:258 msgid "libvirt LXC containers" msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere" -#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:276 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:260 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "libvirt LXC containers" +msgid "libvirt LXC daemon" +msgstr "libvirt LXC-containere" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:288 msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server" msgstr "Software til at forbinde til virtualiseringsserver" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:294 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:290 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." +msgid "Virtualization client tools" +msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret." + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:306 msgid "Xen Hypervisor" msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:308 +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "Xen Hypervisor" +msgid "Xen server" +msgstr "Xen-hypervisor" + +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:309 +msgid "Xen tools" +msgstr "" + #. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:372 -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:384 msgid "Package installation failed\n" msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:380 -#| msgid "The installation will be aborted." +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:392 msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n" msgstr "Pakkeinstallationen mislykkedes for lxc\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:387 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:399 msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n" msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sled klientmønster\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:398 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:410 msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n" msgstr "Pakkeinstallation mislykkedes for sles mønstre\n" #. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:411 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:423 msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?" msgstr "Kører i teksttilstand. Installér grafiske komponenter alligevel?" # #. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:424 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:436 msgid "Checking packages..." msgstr "Tjekker pakker..." # #. progressbar title - install the required packages -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:427 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 msgid "Installing packages..." msgstr "Installerer pakker..." #. error popup #. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347) -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:432 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:439 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:444 src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:451 msgid "Cannot install required packages." msgstr "Kan ikke installere krævede pakker." #. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:449 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:461 msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..." msgstr "Opdaterer grub2-konfigurationsfiler..." #. Default Bridge stage -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:460 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:474 msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..." msgstr "Konfigurerer standard netværksbro..." #. Popup yes/no dialog -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:481 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:495 msgid "Network Bridge." msgstr "Netværksbro." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:482 -msgid "" -"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network " -"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, " -"anbefales en netværksbro.</p><p>Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?<" -"/p>" +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:496 +msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>" +msgstr "<p>Ved normale netværkskonfigurationer der er vært for virtuelle maskiner, anbefales en netværksbro.</p><p>Vil du konfigurere en standard netværksbro?</p>" #. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV #. Progress::NextStage(); @@ -209,43 +221,35 @@ #. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg); #. return false; #. } -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:540 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:557 msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests." msgstr "" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:543 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:560 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel " -"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." -msgstr "" -"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i " -"bootloader-menuen.\n" +msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests." +msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:546 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:563 #, fuzzy #| msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu.\n" -msgid "" -"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in " -"the boot loader menu." -msgstr "" -"For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i " -"bootloader-menuen.\n" +msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu." +msgstr "For installation af Xen-gæster, genstart maskinen og vælg Xen-sektionen i bootloader-menuen.\n" -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:549 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:566 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:550 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:567 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed." msgstr "Hypervisor og værktøjer er installeret." -#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:551 +#: src/modules/VM_XEN.rb:568 #, fuzzy #| msgid "Hypervisor and tools are installed." msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed." Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/wagon.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-24 10:57+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-03-27 16:00+0100\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2013-08-19 20:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/wol.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: wol\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:37+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:52+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-07-31 21:10+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/xpram.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: xpram\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-09-10 10:32+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:53+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-25 18:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" Modified: trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po =================================================================== --- trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:36 UTC (rev 89755) +++ trunk/yast/da/po/yast2-apparmor.da.po 2014-10-07 15:32:54 UTC (rev 89756) @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: yast2-apparmor\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-05-19 09:34+0200\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2014-07-04 15:51+0200\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-16 20:02+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Schlander \n" "Language-Team: Danish \n" @@ -69,12 +69,8 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:90 -msgid "" -"Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the " -"profile." -msgstr "" -"Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette " -"profilen." +msgid "Make a selection from the listed profiles and press Next to delete the profile." +msgstr "Foretag et valg blandt de viste profiler og tryk \"Næste\" for at slette profilen." #: src/clients/AA_DeleteProfile.rb:93 msgid "Delete Profile - Choose profile to delete" @@ -82,7 +78,6 @@ #. Read the profiles from the SCR agent #: src/clients/AA_EditProfile.rb:88 -#| msgid "Select a listed profile and press Next to edit it." msgid "Select a listed profile and press Edit to edit it." msgstr "Vælg en oplistet profil og tryk Redigér for at redigere den." @@ -158,12 +153,8 @@ #. #. *************************************************************************** #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:52 -msgid "" -"This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and " -"AppArmor profile settings." -msgstr "" -"Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og " -"AppArmor-profilindstillinger." +msgid "This operation generated the following error. Check your installation and AppArmor profile settings." +msgstr "Denne operation genererede følgende fejl. Tjek din installation og AppArmor-profilindstillinger." #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:91 src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:103 #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:115 @@ -288,8 +279,7 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:441 msgid "" -"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy " -"enforcement \n" +"<p><b>AppArmor Status</b><br>This reports whether the AppArmor policy enforcement \n" "module is loaded and functioning.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>AppArmor-status</b><br>Denne rapporterer om AppArmors \n" @@ -300,8 +290,7 @@ "<p><b>Security Event Notification</b><br>Configure this tool if you want \n" "to be notified by email when access violations have occurred.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Besked om sikkerhedshændelse</b><br>Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du " -"vil \n" +"<p><b>Besked om sikkerhedshændelse</b><br>Konfigurér dette værktøj hvis du vil \n" "have besked via e-mail når adgangsovertrædelser er forekommet.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:447 @@ -309,8 +298,7 @@ "<p><b>Profile Modes</b><br>Use this tool to change the way that AppArmor \n" "uses individual profiles.</p>" msgstr "" -"<p><b>Profiltilstand</b><br>Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor " -"\n" +"<p><b>Profiltilstand</b><br>Brug dette værktøj til at ændre den måde AppArmor \n" "bruger de enkelte profiler.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:462 @@ -347,11 +335,11 @@ #. May want to replace Wizard() with UI() #: src/include/apparmor/aa-config.rb:518 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:181 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:229 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:239 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:268 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:287 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:187 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:245 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:274 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:293 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1112 msgid "&Done" msgstr "&Færdig" @@ -383,24 +371,16 @@ msgstr "Fejl fundet i AppArmor-profiler" #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:57 -msgid "" -"<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the " -"profile management tools can be used.</p> " -msgstr "" -"<p>Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller " -"profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes.</p> " +msgid "<p>These problems must be corrected before AppArmor can be started or the profile management tools can be used.</p> " +msgstr "<p>Disse problemer skal rettes før AppArmor kan startes eller profilhåndteringsværktøjerne kan anvendes.</p> " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:64 msgid "<p>Find a description of the AppArmor profile syntax by running " msgstr "<p>Find en beskrivelse af AppArmors profilsyntaks ved at køre " #: src/include/apparmor/apparmor_profile_check.rb:70 -msgid "" -"<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the " -"Administration guide located in the directory: " -msgstr "" -"<p>Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som " -"findes i mappen: " +msgid "<p>Comprehensive documentation about AppArmor is available in the Administration guide located in the directory: " +msgstr "<p>Omfattende dokumentation om AppArmor findes i administrationsguiden som findes i mappen: " #. encoding: utf-8 #. *************************************************************************** @@ -859,29 +839,24 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:43 msgid "" "<ul><li>Override all DAC access, including ACL execute access if \n" -"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" +"[_POSIX_ACL] is defined. Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE.</li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter al DAC-adgang, inklusive eksekvering af ACL,\n" -"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af " -"CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" +"hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. Ekskluderer DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:49 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides all DAC restrictions regarding read and search \n" -"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is " -"defined. \n" +"on files and directories, including ACL restrictions if [_POSIX_ACL] is defined. \n" "Excluding DAC access covered by CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter alle DAC-begrænsninger vedr. læsning og søgning \n" -"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er " -"defineret. \n" +"i filer og mapper inklusive ACL-begrænsninger, hvis [_POSIX_ACL] er defineret. \n" "Undtagen DAC-adgang dækket af CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:57 msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where " -"file\n" +"<ul><li>Overrides all restrictions on allowed operations on files, where file\n" "owner ID must be equal to the user ID, except where CAP_FSETID is\n" "applicable. It does not override MAC and DAC restrictions. </li></ul>" msgstr "" @@ -890,31 +865,17 @@ "anvendelig. Dette tilsidesætter ikke MAC- og DAC-begrænsninger. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:65 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file " -"owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the " -"effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the " -"file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and " -"S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not " -"implemented). </li></ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche " -"filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende " -"gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, " -"når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når " -"der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Overrides the following restrictions: user ID must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits on that file; the effective group ID (or one of the supplementary group IDs) must match the file owner ID when setting the S_ISGID bit on that file; the S_ISUID and S_ISGID bits are cleared on successful return from chown(2) (not implemented). </li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Tilsidesætter de følgende begrænsninger: bruger-id skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits sættes på den fil; at det gældende gruppe-id (eller et af de supplerende gruppe-id'er) skal matche filejer-id, når S_ISGID-bit sættes på den fil; at S_ISUID- og S_ISGID-bits ryddes, når der vendes tilbage fra chown(2) (ikke implementeret). </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:71 msgid "" "<ul><li>Overrides the restriction that the real or effective user ID \n" -"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the " -"process \n" +"of a process sending a signal must match the real or effective user ID of the process \n" "receiving the signal.</li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende " -"bruger-id, \n" -"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende " -"bruger-id for den proces,\n" +"<ul><li>Tilsidesætter den begrænsning, at det reelle eller gældende bruger-id, \n" +"for en proces der sender et signal, skal matche det reelle eller gældende bruger-id for den proces,\n" "som modtager signalet.</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:79 @@ -922,10 +883,8 @@ "<ul><li>Allows setgid(2) manipulation </li> <li> Allows setgroups(2) </li> \n" "<li> Allows forged gids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) " -"</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><" -"/ul>" +"<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setgid(2). </li> <li> Tillader setgroups(2) </li> \n" +"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende gid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:85 msgid "" @@ -933,8 +892,7 @@ "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing. </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li>Tillader manipulering af setuid(2) (inklusive fsuid). </li> \n" -"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li><" -"/ul>" +"<li> Tillader sammenfaldende 'pid’er passering af sokkel-akkreditiver. </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:91 msgid "" @@ -945,11 +903,8 @@ "fjern enhver kapabilitet i det tilladte sæt fra ethvert 'pid'</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:97 -msgid "" -"<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li><" -"/ul>" -msgstr "" -"<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>" +msgid "<ul><li>Allows modification of S_IMMUTABLE and S_APPEND file attributes</li></ul>" +msgstr "<ul><li>Tillader ændring af filattributterne S_IMMUTABLE og S_APPEND</li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:103 msgid "" @@ -977,15 +932,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:121 msgid "" -"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets<" -"/li> \n" +"<li> Allows setting arbitrary process / process group ownership on sockets</li> \n" "<li> Allows binding to any address for transparent proxying</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting TOS (type of service)</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting promiscuous mode</li> \n" "<li> Allows clearing driver statistics</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på " -"sokler</li>\n" +"<li> Tillader indstilling af tilfældige proces-/procesgruppe-ejerskab på sokler</li>\n" "<li> Tillader binding til enhver adresse for transparent proxy-brug</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af TOS (tjenestetype)</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af promiskuøs tilstand</li> \n" @@ -1016,8 +969,7 @@ "<ul><li> Allows locking of shared memory segments</li> <li> Allows mlock and\n" "mlockall (which does not really have anything to do with IPC) </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader " -"mlock og\n" +"<ul><li> Tillader låsning af delte hukommelsessegmenter</li> <li> Tillader mlock og\n" "mlockall (som egentlig ikke har noget med IPC at gøre) </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:149 @@ -1026,12 +978,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:153 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> " -"\n" +"<ul><li> Insert and remove kernel modules - modify kernel without limit</li> \n" "<li> Modify cap_bset </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> " -"\n" +"<ul><li> Indsæt og fjern kernemoduler – redigér kerne uden begrænsninger</li> \n" "<li>Redigér cap_bset </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:159 @@ -1040,8 +990,7 @@ "<li> Allows sending USB messages to any device via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" msgstr "" "<ul><li> Tillader ioperm/iopl-adgang</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb <" -"/li></ul>" +"<li> Tillader at sende USB-meddelelser til enhver enhed via /proc/bus/usb </li></ul>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:165 msgid "<ul><li> Allows use of chroot() </li></ul>" @@ -1098,15 +1047,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:199 msgid "" "<li> Allows removing semaphores</li> \n" -"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores " -"and shared memory</li> \n" +"<li> Used instead of CAP_CHOWN to \"chown\" IPC message queues, semaphores and shared memory</li> \n" "<li> Allows locking/unlocking of shared memory segment</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning swap on/off</li> \n" "<li> Allows forged pids on socket credentials passing</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillader fjernelse af semaphorer</li> \n" -"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, " -"semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n" +"<li> der bruges i stedet CAP_CHOWN til at \"chown'e\" IPC-meddelelseskøer, semaphorer og delt hukommelse</li> \n" "<li> Tillader låsning/oplåsning af delt hukommelsessegment</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at slå swap til/fra</li> \n" "<li> Tillader forfalskede pid'er ved passering af sokkel-akkreditiver</li>" @@ -1116,14 +1063,12 @@ "<li> Allows setting read ahead and flushing buffers on block devices</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting geometry in floppy driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows turning DMA on/off in xd driver</li> \n" -"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Allows administration of md devices (mostly the above, but some extra ioctls)</li>" msgstr "" "<li> Tillader at sætte read-ahead og tømning af buffere på blokenheder</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at sætte geometri i floppy-driver</li> \n" "<li> Tillader at slå DMA til/fra i xd-driver</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra " -"ioctls)</li>" +"<li> Tillader administration af md-enheder (mest ovennævnte, men nogle ekstra ioctls)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:212 msgid "" @@ -1139,14 +1084,12 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:218 msgid "" -"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> " -"\n" +"<li> Allows reading non-standardized portions of pci configuration space</li> \n" "<li> Allows DDI debug ioctl on sbpcd driver</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting up serial ports</li> \n" "<li> Allows sending raw qic-117 commands</li>" msgstr "" -"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af " -"pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n" +"<li> Tillader læsning af ikke-standardiserede dele af pci-konfigurationsrummet</li> \n" "<li> Tillader DDI debug ioctl på sbpcd-driver</li> \n" "<li> Tillader opsætning af serielle porte</li> \n" "<li> Tillader sending af rå qic-117-kommandoer</li>" @@ -1167,17 +1110,13 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:236 msgid "" -"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different " -"UID) processes</li> \n" -"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own " -"processes and setting \n" +"<ul><li> Allows raising priority and setting priority on other (different UID) processes</li> \n" +"<li> Allows use of FIFO and round-robin (realtime) scheduling on own processes and setting \n" "the scheduling algorithm used by another process.</li> \n" "<li> Allows setting cpu affinity on other processes </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige " -"(anden UID) processer</li> \n" -"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne " -"processer og angivelse \n" +"<ul><li> Tillader at hæve prioritet og at indstille prioritet på øvrige (anden UID) processer</li> \n" +"<li> Tillader brug af FIFO og round-robin (realtid)-planlægning af egne processer og angivelse \n" "af den planlægningsalgoritme, brugt af en anden proces.</li> \n" "<li> Tillader indstilling af cpu-affinitet på andre processer </li></ul>" @@ -1186,27 +1125,22 @@ "<ul><li> Override resource limits. Set resource limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override quota limits.</li> \n" "<li> Override reserved space on ext2 filesystem</li> \n" -"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling " -"resources)</li>" +"<li> Modify data journaling mode on ext3 filesystem (uses journaling resources)</li>" msgstr "" -"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> " -"\n" +"<ul><li> Tilsidesæt ressourcebegrænsninger. Sæt ressource begrænsninger.</li> \n" "<li> Tilsidesæt kvotebegrænsninger.</li> \n" "<li> Tilsidesæt reserveret plads på ext2-filsystem</li> \n" -"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger " -"journaliseringsressourcer)</li>" +"<li> Ændr datajournaliseringstilstand på ext3-filsystem (bruger journaliseringsressourcer)</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/capabilities.rb:251 msgid "" -"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can " -"override using fsuid too</li> \n" +"<li> NOTE: ext2 honors fsuid when checking for resource overrides, so you can override using fsuid too</li> \n" "<li> Override size restrictions on IPC message queues</li> \n" "<li> Allows more than 64hz interrupts from the real-time clock</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of consoles on console allocation</li> \n" "<li> Override max number of keymaps </li></ul>" msgstr "" -"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for " -"ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n" +"<li> BEMÆRK: ext2 respekterer fsuid, når den tjekker for ressourcetilsidesættelser, så du kan også tilsidesætte med fsuid</li>\n" "<li> Tilsidesæt størrelsesbegrænsninger på IPC-meddelelseskøer</li> \n" "<li> Tillader mere end 64hz-afbrydelser af realtidsuret</li> \n" "<li> Tilsidesæt det maksimale antal konsoller ved konsoltildeling</li> \n" @@ -1289,8 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "<p>Med profilen i <b>håndhæv-tilstand</b>, beskyttes programmet af \n" "AppArmor. Profilreglerne håndhæves og overtrædelse af dem logges,\n" -"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har " -"\n" +"men tillades ikke (f.eks. kan et program ikke tilgå filer, medmindre det har \n" "rettighed til at gøre det i profilen).</p>" #. Button for showing active or all profiles @@ -1303,21 +1236,29 @@ msgid "Could not recognize mode: " msgstr "Kunne ikke genkende tilstand: " -#. restarts ag_complain agent if necessary -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:128 +#. translators: string is value in table for mode of apparmor +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:117 +msgid "enforce" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:118 +msgid "complain" +msgstr "" + +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:134 msgid "Show All Profiles" msgstr "Vis alle profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:129 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:135 msgid "Configure Mode for Active Profiles" msgstr "Konfigurér tilstand for aktive profiler" # -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:132 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:138 msgid "Show Active Profiles" msgstr "Vis aktive profiler" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:133 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:139 msgid "Configure Mode for All Profiles" msgstr "Konfigurér tilstand for alle profiler" @@ -1325,43 +1266,43 @@ #. `Frame( `id(`changeMode), _("Configure Profile Mode"), #. TODO switch to variable in a module #. TODO plain reread does not work here -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1439 msgid "Profile Name" msgstr "Profilnavn" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:147 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:153 msgid "Mode" msgstr "Tilstand" # -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:154 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:160 msgid "Toggle Mode" msgstr "Skift tilstand" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:155 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:161 msgid "Set All to Enforce" msgstr "Sæt alle til håndhæv" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:156 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:162 msgid "Set All to Complain" msgstr "Sæt alle til klage" # #. Profile Mode Configuration -- Sets Complain and Enforce Behavior -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:177 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:183 msgid "Profile Mode Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration af profiltilstand" #. We'll need this often - cache it -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:225 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:235 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:264 -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:283 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:231 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:241 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:270 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:289 msgid "Configure Profile Mode" msgstr "Konfigurér profiltilstand" -#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:291 +#: src/include/apparmor/config_complain.rb:297 msgid "Select an action to perform." msgstr "Vælg en handling til udførsel." @@ -1375,10 +1316,8 @@ "event must be to send an alert.</p>" msgstr "" "<p>Skærmbilledet Besked om sikkerhedshændelser lader dig opsætte \n" -"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive " -"hvor ofte \n" -"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig " -"sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm.</p>" +"e-mail-alarmer for sikkerhedshændelser. I de følgende trin, kan du angive hvor ofte \n" +"alarmer skal sendes, hvem der modtager alarmen og hvor alvorlig sikkerhedshændelsen skal være før der sendes en alarm.</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:38 msgid "" @@ -1399,8 +1338,7 @@ "individual occurrences, including the date of the last occurrence. \n" "<br>For example:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability\n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Oversigtsbesked:</b> Oversigtsbeskeden viser \n" @@ -1408,8 +1346,7 @@ "enkelte forekomster, inklusiv dato for seneste forekomst. \n" "<br>For eksempel:<br> <tt>AppArmor: PERMITTING access to capability \n" "'setgid' (httpd2-prefork(6347) profile /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork \n" -"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 " -"2004.</tt>\n" +"active /usr/sbin/httpd2-prefork) 2 times, the latest at Sat Oct 9 16:05:54 2004.</tt>\n" "</p>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:53 @@ -1422,11 +1359,9 @@ "and the type of file permission access that is permitted or rejected.</p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Udførlig besked:</b> Den udførlige besked viser \n" -"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver " -"gang \n" +"uredigerede, loggede AppArmor-sikkerhedshændelser. Den fortæller dig hver gang \n" "en hændelse forekommer og skriver en ny linje i den udførlige log. Disse \n" -"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, " -"hvornår \n" +"sikkerhedshændelser inkluderer dato og tidspunkt hvor hændelses skete, hvornår \n" "programprofilen tillader adgang såvel nægter adgang, \n" "og typen af filrettighedsadgang der tillades eller afvises.</p>" @@ -1468,8 +1403,7 @@ "a root user. </li>" msgstr "" "<li> Angiv e-mail-adressen for dem der skal modtage \n" -"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret " -"\n" +"de korte, oversigts- eller udførlige beskeder. Hvis der ikke er konfigureret \n" "nogen lokal SMTP-server til at sende e-mail fra denne vært til det \n" "domæne du angav, kan du f.eks. angive <i><user>@localhost</i> \n" "og aktivere <i><user></i> som modtager af systempost, hvis det ikke \n" @@ -1486,10 +1420,8 @@ msgstr "" "<li>Vælg det laveste <b>alvorlighedsnvieau</b> for hvilket en besked skal \n" "sendes. Sikkerhedshændelser vil blive logget og beskederne \n" -"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når " -"hændelser \n" -"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet " -"er \n" +"vil blive sendt på det tidspunkt der er indikeret af intervallet når hændelser \n" +"er lig med eller større end det valgte alvorlighedsniveau. Hvis intervallet er \n" "1 dag, vil beskeden blive sendt dagligt, hvis sikkerhedshændelser \n" "forekommer." @@ -1512,12 +1444,10 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:99 msgid "" "<li>Select <b>Include unknown security events</b> if \n" -"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.<" -"/li>" +"you would like to include events that are not rated with a severity number.</li>" msgstr "" "<li>Vælg <b>Inkludér ukendte sikkerhedshændelser</b> hvis \n" -"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et " -"alvorlighedsnummer.</li>" +"du gerne vil inkludere hændelser som ikke er vurderret med et alvorlighedsnummer.</li>" #. ---------------------------- #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:103 @@ -1526,13 +1456,11 @@ #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:106 msgid "" -"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. " -"\n" +"This wizard presents entries generated by the AppArmor access control module. \n" "You can generate highly optimized and robust security profiles \n" "by using the suggestions made by AppArmor." msgstr "" -"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors " -"adgangskontrolmodul. \n" +"Denne guide præsentere indgange som er genereret af AppArmors adgangskontrolmodul. \n" "Du kan generere højt optimerede og robuste sikkerhedsprofiler \n" "ved at bruge de foreslag AppArmor laver." @@ -1543,8 +1471,7 @@ "that display were logged during the normal application \n" "execution test previously performed. <br>" msgstr "" -"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke " -"ressourcer \n" +"AppArmor foreslår at du tillader eller nægter adgang til specifikke ressourcer \n" "eller definerer kørselsrettighed for indgang. Spørgsmål \n" "som vises blev logget under den normale testkørsel af \n" "programmet der blev udført tidligere. <br>" @@ -1570,12 +1497,8 @@ msgstr "<b>Adgangstilstande</b><br>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:126 -msgid "" -"File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six " -"modes:" -msgstr "" -"Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks " -"tilstande:" +msgid "File permission access modes consists of combinations of the following six modes:" +msgstr "Adgangstilstande for filrettigheder består af kombinationer af følgende seks tilstande:" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:129 msgid "<li>r - read</li>" @@ -1747,13 +1670,11 @@ "bash(1), zsh(1)." #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:196 -msgid "" -"<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" +msgid "<li><b>*</b> can substitute for any number of characters, except '/'<li>" msgstr "<li><b>*</b> kan erstatte alle tegn, undtagen \"/\"<li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:199 -msgid "" -"<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" +msgid "<li><b>**</b> can substitute for any number of characters, including '/'</li>" msgstr "<li><b>**</b> kan erstatte alle tegn, inklusiv \"/\"</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:202 @@ -1761,22 +1682,16 @@ msgstr "<li><b>?</b> kan erstatte ethvert enkelttegn, undtagen \"/\"</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:205 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[abc]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[abc]</b> vil erstatte det enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:208 -msgid "" -"<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" +msgid "<li><b>[a-c]</b> will substitute for the single character a, b, or c</li>" msgstr "<li><b>[a-c]</b> vil erstatte enkelttegnet a, b eller c</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:211 -msgid "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<" -"/li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd<" -"/li>" +msgid "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>{ab,cd}</b> will expand to one rule to match ab, one rule to match cd</li>" #: src/include/apparmor/helps.rb:214 msgid "<b>Clean Exec - for sanitized execution</b>" @@ -1948,26 +1863,17 @@ msgstr "" "Du har ikke angivet et navn for den \"hat\", du prøver at tilføje.\n" "Angiv \n" -"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere " -"denne guide." +"et hat-navn for at oprette en ny hat, eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:889 -msgid "" -"The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or " -"press Abort to cancel this wizard." -msgstr "" -"Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller " -"tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." +msgid "The profile already contains the provided hat name. Enter a different name or press Abort to cancel this wizard." +msgstr "Profilen indeholder allerede the angivne hat-navn. Angiv et andet navn eller tryk Afbryd for at annullere denne guide." #. FIXME: format these texts better #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:928 -msgid "" -"<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing " -"entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p>Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange " -"dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog.</p>" +msgid "<p>View and modify the contents of an individual profile. For existing entries double click the permissions to access a modification dialog.</p>" +msgstr "<p>Se og ændr indholdet af en enkelt profil. For eksisterende indgange dobbeltklikkes på rettighederne for at tilgå en ændringsdialog.</p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:933 @@ -1979,19 +1885,12 @@ "U -unconstrained<br> (*clean exec)</code></p>" msgstr "" "<p><b>Definitioner af rettigheder:</b><br><code> r - læse <br> w -\n" -" skriv<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - fillåsning<br>a - " -"filvedhæng<br>x - eksekvér<br> i - overtag<br>p - diskret profil<br> P - " -"diskret profil <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - ubegrænset<br> U -ubegrænset<" -"br> (clean exec)</code><p>" +" skriv<br>l - link<br>m - mmap PROT_EXEC<br>k - fillåsning<br>a - filvedhæng<br>x - eksekvér<br> i - overtag<br>p - diskret profil<br> P - diskret profil <br> (*clean exec)<br> u - ubegrænset<br> U -ubegrænset<br> (clean exec)</code><p>" #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:942 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down " -"list.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Tilføj indgang:</b><br>Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra " -"rullelisten.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Add Entry:</b><br>Select the type of resource to add from the drop down list.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Tilføj indgang:</b><br>Vælg den ressourcetype, der skal tilføjes, fra rullelisten.</p>" #. help text - part x1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:947 @@ -2006,53 +1905,42 @@ #. help text - part x3 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:955 msgid "<li><b>Capability</b><br>Add a capability entry to this profile.</li>" -msgstr "" -"<li><b>Kapabilitet</b><br>Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>" +msgstr "<li><b>Kapabilitet</b><br>Tilføj en kapabilitetsindgang til denne profil.</li>" #. help text - part x4 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:959 msgid "" "<li><b>Include</b><br>Add an include entry to this profile. This option \n" -"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load " -"time.</li>" +"includes the profile entry contents of another file in this profile at load time.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Inkludér </b><br>Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne " -"indstilling \n" -"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil " -"under indlæsning.</li>" +"<li><b>Inkludér </b><br>Tilføj en inkluderingsindgang til denne profil. Denne indstilling \n" +"inkluderer indholdet af profilindgangen fra en anden fil til denne profil under indlæsning.</li>" #. help text - part x5 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:963 msgid "" "<li><b>Network Entry</b><br>Add a network rule entry to this profile. \n" -"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the " -"profile. \n" +"This option will allow you to specify network access privileges for the profile. \n" "You may specify a network address family and socket type.</li>" msgstr "" -"<li><b>Netværksindgang</b><br>Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne " -"profil.\n" -"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. " -"\n" +"<li><b>Netværksindgang</b><br>Tilføj en indgang med netværksregler til denne profil.\n" +"Denne indstilling lader dig angive netværkets adgangsprivilegier i profilen. \n" "Du kan angive en netværksadressefamilie og sokkeltype.</li>" #. help text - part x6 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:969 msgid "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Add a sub-profile for this profile, called a Hat. This\n" -"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be " -"selected\n" +"option is analogous to manually creating a new profile, which can be selected\n" "during execution only in the context of being asked for by a <b>changehat\n" "aware</b> application. \n" -"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or " -"the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" +"For more information on changehat, see <b>man changehat</b> on your system or the Novell AppArmor Administration Guide.</li>" msgstr "" "<li><b>Hat</b><br>Tilføj en underprofil til denne profil - kaldet en Hat. \n" -"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under " -"udførelse, \n" +"Denne indstilling svarer til manuelt at oprette en ny profil, som, under udførelse, \n" "kun kan vælges i sammenhæng med at blive spurgt efter af et\n" "<b>changehat-opmærksomt</b> program.\n" -"For yderligere information omkring changehat se <b>man changehat</b> i dit " -"system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>" +"For yderligere information omkring changehat se <b>man changehat</b> i dit system eller Novell AppArmor administrationsguiden.</li>" #. help text - part x7 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:977 @@ -2061,23 +1949,18 @@ #. help text #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:982 -msgid "" -"<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" -msgstr "" -"<p><b>Slet indgang:</b><br>Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil.</p>" +msgid "<p><b>Delete Entry:</b><br>Removes the selected entry from this profile.</p>" +msgstr "<p><b>Slet indgang:</b><br>Fjerner den valgte indgang fra denne profil.</p>" #. help text - part y1 #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:987 msgid "" "<p><b>*Clean Exec</b><br>The Clean Exec option for the discrete profile \n" -"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the " -"environment \n" -"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables " -"are:" +"and unconstrained execute permissions provide added security by stripping the environment \n" +"that is inherited by the child program of specific variables. These variables are:" msgstr "" "<b>*Clean Exec</b><br>Clean Exec-indstillingen for den diskrete profil \n" -"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, " -"\n" +"og ubegrænsede kørselstilladelser giver øget sikkerhed ved at rense miljøet, \n" "som overtages af barneprogrammet for specifikke variable. Disse variable er:" #. help text - part y2 @@ -2147,12 +2030,8 @@ #. Widget activated in the table #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1145 -msgid "" -"Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at " -"håndtere inkluderingsindgange." +msgid "Include entries can not be edited. Select add or delete to manage Include entries." +msgstr "Inkluderingsindgange kan ikke redigeres. Vælg tilføj eller slet for at håndtere inkluderingsindgange." #. Make sure that the entry doesn't already exist #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1294 @@ -2164,11 +2043,8 @@ msgstr "Vælg fil der skal inkluderes" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1335 -msgid "" -"Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these " -"directories: \n" -msgstr "" -"Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n" +msgid "Invalid #include file. Include files must be located in one of these directories: \n" +msgstr "Ugyldig #include-fil. Inkluderingsfiler skal placeres i en af disse mapper: \n" #: src/include/apparmor/profile_dialogs.rb:1379 msgid "Save changes to the profile" -- To unsubscribe, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+unsubscribe@opensuse.org To contact the owner, e-mail: opensuse-translation-commit+owner@opensuse.org